Home

Warning - AskTOP.net

Contents

1. 3 342 Subject Area 24 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations 3 345 Skill Tee vel SEA En 3 350 Subject Area 25 Motor Pool 3 350 Subject Area 26 Convoy Planning and 3 357 Subject Area 27 Motor Transport Management eeeesesseeeeme een 3 364 Subject Area 28 Logistics Automated 85 3 377 CHAPTER eren RI MI MM IM m 3 1 Duty Position Tasks eee een et ai chee isin thd ame mm 3 1 APPENDDC octo eru bb um d eo edic d saca love A 1 Appendix ADA Form SUG4 ia A 1 APPENDIX d erar tba te ad a alone deat ead E ees eae eee B 1 Appendix B DA Form 2105 e ee RR o m cU RD MO nM nn ar d tr id B 1 GLOSSAR Yieee Glossary A RERERENG ilc ET References 1 ii 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG PREFACE This publication is for skill level soldiers holding military occupational specialty MOS MOS 88M and for trainers and first line supervisors It contains standardized training objectives in the form of task summaries to train and evaluate soldiers on critical tasks that support unit missions during wartime Trainers and first line supervisors should ensure soldiers holding MOS SL MOS 88
2. RTT DoD WRIT Bre Shab IUE Oe Casha ees i i inum E B t4 EHE DONAT HEU NHIEU EHE i i i BS M B3 2 CANVAS TARPAULIN SEMITRAILER SIDEBOARDS A8 GENI RRAN Figure 3 29 Load Lashing 2 4 ttt g 2 2 I n 7 2 2 pA 2 2 pA 2 pA Z z 2 SANA Blocking and Bracing a Block and brace load as needed b Attach and secure all necessary web tiedown straps SOHN RSS RRR RRS One NH DUE ieisalabe aug riba Da INIA ATATA TOP VIEW TS BHHNEDE ee uen Ran 1 Ensure all strap hooks are completely engaged and safety latches are completely closed around tiedown anchor point 21 November 2013 3 121 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Ensure that strap is tensioned to form at least 1 1 2 turns on the take up spool This is accomplished after web to web contact has been made on the take up spool To prevent movement of cargo each tiedown must be tightened until about equal tension is applied throughout the tiedown arrangement 3 After tens
3. AN m 7 a a dS B H t 2 ASO ran ES IE Se K lt es 3 34 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 12 J Mis QW 1 Conduct a Hasty recovery by using a like vehicle front recovery no winching a Disabled vehicle operator stays in cab and directs assistant driver or VC to dismount and connect tow chain to towing recovery vehicle tow pintle b Disabled vehicle operator motions towing vehicle operator to begin slow movement to get the vehicles rolling then on to a safe location rally point WARNING WARNING Handling a tow bar requires two persons approximately 100 pound lift Failure to comply may cause injury to personnel and damage to equipment 21 November 2013 3 35 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Disabled vehicle operator controls disabled vehicle while being towed to rally point d Once at the safe location rally point disabled vehicle operator and assistant disconnect tow chain and connect tow bar for further recovery WARNING WARNING Wear heavy leather palmed work gloves when handling cable Cables can become frayed or contain broken wires Never let moving cable slide through hands even when wearing gloves Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel 2 Attempt to self recover the vehicle using the Central Tire Inflation System CTIS in EMERGENCY mode If unsuccessful continue as
4. U U Determine training objectives Use TG to set objectives U U Execute training conduct after action review Use SM task summary as source for task 21 November 2013 1 5 STP 55 88M14 SM TG performance Evaluate training against established standards Use SM task summary as standard for evaluation Figure 1 2 Relationship of Battle focused Training and STP 1 4 Task Summary Format Task summaries outline the wartime performance requirements of each critical task in the SM They provide the soldier and the trainer with the information necessary to prepare conduct and evaluate critical task training As a minimum task summaries include information the soldier must know and the skills that he must perform to standards for each task The format of the task summaries included in this SM is as follows a Task Title The task title identifies the action to be performed b Task Number A 10 digit number identifies each task or skill This task number along with the task title must be included in any correspondence pertaining to the task c Conditions The task conditions identify all the equipment tools references job aids and supporting personnel that the soldier needs to use to perform the task in wartime This section identifies any environmental conditions that can alter task performance such as visibility temperature or wind This section also identifies any specific cues or events that
5. J Subject Area 20 Convoy Execution Defense 21 November 2013 2 7 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CRITICAL TASKS Task Number Title Training Sust Sust Location Tng Tng Freq SI 551 88M 3339 HN ae 551 88 3355 Conduct Mounted Land Navigation TT 551 88M 3600 Operate the Movement Tracking System Control Station MT3 351 88M 3601 Perform Duties as Convoy Commander Sd ICTL SMCT 2 and 3 es E ae Subject Area 21 Motor Pool Management 551 88M 3333 Supervise Motor Pool Operations T p 351 88M 3335 Supervise Drivers Training Program J M Subject Area 22 Convoy Planning and Operation 551 88M 3603 Prepare an Operations Order OPORD J T J ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator 351 88M 3004 Preparea MapOveray T T 551 88 3602 Conduct Reconniassance of a Convoy Route J J Subject Area 23 Hazardous Cargo Transportation 551 88M 3700 Manage Transportation of Hazardous SensitiveCargo f J J ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator Subject Area 24 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations 551 88M 3346 Unload Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicle from a Heavy Equipment Transporter 551 88M 3345 Load Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicle onto a Heavy E E Skill Level SL4 Subject Area 25 Motor Pool Management 551 88M 4320 Manage Operator Training Program J p J Subject Area 26 Convoy Planning a
6. Figure 3 20b Coupling continued E Figure 3 20c Coupling continued 21 November 2013 3 93 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING WARNING All personnel must stand clear of towing vehicle and trailer during coupling operations Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION Have assistant direct you during backing operations Damage to equipment may result if caution is not followed 1 Couple vehicle to trailer for vehicle trailer combinations other than PLS a Remove chock blocks from vehicle tires b Start vehicle see vehicle 10 series TM c Following visual hand signals from ground guide align vehicle with trailer and slowly back vehicle until pintle is adjacent to drawbar ring d Remove pintle lock pin and open pintle e Release trailer hand brake f Move trailer as required with assistance to engage drawbar ring in pintle g Close pintle and install pintle lock pin h Cross safety chains under drawbar ring and attach to towing vehicle eye bolts i Connect inter vehicular cable to towing vehicle receptacle j Connect service air hose to towing vehicle glad hand If coupling an M105A2C also connects emergency air hose to towing vehicle glad hand k Turn on towing vehicle air valves to apply vacuum or pressure as required WARNING WARNING If cargo trailer is equipped with an old style single wheel adjustable caster assembly use extreme caution to ensure
7. MIL GPS Deteced B FOM Logging into Network Select Terminal Comm Port sp SOCKET 3 80 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Choosing a COM port Terminal Fatal Error T rninal faled to ezoocd to commands cntact technicen to verify proper termina 32eretcn Eefcre unoing tis MTS Meszeng gt wil exit Response Failure error message m MIS Messenger Send Messages BLD Review Sent Messages F6 Open to Read Messages menu Read Messages To 28 69 3018 Type Individual Thu Jun 02 13 46 40 2005 Send help to last known coordinates To CX Tu obiil To Group Mr Tn ertia Hub BH 26 69 3018 XC79 ORZ20006 01 40 11 05 31 2005 Send Distiess Message 712 Send messages menu 21 November 2013 3 81 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Send Message Send Message Choosing a recipient menu TracerLink Icon to open program 3 82 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Control Mobile CS on MUon CSonand MU on and Station Unit reporting valid reporting valid gps sps TracerLink Map symbols Tise erlik Vehicle Sesres wehi le serwer echicleSereiMadified Cerosr gt Y Tse Urs tigred GC 222 Tt 1 1 201 Tracerlink vehicle server window 21 November 2013 3 83 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Select NIMA Raster Kit Select Vehicle Nor
8. 2 Ensured squad leaders supervised the performance of before during and after GO weekly or monthly operational preventive maintenance checks 3 Conducted random vehicle inspections to ensure operators are performing thorough maintenance checks 4 Coordinated with maintenance section for necessary maintenance support beyond operator capability 5 Coordinated with other platoon sergeants for maintenance support as necessary 6 Ensured squad leaders have accounted for all maintenance worksheets upon completion of maintenance checks for each vehicle inspected 7 Ensured all vehicles and equipment are secured upon completion of maintenance checks 8 Ensured that scheduled vehicle services are conducted 9 Reported platoon vehicle status to platoon leader and or maintenance section sergeant company truckmaster Evaluation Guidance None References Required ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS DA FORM 2404 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE WORKSHEET DA FORM 2408 14 UNCORRECTED FAULT RECORD DA FORM 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet 21 November 2013 Primary NO GO 3 287 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary DA PAM 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Users Manual 3 288 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 19 Motor Transport Supervision 551 88M 3340 Supervise Operations of Vehicle Mounted Crane DANGER Adhe
9. 21 November 2013 3 249 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2306 Manually Steer the M1000 Semitrailer DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given an M1000 semitrailer with basic issue items BII and operational auxiliary power unit APU hearing protection work gloves and assistance as needed Special Condition All operations involving the M1070 and M1000 require two persons Standards Manually steer the M1000 semitrailer into position for movement with 100 accuracy without causing injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a mission to move heavy equipment Your HET tractor Semitrailer combination is coupled at an angle which require
10. NOTE Figure 3 38 depicts a Single Route Strip Map Figure 3 39 depicts a Multiple Route Strip Map IHER OOD RCUTE BLU 5 SHERAOOD TCORES Note Distark e isn Milks Netto SCALE s a f cooks 32 1 66 Mech Ef HR 341 7 3D REIT HT Aff Append 1 Strip Map to Arrex CiRoute Jweray to Morem ert Order 11 Routes Re d Dlie aid Cren REFERENCE Map Series M 745 HUHFELD Edi a 1976 1253 000 Time Zone Used Throaghout Ordez ALPHA Figure 3 40 21 November 2013 3 297 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Multiple Route Strip Map Figure 3 39 Single Route Strip Map a Orientation Place the symbol for grid north on the sketch Label it with an N to designate the general direction of north Do not make any other orientation or grid references b Plot the details 1 Draw the route of movement 2 Plot all critical points or areas along a route where movement may occur or where timing is critical These include SPs checkpoints RPs phase lines bridges tunnels road junctions city or town intersections where passage could be confusing and areas or halts for messing and refueling 3 Plot the SPs and RPs Label them with their abbreviation or number if appropriate 4 Place the distance between critical points in kilometers or miles use a measurement that would be applicable based on the movement c Create the Heading 1 An example of a title is Appendix 1 strip map
11. Special Conditions This task requires two personnel for vehicles 2 5 ton and larger Standards Replace a tire wheel assembly on a 2 5 ton or larger tactical wheeled vehicle and a pintle connected trailer or semitrailer without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit maintenance has received a new set of replacement tires for your assigned vehicle and trailer The maintenance supervisor has directed that all spare tire assemblies be placed on the vehicle so that new tires may be used as spares Note Ensure assistance is provided to handle larger heavy tire wheel assemblies If tire davit is provided its use is MANDATORY to remove and replace spare tire assembly Performance Steps 1 Make preparations for tire wheel assembly replacement a Position vehicle or trailer on as level ground as possible b Chock wheels opposite from flat to prevent inadvertent movement 3 40 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Remove spare tire from stowage location using vehicle mounted spare tire davit and assistance from another crewmember d Gather all necessary tools to complete the tire change e Ensure spare tire is inflated to correct pressure f If vehicle is equipped with Central Tire Inflation System CTIS ensure all components are removed and replaced according to the vehicle technical manual TM Steps may vary between front a
12. b Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION Check ground conditions where flatrack will be placed Ensure it can support the flatrack weight or damage to flatrack or LHS may result c Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel CAUTION CAUTIONS Once the truck s rear suspension has been relieved of a flatrack load do not continue in UNLOAD position as possibility or jacking up rear end with hook arm may occur and damage to equipment may result If flatrack is extremely light or empty it may be necessary to place transmission range selector to Drive D to allow truck to move out from under flatrack Never drive with NO TRANS light illuminated d Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment Loading and unloading times are controlled by engine speed Engine speed can be increased to approximately 1500 rpm to reduce loading and unloading times CAUTION CAUTION If Load Handling System LHS had previously been used in Manual mode and not completely stowed in Auto mode the hook arm cylinders must b
13. g Ensure that convoy control vehicles are marked with the appropriate flags signs or lights as applicable h Relay all necessary communications information i Hand out all strip maps to vehicle crews j Perform sensitive items check to be verified during convoy briefing 2 Once all vehicles loads and personnel have been checked supervise the staging of vehicles in the designated assembly area by order of march and serial march unit 3 Coordinate to obtain artillery support if available e Ensure that all of the following questions are answered Convoy Commander s Checklist prior to movement 21 November 2013 3 311 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Where is the start point SP The release point RP 2 What route is to be used 3 Has reconnaissance been made Condition of route determined 4 Can bridges tunnels underpasses and defiles safely accommodate all loaded and tracked if applicable vehicles 5 Are critical points known and listed on the map 6 What is the size of serials 7 What is the size of march units 8 What is the rate of march 9 What is the vehicle interval on an open road Built up road 10 What type of column will be used 11 What provision has been made for refueling if applicable 12 Has a suitable operations area been selected 13 Have suitable rest and mess halt area been selected 14 Have convoy clearances been obtained What date 15 Is an esco
14. 3 Once clear of terrain stop check and remove rocks wedged between duals f Negotiate through streams fording 1 Repeat steps 13b 1 3 2 Drive through the water at a steady speed Do not attempt to shift gears manual trans 3 Dry the brakes by applying slight pressure over a straight level stretch of road until normal braking occurs g Negotiate through sandy areas 3 144 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 If equipped with CTIS select proper mode for terrain monitor panel lights to verify system settings to inflate or deflate tires and adhere to vehicle speed restrictions 2 If using manual transmission do not attempt to shift gears in deep sand 3 Maintain momentum until back on hard or packed surface 16 As directed move the vehicle into the assembly area a Follow the ground guide into the assembly area if guide is available b Follow the lead vehicle into the assembly area as directed if the guide is not available 17 Move vehicle into position for off loading cargo Shutdown engine unless needed for off loading and chock wheels a Remove canvas and bows if installed b Prepare MHE for operation Ensure there are no overhead clearance restrictions c Remove tiedown materials from cargo being cautious of load shifting 18 Unload cargo as directed a Ensure load documentation is completed and given to appropriate authority for transfer of custody b Recover all tiedown materia
15. 5 Units train to be ready for war based on the requirements of a precise and specific mission In the process they develop a foundation of combat skills that can be refined based on the requirements of the assigned mission Upon alert commanders assess and refine from this foundation of skills In the train alert deploy process commanders use whatever time the alert cycle provides to continue refinement of mission focused training Training continues during time available between alert notification and deployment between deployment and employment and even during employment as units adapt to the specific battlefield environment and assimilate combat replacements b How the Army Trains the Army 1 Training is a team effort and the entire Army Department of the Army major commands MACOMs the institutional training base units the combat training centers CTCs each individual soldier and the civilian workforce has a role that contributes to force readiness Department of the Army and MACOMs are responsible for resourcing the Army to train The Institutional Army including schools training centers and NCO academies for example train soldiers and leaders to take their place in units in the Army by teaching the doctrine and tactics techniques and procedures TTP Units leaders and individuals train to standard on their assigned critical individual tasks The unit trains first as an organic unit and then as an integrated compon
16. 9 Reviewed vehicle groups 10 Promoted Mobile to CS 11 Demoted CS to Mobile 12 Released a Bumper Number Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary MTS CS HANDBOOKMTS CS Handbook MTS PLUS EUM REV B Movement Tracking System Plus End User Manual CMDC DOC 076 Rev B 3 306 GO NO GO 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 3601 Perform Duties as Convoy Commander DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment operating in the convoy WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are operating You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions In an operational environment OE given a mission by the company commander to serve as a convoy commander vehicles and operators subordinate noncommissioned officers NCOs to serve as serial march unit commanders information from the commander s operation order OPORD map overlays cargo to transport and a timeline to follow Standards Plan prepare and execute the mission of commanding a convoy in OE by ensuring that the following was accomplished notifi
17. B RUE 2 1 Trainer s Gilde oon moen eT vermietet pe vertu ee t e aes 2 1 puo 2 1 2 2 Part One Section I Subject Area Codes sse 2 3 2 3 Part One Section II Duty Position Training Requirements eee 2 4 2 4 Part Two Critical Tasks List eese n menn 2 5 CHAPTER neto NH iHe chu dei t cR eben dice HUMUS 3 1 MOS Skill Level Tasks rhetor nter e en sed e egere e rt Sede lh 3 1 Skill Level eee iq lui dts PS ARE TIS KURE uu Lu E 3 1 Subject Area 1 Accident Forms and 3 1 Subject Area 2 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 3 4 Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operations ccesseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaeeeeeteeeeeaaa 3 13 Subject Area 4 Transportation of Cargo mnn 3 103 Subject Area 5 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations eeeseeeee n 3 128 Subject Area 6 Convoy Planning and 3 133 Subject Area 7 Convoy Execution Defense 3 139 Subject Area 8 Hazardous Cargo Transportation eese 3 167 Subject Area 9 HEMTT LHS PLS mmn 3 172 DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION Approved for public release distri
18. d Set hydraulic selector switch to AUTO position NOTE LHS OVER LOAD indicator may come on when engine is at idle speed e Move joystick to UNLOAD position Flatrack will start to move rearwards LHS NO TRANSIT indicator will illuminate Maintain engine speed at idle until front of flatrack raises approximately 1 feet 30 5 cm f Continue to unload until rear suspension starts to lift and back edge of flatrack touches ground g Release service brake pedal and allow grounded flatrack to push the truck straight forward from under flatrack and clear CAUTION CAUTION Once trucks rear suspension has been relieved of flatrack load do not continue in UNLOAD position as possibility of jacking up rear of truck with hook arm may occur and damage to equipment may result NOTE If flatrack is extremely light or empty it may be necessary to place transmission range selector to Drive D to allow truck to move out from under flatrack h As front of flatrack approaches within approximately 8 inches 20 32 cm of ground decrease engine speed to idle and apply service brake pedal i Continue off loading until flatrack runners are on ground and rear suspension is unloaded j Release joystick when flatrack runners are resting on ground k Set transmission range selector to Drive D and release service brake pedal 21 November 2013 3 215 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Set transmission range selector to Neutral N m Move joystic
19. MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER FLATBED BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 34 TON M872 21 November 2013 3 171 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 9 HEMTT LHS PLS Operations 551 88M 1505 Conduct Load Unload Operations using CHU DANGER There are inherent dangers related to operating this equipment to perform loading unloading procedures Every precaution must be taken to prevent accidents by strictly following established procedures and adhering to all DANGER WARNING CAUTION statements in the reference TM TBs WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the applicable TM or other reference publication CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the applicable TM or other reference publication Conditions In an operational environment given a Palletized Load System PLS M1075 model only or Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Load Handling System HEMTT LHS truck tractor equipped with the CHU also known as Front Lift Adapter or the Enhanced Container Handling Unit ECHU and configured in the container mode a container to be loaded any container that is 82 72 64 51 or 48 inches tall hearing protection and ground guide spotter as needed CHU is to be on
20. STP 55 88M14 SM TG Soldier s Manual and Training Guide MOS 88M MOS 88M MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATOR SKILL LEVELS 1 2 3 AND 4 SKILL LEVELS November 2013 HEADQUARTERS DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION Approved for public release distribution is unlimited This publication is available at Army Knowledge Online https armypubs us army mil doctrine index html To receive publishing updates please subscribe at http www apd army mil AdminPubs new_subscribe asp STP 55 88M14 SM TG SOLDIER TRAINING HEADQUARTERS PUBLICATION DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY STP 55 88M14 SM TG Washington DC 21 November 2013 Soldier s Manual and Training Guide MOS 88M MOS 88M MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATOR SKILL LEVELS 1 2 3 AND 4 SKILL LEVELS SL1 SL2 SL3 and SL4 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE PREFACE oae ear ua a iii CHAPTER uen nte UE e De D 1 1 esie M Ir Tr rr 1 1 IMEGXICEEE E EE 1 1 1 2 Training Requiremient reet rete ext gebe vr s Ye Fra rer edes 1 1 1 3 Battle Focused Traming iu eese Re enu 1 5 1 4 Task Summary Formatos eene mnm nn mnn nnne a 1 6 1 5 1 6 1 6 Training Assessment fed tdg er nected peas ade a eL Pe Dye Du ER 1 8 1 7 Trainin Support e ERU RE RU UU TUE ets 1 9 Iu nie Pees ee E LM e ue d pue dE
21. 1 Drive tractor forward to position fifth wheel to LOAD position m Place fifth wheel slide control lever to LOCKED position Ensure slide locking plungers engage n Pull secondary lock release handle out and lift to engage catch o Pull primary lock release handle out p Release parking brake and slowly pull forward until semitrailer clears fifth wheel q Stop and set parking brake Evaluation Preparation 21 November 2013 3 17 STP 55 88M14 SM TG None Performance Measures 1 Coupled Semitrailer 2 Uncoupled Semitrailer Evaluation Guidance None References Required TM 9 2320 302 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6X4 M915A3 NSN 2320 01 432 4847 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 TM 9 2330 358 14 amp P OPERATORS UNIT INTERMEDIATE DIRECT SUPPORT AND INTERMEDIATE GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR SEMITRAILER TACTICAL DUAL PURPOSE BREAKBULK CONTAINE TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL
22. 2 Supervised correct unloading of able tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET 3 Supervised correct unloading of disabled tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC B5C REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAV Y EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 3 346 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 3345 Load Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicle onto a Heavy Equipment Transporter DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment WARNING WARNING Load semitrailer on level ground whenever possible In adverse conditions loading can be done on grades up to 10 percent with a maximum offset angle of 10 degrees between tractor and semitrailer Avoid exceeding these limitations to prevent payload from rolling on semitrailer and causing serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment WARNING Due to semitrailers being outfitted with various chains 1 2 inch and or 3 4 inch link sizes all chains must be inventoried in the platform storage compartment prior to placing chai
23. 5 Remove cable from cable guide behind fuel tank 6 Remove cable from front cable guide on 15K SRW 7 Position cable toward rear of vehicle 8 Install cable through rear cable guide on 15K SRW 9 Install cable through rear cable pulley 10 Remove retaining pin pin and roller from rear roller support 11 Install cable through rear roller support WARNING WARNING Ensure line pull does not exceed capacity of 15k self recovery winch srw Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel 12 Install roller in rear roller support with pin and retaining pin CAUTION CAUTION Do not attach cable to any towing vehicle that is more than approximately 15 degrees away from a straight 15K Self Recovery Winch SRW pull Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment 13 Position 15K SRW clutch control lever to DISENGAGED 14 Pull out cable attach the snatch block then attach hook of snatch block to towing vehicle towing pintle Pay out enough cable to attach end of mired vehicle winch cable to mired vehicle front bumper tow clevis 15 Position 15K SRW clutch control lever to ENGAGED 16 Position PTO switch to on 17 Position winch switch to on 18 Hold WINCH IN OUT switch in the WINCH IN position until vehicle is recovered 19 Release WINCH IN OUT switch 21 November 2013 3 37 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 20 Pull out SYSTEM PARK control 21 Remove snatch block
24. 89 mm from truck bumper stop 14 m Push in PARKING BRAKE control 1 and continue loading flatrack onto truck until the LHS NO TRANSIT indicator 15 goes off indicating LHS is in transport position n Pull out PARKING BRAKE control 1 and set the transmission range selector 12 to Neutral N Inspect that the load locks 16 are engaged and flatrack is completely down on truck p Turn hydraulic selector switch 7 to OFF position q Put PTO ENGAGE switch 5 in OFF position Make sure indicator light 6 goes off WARNING WARNING Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations or serious injury or death to personnel could result CAUTIONS Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result 3 202 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Ensure air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P Both of the trailer bumper points must be under the truck bumper stop flange and at least one of the bumper points must contact the bumper stop The trailer bumper point not contacting the truck bumper stop cannot exceed 0 5 inches 12 7 mm or flatrack will miss main rail guides and equipment damage may result 8 Transfer flatrack CROP onto trailer manual mode from truck HEMTT LHS only a Back up the truck so that trailer bumper is under flange and contacts truck bumper stop W
25. Close Up and Stop Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start with the arms extended above the head elbows locked fingers and thumb extended and joined palms facing inward Slowly bring the arms down in front of the body Figure 3 11 Close Up 21 November 2013 3 71 STP 55 88M14 SM TG By the Flank Daytime Nighttime To give this signal extend arms in the direction you intend for the vehicle to come along side of Raise the arm on the flank side horizontally with elbow locked fingers and thumb extended and joined palm facing outward Figure 3 12 By the Flank 3 72 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Stop Halt Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start by raising the right arm in front of the body elbow locked fingers and thumb extended and joined palms facing forward Figure 3 13 Stop Halt 21 November 2013 3 73 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Move in Reverse Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start by raising both hands shoulder level fingers and thumbs extended and joined palms facing foward Extend the arms outward in front of the body in a pushing motion back and forth Figure 3 14 Move in Reverse 3 74 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Turn Left Daytime Nighttime To give this signal use the right arm Start by raising the upper arm horizontally and parallel to the ground fingers and thumb extended and joined Keeping the upper arm horizontal bend
26. EIC BBN TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 27 September 2013 TM 9 2320 273 10 OPERATOR S MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 6X4 M915 NSN 2320 01 028 4395 EIC B4A M915P1 NSN 2320 01 525 7451 EIC BAY TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 6X4 M915A1 NSN 2320 01 125 2640 EIC B4B M915A1P1 NSN 2320 01 525 7444 EIC BAZ LIGHT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER LET 6X6 W WINCH M916 NSN 2320 01 028 4396 EIC B4C 14 December 2012 TM 9 2320 302 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6X4 M915A3 NSN 2320 01 432 4847 30 December 2013 T M 9 2320 303 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6 X 4 M915A4 NSN 2520 01 458 1207 28 February 2007 TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL AND DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS 15 August 2000 TM 9 2320 345 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM LHS W AND W O WINCH 8X8 M1120A4 NSN 2320 01 534 1872 EIC BG7 THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0288 15 October 2008 TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC BSC REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 31 March 2010 TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278
27. MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 21 November 2013 3 291 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 20 Convoy Execution Defense 551 88M 3339 Perform Advanced Vehicle Recovery Operations and BDAR DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involved WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manuals You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions In an operational environment given a broken down vehicle in need of recovery or repair Standards Perform recovery repair Battle Damage Assessment and Repair BDAR to the vehicle in order to enable the vehicle to be returned to base and eventually the return of equipment to mission capable status to support combat operations or self recovery Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are in a convoy and one of your vehicles brakes down while enroute You are in a hostile environment and no immediate mechanical assistance is available You must supervise your operator in either recovering the vehicle or in performing BDAR
28. Performance Steps 1 Load CROP s into an ISO container using the PLS truck tractor a Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure Apply warning and caution statements above to all steps in this task 3 188 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING WARNINGS Crop weighs 3 800 165 1 724 kg Six crops weigh 22 800 16 10 342 kg Make sure all personnel stand clear of crop when crop is being moved Failure to comply may result in severe injury or death to personnel Always lift stack of crops by connecting lifting device to bottom crop Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment or severe injury or death to personnel CAUTIONS Attempting to load unload stack of CROPs or loaded CROP in ISO container requires extreme care to prevent damage to equipment Clearance between ceiling of ISO container and top of load and inside walls of ISO container and each side of CROP is designed to be close requiring at least one ground guide to assist during difficult insertion removal procedure Make sure web straps securing stack of CROPs are removed prior to insertion into ISO container Failure to comply may result in damage to web straps during insertion procedure NOTE Stack of six CROPs is maximum that can be loaded into ISO container b Refer to TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P paragraph 2 16 subparagraph a steps 1 through 23 pages 2 31 to 2 38 for applicable procedures in loading IS
29. SF Form 91 Motor Vehicle Accident Report and a pen or pencil Standards Complete the operator entries on DD Form 518 and SF Form 91 with 100 accuracy Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are required to operate your vehicle as part of a resupply convoy Note None Performance Steps 1 Enter the following information on DD Form 518 a Date of accident b Make and type of vehicle c Registration number of vehicle d Your name e Your social security number SSN optional 21 November 2013 3 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG f Your rank g Name of organization to which assigned 2 Give DD Form 518 to any other person involved in the accident 3 Place a DD Form 518 in or on the involved parked vehicle notify local authorities and stand by the scene of the accident until the authorities arrive if the accident involves a parked car and the person concerned is not present 4 Enter the following information on SF Form 91 a Name of department or agency b Name and location of organization to which assigned c Operator identification in section 1 d Accident time and location in section 2 e Federal vehicle number in section 3 f Other vehicle involved in section 4 g Other property damage in section 5 h Person injured in section 6 i Occupants in your vehicle in section 7 1 Occupants in other vehicle in section 8 k Witnesses and police in section 9 1 A
30. Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is preparing to move to a new location All vehicles must be thoroughly inspected prior to departure Note Use the reference publication that supports the vehicle being used for this task Note Cleanliness Dirt grease oil and debris only get in the way and may cover up a serious problem Use Dry Cleaning Solvent on metal surfaces where directed Note Bolts Nuts and Screws Check bolts nuts and screws for obvious looseness and missing bent or broken conditions Look for chipped paint and bare metal or rust around bolt heads If any part seems to be loose tighten it or notify Unit Maintenance Note Welds Look for loose or chipped paint rust or gaps where parts are welded together If a bad weld is found notify Unit Maintenance Note Electrical Wires and Connections Look for cracked or broken insulation bare wires and loose or broken connectors Tighten loose connectors and make sure wires are in good shape If a bad wire or connector is found notify Unit Maintenance Note Hydraulic Lines and Fittings Look for wear damage and leaks make sure clamps and fittings are tight Wet spots show leaks A stain around a fitting or connector can mean a leak If a leak comes from a loose fitting or connector tighten it If something is broken or worn out notify Unit Maintenance Note Damage Damage is defined as any condition that affects safety or would make the vehicl
31. a Classify the item or vehicle being inspected as Not Ready or Not Mission Capable if any fuel coolant leakage is found Consult TM for specific guidance b Tighten loose bolts nuts or screws Notify maintenance if tools are not available c Notify maintenance if any seepage or leakage is found d Determine if parts are to be replaced availability of parts and level of responsibility Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a copy of a Technical manual DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 DA Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 instruction on the PMCS process Performance Measures GO NO GO Interpreted a Technical Manual 2 Completed maintenance and operator forms 3 Defined inspection criteria 4 Determimed serviceablility of item being inspected 5 Determined fault disposition of item being inspected Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier a GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what they did wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND OPERATOR STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING DA PAM 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Users Manual TC 21 305 200 THE ARMY COMMERCIAL DRIVERS LICENSE EXAMINERS MANUAL S amp I COMDT USATSCH ATTN ATZF DOS LT BLDG 2719 FT EUSTIS VA 23604 5168 TM 9 2320 392 10 2 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR THE M1
32. appropriate vehicle TM Operate the vehicle while complying with all extreme hot weather operating procedures precautions Control the vehicle at all times following traffic regulations and rules of the road If vehicle is so equipped use the applicable CTIS setting to enable safe vehicle operations All driving maneuvers must be made under these extreme conditions without becoming mired or succumbing to a conditionally related mechanical failure Special Condition Proper conduct of this task implies varied extreme conditions in which most training locations cannot replicate To this end and for training this task to standard the unit or institution may use a simulator such as the Common Driver Trainer vehicle driver training simulator to inject the various seasonal terrain conditions for this task If the task is conducted under actual adverse conditions using an MRAP series vehicle extra precautions should be taken with respect to reduced visibility and the use of a gunner to relay route and condition information to the driver Additionally extra care should be exercised as a precaution against vehicle rollover under adverse weather and terrain conditions Special Standards If an RVTT simulator is used for this task the standard will have been met when the simulation indicates successful navigation through the obstacles conditions without becoming mired or involved in a vehicle accident Special Equipment None 3 128 21 November 2013
33. correct deficiencies or refer to proper maintenance level b Ensure all completed maintenance dispatch and accident forms are present in equipment records folder c If loading ensure vehicle load card and load documentation to include DA Form 626 and DA Form 836 are present HAZMAT loads only in the equipment records folder Ensure vehicle is placarded in accordance with TACSOP and as HAZMAT rules require for the specific load d Ensure equipment records folder is located in vehicle cab in accordance with unit SOP e If vehicle is to be hardened determine adjusted cargo carrying capacity of vehicle based on weight of sandbags and other heavy materials used to harden vehicle Note the adjusted capacity and record in equipment records folder f Ensure that canvas and bow assembly is installed over load to conceal from casual observation as applicable g Ensure all combat locking mechanisms are operating properly and in proper position as appropriate if installed h Mount all individual and crew served weapons using weapons mounts located throughout the vehicle Ensure all locks are secured as appropriate to prevent any accidental dismounting i Load ammunition as directed in crew served weapon Ensure spare ammunition containers are located and secured per vehicle load plan 1 Mount as required all communications equipment and ensure all items are securely locked to the vehicle Leave key s in the lock while vehicle i
34. failed and manual load operation was used set Hydraulic Selector Switch to MAN TRANS WP 0021 position Do not move TRANSFER CASE shift lever when vehicle is moving or when transmission is in gear Severe damage to drive line will result Never let engine exceed maximum no load governed engine speed approximately 2170 rpm or maximum governed engine speed under load approximately 2150 rpm If engine is allowed to go over governed engine speeds serious engine damage may result Conditions In an operational environment given a mission ready dispatched Palletized Load System PLS or Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Load Handling System HEMTT LHS truck assistant operator designated route to operate hearing protection technical manual TM and all basic issue items Standards Prepare the vehicle for operation by making all necessary driver adjustments perform all starting procedures and operate the vehicle within its capabilities and limitations over normal terrain steep grades and off road You are to adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the applicable TM In addition you should comply with all local traffic regulations and cause no injury to personnel or damage to vehicle during operation Special Condition Task is to be executed using either the PLS M1075 without material handling crane or the HEMTT LHS M1120A4 Truck tractor Whichever is available for training use the applicable performance ste
35. load items of uniform weight and size together j Load drums and barrels either upright or on their sides If blocked on their sides their length should be parallel to the sides of the truck trailer 2 Secure cargo onto trailer semitrailer a Block and brace cargo with lumber or other materials to keep the load from shifting of falling off the vehicle while enroute 3 140 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Block crates boxes and barrels to keep them from shifting enroute c Use crib blocking whenever possible It need not be nailed to the floor or sides if placed tightly against the cargo to reduce damage to the floor and sideboards of the vehicle d If a gap exists between pipes or lumber and the end of the trailer block the load with a gate constructed with 4X4 inch boards to prevent it from slipping e All lumber used for blocking must be free from knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load enroute WARNING Ensure that both the weight limitations of the tiedown straps or other devices used and the tiedown anchors on the vehicle cargo bed are not exceeded or injury or death to personnel may occur or damage to equipment may result f Tiedown the load with available tiedown materials 1 Use tiedown straps for general cargo and large component items 2 Use tiedown chains or wire roper and turnbuckles or loadbinders as needed for tiedown of vheicles CONEXs or MILVANS that
36. locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment e Move joystick to UNLOAD position until hook arm cylinders have fully extended Maintain engine speed at idle for approximately the first 18 inches 46 cm and last 6 inches 15 cm of movement NOTE LHS OVERLOAD indicator may come on when engine is at idle speed When unloading an FRS engine speed must be at 1500 RPM f Release joystick g Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F position WARNING WARNING WHEN LOADING OR UNLOADING FLATRACKS FRS ON UNEVEN GROUND SIDE SLOPE OR DOWN GRADES UP TO 5 DEGREES IT MAY BE NECESSARY TO APPLY TRUCK SERVICE BRAKES TO PREVENT TRUCK ROLLAWAY OR SEVERE INJURY OR DEATH TO PERSONNEL COULD RESULT h Move joystick to UNLOAD position WARNING WARNING When loading or unloading flatracks FRS on uneven ground side slope or downgrades up to 5 degrees it may be necessary to apply vehicle service brakes to prevent vehicle rollaway Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel 21 November 2013 3 185 STP 55 88M14 SM TG i When back edge of flatrack touches ground release service brake pedal allowing truck to be pushed straight from under flatrack NOTE If flatrack is extremely light or empty it may be necessary to set transmission range selector to D driver to allow vehicle to move out from under flatrack j Continue off loading until front of flat
37. passengers are seated and all safety equipment is in place c Drivers will warn passengers not to jump from passenger beds and upon dismounting move away from traveled portions of the roadway d Drivers will refuse to move any vehicle in which anyone is in an unsafe position 10 Risk Management a Integrate risk management into mission planning preparation and execution b Make risk decisions at the appropriate level in the chain of command c Accept no unnecessary risk d Conduct a risk assessment prior to each mission 3 Submit recommendations to unit commander for approval 3 372 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO Reviewed available and existing guidelines 2 Suggested changes to safety guidelines and operations based on 3 Submitted recommendations to unit commander for approval Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program RAR 004 10 04 2011 AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND OPERATOR STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING AR 700 68 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF LIQUEFIED AND GASEOUS COMPRESSED GASSES AND THEIR FULL AND EMPTY CYLINDERS CFR 49 Title 49 Transportation FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 21 November 2013 NO GO 3 373 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 4404 Perform Logistics Planning using MDMP
38. semitrailer for vehicle payloads NOTE Additional chains are required on the rear of the vehicle because forces seen when braking are higher than when accelerating 6 Vehicle payload NTE 67 000 Ibs Use 3 4 inch chains One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload e Use only tiedown provisions on the vehicle to attach chains refer to 1c 2 above f Attach load binder hooks to chains so that open part of hook throat faces upward whenever possible Secure load binder handle by wiring to chain 6 Ensure supervisor checks load for security prior to vehicle movement Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Ensured load was properly positioned for tiedown 2 Inspected tiedown materials 3 Secured general cargo to bed of 5 ton cargo truck using web tiedown straps 21 November 2013 3 125 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO 4 Secured ammunition to flatrack or CROP using nylon tiedown web straps 5 Secured payload vehicle to semitrailer using load binders and chains 6 Ensured that supervisor checked load prior to movement Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D TEA PAM 55 20 Tiedown Handbook for Truck Movements TM 3 34 86 Rigging Techniques Procedures and Applications MCRP 3 17 7j TM 9 2320 279 10
39. step procedures in the technical manual in order to identify defects in appearance functionality and operability Complete operator and maintenance forms with 100 accuracy IAW mission requirements to capture any uncorrectable faults and identify operator level parts for replacement Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You have just been assigned to your first unit assignment and are now required to maintain your assigned vehicle Note None Performance Steps 1 Interpret a Technical Manual a Define the front cover data b Define TM characteristics and structure 1 Identify Basic Issue Items and Additional Authorization Listings 2 Identify chapter section and work package outlines c Identify item Description capabilities and limitations 21 November 2013 3 9 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Define operator instructions e Define preventive maintenance requirements f Define lubrication requirements 2 Complete maintenance and operator forms a Define completion requirements of DA Form 5988 E and DA Form 2404 1 DA Form 5988 E Equipment data parts requested maintenance faults sections 2 DA Form 2404 Header applicable references status symbols signatures fault and deficiencies b Define completion requirements for DA Form 5987 E and DD Form 1970 1 DA Form 5987 E equipment data service due data dispatch information 2 DD Form 1970 vehicle information
40. 1 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Wit TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 365 10 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1078 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 4X4 LIGHT MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES LMTV TRK CAR LMTV M1078 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1898 EIC BHH W O WN 2320 01 354 3385 EIC BHD TRK TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV 3 126 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 21 November 2013 3 127 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 5 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations 551 88M 1361 Operate Vehicle Under Adverse Conditions WARNING WARNING Wear hearing protection while operating vehicle Wear seat belts while operating vehicle WARNING Operation in sand and around sand dunes may cause f
41. 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 TM 9 2320 392 10 1 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR THE M1083A1SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 MODEL TRK CAR M1083A1 W WN 2320 01 447 3884 EIC BUL W O WN 2320 01 447 3890 EIC BUL W O WN TM 9 2320 392 10 2 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR THE M1083A1 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLE MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 MODEL TRK CAR MTV M1083A1 W WN NSN 2320 01 447 3884 EIC BUL W O WN 2320 01 447 3890 EIC BT9 21 November 2013 3 147 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1650 Operate Vehicle using the Driver s Vision Enhancer DANGER Adhere to all DANGER statements in the DVE and vehicle Technical manuals WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the DVE and Vehicle technical manuals CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the DVE and Vehicle technical manuals Conditions In an operational environment given a tactical wheeled vehicle equipped with the driver s vision enhancer already mounted and connected route to maneuver and conditions of limited visibility or darkness Standards Operate the Driver Vision Enhancer DVE then safely operate the vehicle through a pre designated route with limited visibility while relying on the use of the driver s vision enhancer to negotiate te
42. 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to name un name The Server Vehicle Kit Control window will pop up listing the vehicles 4 To turn the name on right click on the name in the Server Vehicle Kit Control window and select Display Name f Hide Show entire control groups 1 Right click on the map to get the popup menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 21 November 2013 3 89 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 Click on the map so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select Assignments tab The various control groups will be listed with expandable plus boxes next to each one 5 Right click on a Control Group such as 001 002 003 and so forth and select All Vehicles Hide If a control group is already hidden to show it simply select All Vehicles Show g Display Hide Report Time Labels for an Individual Vehicle 1 Right click on the map to get the popup menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select the Assignments tab 5 Right click on a vehicle and select Display Time If the time was not previously displayed it will be If the time was previously displayed it will be turned off h Display Hide Report Time Labels for an Entire Control Group 1 Right click on the map to get the popup menu 2 Choose Select Vehicle 3 Click on the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select t
43. 2013 3 299 STP 55 88M14 SM TG NOTE Always consider the tactical aspects of your movement Avoid skylining if at all possible as your chances of detection are increased Use the clich expect the unexpected along your route Up to date intelligence degrades with time 7 Determine distance Get the total distance to be traveled and the approximate distance between points Plan to use the vehicle odometer to keep track of distance traveled b Via cross country 1 Travel over cross country route may be much more difficult in that there are not always road networks that are plotted on the map A route that has not been used in long periods of time may be overgrown or washed out This is where route reconnaissance pays off Using alternate routes when this occurs will ensure mission success 2 Vehicle capabilities When determining a route to be used when mounted consider the capabilities of the vehicles to be used Most military vehicles are limited in the degree of slope they can climb and the type of terrain they can negotiate Swamps thickly wooded areas or deep streams may present no problems to dismounted Soldiers but the same terrain may completely stop mounted Soldiers The navigator must consider this when selecting a route 3 Most military vehicles will knock down a tree The bigger the vehicle the bigger the tree it can knock down Vehicles cannot knock down several trees at once It is best to find paths between t
44. 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 BIC BR2 3 270 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 15 Transportation of Cargo 551 88M 2374 Supervise Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle onto from a Semitrailer DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules DO NOT use a cheater bar to engage or disengage the operating lever Failure to comply may result in serious painfull injury or death to personnel WARNING Before loading payload vehicle driver must have at least one ground guide to guide vehicle onto semitrailer and two to guide it off the semitrailer Payload vehicle operator cannot clearly see on all sides Failure to compl
45. 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 3 132 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 6 Convoy Planning and Operation 551 88M 1658 Prepare Vehicle for Convoy Operations DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statments in reference materials associated with vehicle and trailer semitrailer and all ancillery mission essential equipment the driver is responsible for that accompanies the vehicle on the mission CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in reference materials associated with the vehicle and trailer semitrailer and all ancillery mission essential equipment the driver is respondible for that accompanies the vehicle on the mission Conditions In an operational environment you are a vehicle operator preparing to conduct operations within a tactical convoy Given a tactical wheeled vehicle armored or unarmored Basic Issue Items materials to harden vehicle if needed such as wire mesh f
46. 2330 381 13 b Run APU at full throttle 3 Prepare semitrailer for platform height adjustments Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 NOTE The brakes on the semitrailer should be released when making platform adjustments If the parking brakes are not released platform adjustments will be much slower and harder to accomplish 4 Raise platform height Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 5 Lower platform height Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 6 Make other platform height adjustments as necessary Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 7 Shutdown the APU Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier an M1000 HET Semitrailer coupled to an M1070 HET Truck Tractor parked on solid level ground with no obstructions Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a composite risk assessment 2 Started the APU 3 Prepared semitrailer for platform height adjustments 4 Raised platform height 5 Lowered platform height 6 Made other platform height adjustments as necessary 7 Shutdown the APU Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAV Y 3 248 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU
47. 2404 DA Form 2408 14 Uncorrected Fault Record 3 DD Form 518 4 SF Form 91 e Unit E Vehicle inspection preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS f Unit F Accident avoidance g Unit G Driver energy and environmental consideration h Unit H Introduction to specific vehicles i Unit I Military convoy operations including night driving j Unit J Off road driving k Unit K Vehicle self recovery operations 1 Unit L Vehicle driver performance evaluation 3 326 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG m Unit M Response to emergency situations vehicle malfunctions n Unit N Driving Range as setup by local commanders o Unit O Written examination p Unit P Preventive Maintenance PMCS test q Unit Q Road test after completion of training r Unit R Additional course instruction should be included with respect to unit specific vehicle characteristics and ancillary devices as part of vehicle performance for example coupling uncoupling semitrailer and crane winch operation 5 Conduct driver testing NOTE Only driver training candidates that have received the complete course of instruction are to be tested a Enforces vehicle safety and fire prevention measures b Practices and administers test to qualified driver on same type of vehicle c Verifies that all examinees have completed the course of instruction as stipulated by AR 600 55 and local standin
48. 4 COMMANDERS AND SHOP OFFICERS GUIDE FOR SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT 21 November 2013 3 293 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 3355 Conduct Mounted Land Navigation Conditions Applied to a tactical environment given dispatched vehicle s vehicle operator s vehicle navigator s assistant drivers topographic and grid maps and strip map information plotting protractor map markers legend information route information and communications equipment Standards As a result of your instruction all vehicles will navigate to their destination without becoming disoriented or traveling on unauthorized routes thus endangering the transport mission The navigator of each vehicle must be able to properly identify and plot all route and mission essential information on topographic maps or tourist road maps Strip maps will be prepared based on map sheets used for mission and accurately depict applicable route information that successfully contributes to the mission Special Condition The Soldiers receiving the instruction are given the duty as vehicle navigator The navigator will be the only person making movement decisions within each vehicle involved Driver will NOT attempt to assist as this action as it seriously increases the possibility of vehicle accident during movement NOTE The focus of this task is to emphasize the motor transport operator s ability to navigate while mounted using various types of maps In contrast to dismounted land
49. 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 TM 9 2330 213 14 amp P OPERATORS UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR TRAILER CHASSIS 1 1 2 TON 2 WHEEL M103A1 NSN 2330 00 835 8629 M103A3 2330 00 1 3 102 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 4 Transportation of Cargo 551 88M 1663 Operate a Vehicle Mounted Crane Conditions In an operational environment given a vehicle equipped with a vehicle mounted crane on which before operation PMCS has been performed applicable TM flat surface in which to operate and directions hand signals from another Soldier Standards Setup vehicle mounted crane for operation to include outriggers as applicable Operate the crane while following visual hand and arm signals Prepare crane and outriggers as applicable for travel All crane operations must be performed without injury to personnel or damage to any equipment or load Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are required to off load your cargo from your 5 Ton tactical vehicle Note Vehicle must be positioned on level ground Performance Steps 1 Start vehicle engine except a M1084 1086 MTV with MHE Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 b M977 HEMTT crane mounted vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1
50. 5982 E SAMS B confirm driver qualifications and endorsements and select driver s and vehicle s for mission based on guidance from platoon sergeants Upon completion of mission you must log all mileage load and time data for vehicles drivers and load moved as required locally with 100 accuracy You must notify maintenance of any discrepancy of vehicle status and report discrepancies on vehicle trip reports to truckmaster Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a requirement to conduct a tactical convoy and the unit has been alerted to prepare As part of the preparations all vehicles must be immediately dispatched for the mission Note None Performance Steps Process transportation requests a Acquire vehicle s and driver s availability information from platoon sergeant s to be used for mission Complete initial dispatcher entries on forms b Compile all appropriate forms in the equipment record folder The following forms are required at a minimum 1 DD Form 1970 Complete dispatcher entries 21 November 2013 3 261 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 DD Form 518 3 SF Form 91 4 DA Form 5987 E SAMS E Complete dispatcher entries 5 DA Form 5823 Equipment Identification Card This form goes on outside of record folder Dispatcher must verify vehicle status information before dispatch of vehicle 2 Manually dispatch unit vehicle s for regular dispatch
51. 61 m off the ground r Release joystick CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result s Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F position 3 182 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG t Move joystick to LOAD position after flatrack contacts rear rollers increase engine speed from 1 500 to maximum rpm until main frame cylinders have nearly completed full retraction u Reduce engine speed to idle and continue loading until main frame cylinders are fully retracted v Release joystick NOTE LHS OVER LOAD indicator will illuminate when main frame cylinders are fully retracted and joystick is activated CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result Main frame cylinders must be completely retracted prior to loading the hook arm w Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position x Move joystick to LOAD position and increase engine speed until flatrack is nearly loaded then reduce speed to idle y Continue to load until LHS and flatrack are in transit position LHS NO TRANSIT indicator will go off z Release joystick a Pull out PARKING BRAKE control b Make sure that load locks have engaged and flatrack FRS is fully down on truck c Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN TRANS position d Put HYD ENABLE switch in OFF position Make sure MAIN HYD ENABLE indicato
52. 88M 1384 551 88M 1600 551 88M 1660 T Back Vehicle with Semitrailer ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator Perform as Wheeled Vehicle Ground Guide Day or Night Wess Nite 3 ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator Operate the Movement Tracking System E ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator 008 Subject Area 4 Transportation of Cargo 21 November 2013 2 5 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CRITICAL TASKS Task Number Title Training Sust Sust SEA 551 88M 1663 Operate Vehicl Mounted SSISSM IG64 Operate Vehicle in a Contaminated Ara J T mur cene quad Semitrailer 551 88M 1411 Perform Tiedown Procedures TT Subject Area 5 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations 551 88M 1361 Operate Vehicle Under Adverse Conditions Sad ary ae ICTL 19D10 Calvary Scout Version 1 00 Subject Area 6 Convoy Planning and Operation 551 88M 1658 Prepare Vehicle for Convoy Operations J p ICTL 19D10 Calvary Scout Version 1 00 Subject Area 7 Convoy Execution Defense 551 88M 1359 Operate Vehicle in Convoy J T 1 551 88M 1650 Operate Vehicle using the Drivers Vision Enhancer f ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator UNIT 1 3 551 88M 1656 Conduct Refueling Operations using Tactical Refueling Vehicles ae MN 551 88M 1410 ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator Subject Area 8 Hazardous Cargo Transpo
53. Analysis NOTE Produce updated Logistics Estimate which is an accurate and current assessment of the combat service support CSS situation of the organization It is an analysis of how CSS factors can affect mission accomplishment a Gather current Logistics data b Update Logistics status charts c Develop Logistics facts and assumptions d Determine Capabilities e Determine Requirements f Determine Shortfalls Excesses Impact Upon Mission g Determine Constraints h Identify possible solutions recommendations 3 Develop Courses of Action a Updated Logistics Estimates b Recommendations for placing and employing CSS assets c Recommended CSS priorities of support d CSS options available e Logistic impact upon Friendly Course of Action COA Statements f Logistic impact upon Friendly COA Sketches 4 Analyze Courses of Action a Analyze each COA to assess its sustainment feasibility b Compare sustainment requirements to available assets and capabilities c Identify potential shortfalls and recommend actions to eliminate or reduce their effect for that COA d Forecast CSS requirements e Ensure that available movement times and assets will support the COA 5 Compare Courses of Action a Evaluation Criteria for Course of Action Comparison 1 Identify Logistics assets required to support the friendly scheme of maneuver 21 November 2013 3 375 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Synchronization of support e
54. C1 2 15 March 1988 TM 3 4240 300 10 2 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL MASK COMBAT VEHICLE M42 NSN 4240 01 258 0064 SMALL 4240 01 258 0065 MEDIUM 4240 01 258 0066 LARGE REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 30 August 1988 TM 9 2320 211 10 Operator s Manual For Truck Chassis 5 Ton 6X6 M39 M39A2 M40 M40A1 M40A2 M40A 1C M40A2C M61 M61A1 M61A2 M63 M63A1 M63A2 M63C M63A1C M63A2C M63A1D M63A2D M139A1 M139A2 M139C M139A2C M139D M139A2D M139F M139A1F M13 30 November 1977 21 November 2013 References 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TM 9 2320 260 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK 5 TON 6X6 M809 SERIES DIESEL TRUCK CARGO M813 M813A1 AND M814 TRUCK BOLSTER LOGGING M815 TRUCK WRECKER MEDIUM M816 TRUCK DUMP M817 TRUCK TRACTOR M818 TR 14 June 1985 TM 9 2320 272 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK 5 TON 6X6 M939 M939A1 AND M939A2 SERIES TRUCKS DIESEL TRUCK CARGO 5 TON 6X6 DROPSIDE M923 2320 01 0505 2084 EIC BRY M923A1 2320 01 206 4087 EIC BSS M923A 31 July 2012 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Wit obsolete TM 9 2320 280 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 M998 NSN 2320 01 107 7155 EIC BBD M998A1 2320 01 371 9577
55. CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 21 November 2013 Primary 3 349 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level SL4 Subject Area 25 Motor Pool Management 551 88M 4320 Manage Operator Training Program DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment you are Training operating WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are training operating You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions In an operational environment reassigned as a noncommissioned officer in charge NCOIC of an established battalion driver training program Given an established driver training course of instruction instructor and examiner cadre driver candidates driving record documentation for each candidate qualification records for cadre driver training area complete with organic vehicles used for training and complete facilities for classroom instruction and ranges Standards Manage the driver training program and verify instructors and examiners are qualified and certified to teach and test driver candidates Coordinate with company truckmasters for dri
56. Filter Unit GPFU on the M1070 ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator UNIT 2 3 551 88M 2302 Opemtethe APU on the MlOOOSemitraler 551 88M 2303 Adjust the Gooseneck on the M1000 Semitrailer f 551 88M 2304 Adjust the Platform Height on the M1000 Semitrailer FERES CERE ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator 551 88M 2306 Manually Steer the M1000 Semitrailer es eae 551 88M 2375 Operate the Heavy Equipment Transporter on Improved Roads ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator 551 88M 2305__ Operate the Loading Ramps on M1000 Semitrailer Pel 2 Subject Area 13 Motor Vehicle Operations 551 88M 2371 2 Subject Area 14 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations 551 88M 2355 Operate Vehicle in Inclement Weather Conditions J 1 Subject Area 15 Transportation of Cargo 551 88M 2374 Supervise Loading Unloading a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle onto from a Semitrailer Subject Area 16 Hazardous Cargo Transportation 551 88M 2420 Supervise Transportation of Hazardous Sensitive Cargo Skill Level SL3 Subject Area 17 Accident Forms and Reporting 551 88M 3353 Review Vehicle Accident Repos J J T Subject Area 18 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 551 88M 3322 Manage Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Subject Area 19 Motor Transport Supervision 551 88M 3340 Supervise Operations of Vehicle Mounted Crane
57. G 1 Located at any unit that has an organizational or tactical field maintenance facility 2 Designed to be operated by unit level personnel 3 Automates entire range of supply functions associated with the prescribed load list PLL vehicle dispatching and the Army maintenance management system TAMMS function at the motor pool 4 Interfaces with SARSS 1 SARSS GW ULLS S4 and SAMS 1 e Supply Unit Level Logistics System Air ULLS A 1 Located in all aviation units 2 Performs those functions for aviation that the ULLS G performs for ground units 3 Will automate the production control quality control and tech supply Class IX functions at the aviation unit maintenance AVUM 4 Interfaces with SARSS 1 SARSS GW ULLS S4 and SAMS 1 f Supply Unit Level Logistics System Battalion ULLS S4 1 Located at all companies battalion S4s and brigade S4s 2 Provides hand receipt accountability for property requests supplies and requests transportation 3 Interfaces with SARSS 1 Standard Property Book System Revised SPBS R Standard Army Ammunition System Modified SASS MOD SARSS GW and CSSCS 4 System Requirements a CD ROM Drive b DOS 6 22 c Windows CANNOT be on system d Autoexec bat and Config sys must be added before the ULLS S4 baseline L3S 00 05 can be loaded g Standard Army Retail Supply System SARSS 1 SARSS 1 Overview a An interactive menu driven automate
58. Halts 11 Gaps and march rate 12 Submission of movement bid if applicable 13 Communications 14 Route reconnaissance 15 Escort and security elements 16 Convoy support NOTE The convoy commander should always refer to the unit standing operating procedures SOP for standardized information concerning convoy guidelines Whenever the SOP fails to provide the needed information the convoy commander should solicit information from the unit chain of command and applicable regulations b Review the OPORD 1 Determine the number of vehicles needed 2 Determine the number of personnel required 3 Determine if a special hauling permit is required 4 Determine the necessity of available supporting elements fire support close air support engineer chemical or refueling support 5 Determine if a movement bid or convoy clearance is necessary If so submit request DD Form 1265 Request for Convoy Clearance This requirement is based on local guidelines SOP and the selected route for the convoy In North Atlantic Treaty Organization NATO controlled areas 3 308 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG standardization agreements STANAG 2154 and STANAG 2155 are applicable Submit at least 10 days prior to planned move 6 Determine if request for oversized vehicles loads is required If so submit DD Form 1266 Request for Special Hauling Permit The request must reach the approving authority 15 day
59. If indicators are normal continue mission and notify field level maintenance as soon as possible k Check that engine coolant temperature gauge reads 180 to 200 F 82 to 93 C 1 If engine coolant temperature gauge reads over 219 F 104 C idle engine until water temperature cools If coolant does not cool shut off engine WP 0053 and notify field level maintenance m If high engine coolant temperature indicator illuminates red this indicates the engine monitoring system has logged a high engine coolant fault code and will cause the check engine indicator to illuminate amber Check engine coolant temperature gauge and allow engine to cool as necessary Notify field level maintenance as soon as possible n If check engine indicator illuminates amber engine must be serviced by field level maintenance as soon as possible o Check that battery voltage readout reads 24 to 28 volts p Check that front air pressure gauge and rear air pressure gauge both read 100 to 130 psi 21 November 2013 3 221 STP 55 88M14 SM TG q If low air indicator illuminates red perform immediate action for loss of air supply system pressure emergency procedures WP 0093 6 Operate Vehicle Off Road HEMTT LHS Refer to TM 9 2320 345 10 WP0049 a Set ABS disable switch to on position ABS disabled indicator will illuminate b Set transfer case to L LO c Move range selector to 2 or 1 depending on ground conditions d Push in
60. MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL 21 November 2013 3 137 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER FLATBED BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 34 TON M872 T TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAVY EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 3 138 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 7 Convoy Execution Defense 551 88M 1359 Operate Vehicle in Convoy DANGER WARNING See reference technical manuals for all applicable WARNING statements applicable to the task standard CAUTION See reference technical manuals for all applicable CAUTION statements applicable to the task standard Conditions In an operatiional environment OE given a vehicle that has not been marshaled into order of march for convoy in a high threat area given briefing by the convoy commander a mission ready tactical wheeled vehicle with trailer or semitrailer cargo to transport tiedown materials load bearing vest LBV with kevlar protective mask and hearing protection DD Form 1384 TCMD DD Form 518 SF Form 91 DA Form 5988 E DA Form 5987 E and eq
61. PLS M1075 or HEMTT LHS M1120A4 truck tractor using the manual mode method without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is given a supply mission Note None Performance Steps CAUTION CAUTIONS To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of control electrical system Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result 1 Position truck tractor for loading unloading operations PLS Only a Change truck weight indicator to reflect load weight to be uploaded b Adjust driver seat and controls as necessary c Ensure vehicle fuel level is sufficient for mission Refuel as needed d Operate lights according to tactical situation e Start vehicle Normal starting procedures see TM 9 2320 364 10 for details if necessary f Check vehicle gauges and warning buzzers for proper indication g Operate service brakes and hand brakes as necessary 1 Ensure brake air pressure gauge reads 100 psi for proper operation of brake system 2 Operate trailer brakes as necessary 21 November 2013 3 175 STP 55 88M14 SM TG h Select proper gear range using transmission range selector i Position vehicle for uploading ope
62. Preparation Setup Ensure that MTS mobile unit is installed in the vehicle to be used and target MTS platforms are ready and powered up to receive message traffic Provide information to the student for use in sending and receiving message traffic communication purposes Brief Soldier You are required to ensure that all connections involved in the proper installation of the MTS mobile unit have been made and the unit is securely mounted You will then be required to perform a power on procedure followed by starting and operating the software for the system and finally you will perform the power off procedures All procedures must be performed in sequence if applicable All procedures and communication with other elements will be performed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Conducted V2 configuration power on procedures 2 Started MTS Messenger 3 Read messages 4 Sent messages 5 Started TracerLink program 6 Performed power off procedures Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 21 November 2013 3 91 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1660 Perform Coupling Operations with a Pintle Connected Trailer DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in an
63. SM TG 1 Enforce passive and active defense measures within the convoy m Enforce operations security OPSEC and communications security COMSEC n Report any enemy contact made during movement to higher headquarters Include attack location size of the enemy force if known types and number of weapons used damage inflicted on convoy assets reactive measures taken casualties incurred and any information covered in the unit SOP o As the convoy passes the RP ensure that vehicle accountability is conducted and that control is relinquished as applicable for those elements supply convoy in which custody and control will change and elements may continue to other destinations p Contact trail trail maintenance officer for updates on any all vehicle breakdowns actions taken and status of effected equipment loads personnel 6 Conduct convoy closure operations a For those convoy assets that are relinquished upon crossing the RP ensure that the chain of custody is not broken and that all command and control of released assets is delegated to authorized personnel b For those convoy assets that remain under current convoy control upon crossing RP the following steps apply c Ensure that persons designated as ground guides either assistant drivers or advanced party personnel escort vehicles off the convoy route and into the assembly area in a timely manner to minimize congestion d Enforce security measures in the asse
64. STP 55 88M14 SM TG Cue Your mission is requiring you to maneuver accross uneven terrain and must occur in any type weather conditions Note None Performance Steps CAUTION CAUTION Road surfaces are especially slick just after a rain or drizzle begins Loosed grease and oil mix with raindrops quickly covering the surface with a slippery film 1 Operate vehicle in heavy rain a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of weather or terrain as necessary Watch for indicator lamp showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions NOTE Recognizes that the M1078 1083 and M939 series vehicle CTIS starts automatically when engine is started and adjusts pressure to highway mode b Accelerate moderately c Reduce speed as necessary for conditions d Moderately apply the brakes when slowing down e Make no quick turns f Allow at least twice the normal following distance g Do not pump the brakes ABS only h Hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS system work i During emergencies steer and brake at the same time ABS only j Release enough pressure on the brakes to get the vehicle rolling again to regain steering front ABS only k Recover from skid by 1 Staying off the brakes 2 Turning quickly Turn the steering wheel in the direction you want the vehicle to go This lines the front of the vehicle up with the back 3 Countersteer turn back the other way A
65. SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER FLATBED BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 34 TON M872 T 3 18 GO NO GO Primary TM 9 2320 302 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6X4 M915A3 NSN 2320 01 432 4847 TM 9 2330 386 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER TACTICAL DUAL PURPOSE BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1364 Operate Vehicle with Standard Automatic Semiautomatic Transmission DANGER Refer to vehicle TM for all DANGER statements WARNING Refer to vehicle TM for all WARNING statements CAUTION Refer to vehicle TM for all CAUTION statements Conditions In an operational environment given a tactical wheeled vehicle with a standard or automatic semiautomatic transmission with before operation maintenance performed basic issue items BID dispatch 10 series technical manual TM accident forms and guidance on route to operate Standards Operate the vehicle by following all starting and operating procedures in the referenced TM Shift gears manual transmission use the proper gear mode or gear range for road conditions and maintain control of the vehicle during all movement forward and backward All driving maneuvers are to be completed without injury to pe
66. Terminal Learning Objectives TLOs that are relevant understandable and obtainable 3 Testing materials All copies are legible and accounted for and custody of examination materials are controlled to prevent unauthorized access or loss Storage of all exam materials must be in accordance with AR 611 5 4 Training aids All training aids are present and in good working condition as applicable 5 Personnel All driver training cadre instructors assistant instructors examiners other support personnel duties are assigned and personnel have a clear understanding of their duties and are ready for training 4 Confirm driver candidates prior to issuance of OF Form 346 U S Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card or DA Form 5984 R automated learners permit receive instruction and evaluation in the following areas 3 352 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Ensure that each subject lesson has a task condition and standard that complies with AR 600 55 and the applicable training circular for the vehicle is being used for training b Vehicle or equipment orientation c Safety briefing to include driver attitude d Local laws and road conditions e Emergency procedures f Physical evaluation measures 5 Verify that drivers receive instruction on hazardous material HAZMAT as required NOTE At a minimum military vehicle operators must receive training in the following areas a Definition of
67. This section identifies references that provide more detailed and thorough explanations of task performance requirements than those given in the task summary description 1 5 Training Execution 1 6 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG All good training regardless of the specific collective leader and individual tasks being executed must comply with certain common requirements These include adequate preparation effective presentation and practice and thorough evaluation The execution of training includes preparation for training conduct of training and recovery from training a Preparation for Training Formal near term planning for training culminates with the publication of the unit training schedule Informal planning detailed coordination and preparation for executing the training continue until the training is performed Commanders and other trainers use training meetings to assign responsibility for preparation of all scheduled training Preparation for training includes selecting tasks to be trained planning the conduct of the training training the trainers reconnaissance of the site issuing the training execution plan and conducting rehearsals and pre execution checks Pre execution checks are preliminary actions commanders and trainers use to identify responsibility for these and other training support tasks They are used to monitor preparation activities and to follow up to ensure planned training is conducted to stan
68. You must also ensure that it is properly annotated so the vehicle can be put back to its original state when you return from your convoy Note None Performance Steps WARNING Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involved CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur 1 State the policy on BDAR in unit standing operating procedures SOPs 3 292 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Confirm unit personnel can state the command BDAR policy 3 Verify BDAR manuals are on hand for all unit and supported equipment 4 Verify vehicle operators and mechanics are trained in BDAR procedures 5 Ensure training of new BDAR techniques Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Stated the policy on BDAR in unit standing operating procedures SOPs 2 Confirmed unit personnel could state the command BDAR policy 3 Verified BDAR manuals were on hand for all unit and supported equipment 4 Verified vehicle operators and mechanics were trained in BDAR procedures 5 Ensured training of new BDAR techniques Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary FM 4 30 31 Recovery and Battle Damage Assessment and Repair TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TC 43
69. and an ongoing support mission Note None Performance Steps 1 Supervise squad vehicle operators performing operator maintenance of assigned vehicles a Ensure all squad personnel are trained in the use of applicable vehicle and or equipment technical references b Ensure that all applicable maintenance forms and records are available and used in accordance with DA Pamphlet 750 8 c Conduct spot checks of vehicles to ensure accuracy of operator maintenance being performed 21 November 2013 3 319 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Ensure all required petroleum oil and lubricants are available and properly used in the performance of preventive maintenance checks e Spot check maintenance forms to ensure proper information is provided by vehicle or equipment operator upon completion of maintenance checks f Sign maintenance worksheets as supervisor upon completion of preventive maintenance checks if so designated by unit SOP g Coordinate with platoon sergeant and unit maintenance personnel on availability of replacement parts for assigned vehicles and equipment h Ensure that all vehicle operators adhere to all safety guidelines as specified in the unit maintenance SOP i Ensure that your squad members adhere to proper disposal of hazardous waste from vehicles as needed 1 Enforce no smoking regulations within motor pool and fuel points k Update platoon sergeant on vehicle and equipment operational status at completi
70. are not directly connected to the transporter g When the load must be protected from the weather pad the corners of boxes or crates to prevent damage to the tarpaulin h Lash the load with a tarpaulin and rope as necessary to prevent pilferage weather damage or casual observation if sensitive 3 In the staging area move the vehicle into position according to the convoy order of march a Refer to the vehicle TM for starting procedures b Follow the ground guide to maneuver vehicle into position c Shutdown vehicle per the TM unless told otherwise 4 Conduct convoy pre departure checks a Conduct a communications check if so equipped b Identify by bumper number the vehicles immediately ahead of and behind your vehicle in the convoy column c Check load security Adjust tiedown devices as needed d Check security of all stowage compartments e Conduct sensitive items check 21 November 2013 3 141 STP 55 88M14 SM TG NOTE Convoy commander or tactical standing operating procedure TACSOP may dictate specific items f Ensure that the assigned weapon is loaded unloaded according to the SOP or convoy commander s guidance g Ensure that all forms required are present with the required signatures in the equipment records folder 1 DA Form 5988 E Equipment Maintenance Inspection worksheet 2 DD Form 518 and SF Form 91 accident forms 3 Any cargo load forms required 4 DD Form 626 and DD Form 83
71. area k Use seat belts when the vehicle is so equipped 1 Only properly licensed drivers will start and operate vehicles m Drivers will not be assigned to drive for more than 10 continuous hours nor will the combined duty period exceed 12 hours in any 24 hour period without at least 8 consecutive hours of rest n If more than 10 hours are needed to complete operations a qualified assistant driver must be assigned to each vehicle Drivers will take 15 minute rest breaks every 2 to 3 hours of driving or every 100 to 150 miles whichever occurs first p With the exception of hearing protection the use of headphones or earphones while driving Army motor vehicles is prohibited q All vehicle or equipment operators will strictly adhere to ALL WARNING and CAUTION statement in the respective technical manual TM 3 General Safety a Do not permit horseplay b Use hearing protection in areas with high noise levels c Secure loose parts tools and loads before vehicle movement 4 Security a Harden vehicles with at least double interlocking layer of sandbags there are additional hardening measures listed in TC 21 305 20 Hardening of vehicle also depends on availability of materials and type of vehicles used b Camouflage and concealment will be maximized when vehicle s are parked in company areas tactical c All vehicle shiny areas such as mirrors windows will be covered when vehicle is parked for
72. arms and body are clear of potential pinch points Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel 2 Uncouple semitrailer a Stop truck and semitrailer 3 16 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Shift transmission to N neutral c Chock the semitrailer wheels 1 When parking uphill place chock blocks behind the rear wheels on both sides of the semitrailer 2 When parking downhill place chock blocks in front of forward most axle on semitrailer 3 When parking on level ground place a chock block firmly in front of a wheel on one side of the axle and firmly behind one wheel on the other side d Pull semitrailer air valve OUT CAUTION Lower landing gear until a small space can be seen between bottom of trailer fifth wheel lube plates Damage will occur if trailer edge drags across fifth wheel lube plates e Apply parking brake f Remove float pads from stowage brackets and place under landing support legs g Lower the landing support legs CAUTION To prevent damage to air hoses and electrical cables between trailer couplings ensure air hose and cable ends are placed in storage bracket h Set semitrailer hand brake control valve and close semitrailer air supply valve i Disconnect and stow air hoses and the intervehicular cable j If connected disconnect and stow ABS electrical cable M915A3 Old model k Place fifth wheel slide control lever to UNLOCKED position
73. at the elbow Figure 3 15 Left Turn 21 November 2013 3 75 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Turn Right Daytime Nighttime To give this signal use the leftarm Start by raising the upper arm horizontally and parallel to the ground fingers and thumb extended and joined Keep the upper arm horizontal bend it at the elbow Figure 3 16 Right Turn 3 76 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Turn Off Engine Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start with the right arm extended parallel to the ground fingers and thumb extended and joined palm facing down Bend the arm at the elbow placing the hand below the chin Figure 3 17 Turn Off Engine 21 November 2013 3 77 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Increase Speed Daytime Nighttime Raise the right arm horizontally bending at the elbow raising the forearm upward with the hand in fist Thrust the first upward to the full extent of the arm and back to the shoulder level Figure 3 18 Increase speed Evaluation Preparation Setup Give the Soldier a vehicle and driver and designated route during both day and night Brief Soldier Tell the Soldier to ground guide the vehicle into a designated area during day and night Performance Measures GO NO GO Prepared to ground guide a wheeled vehicle 2 Reconnoitered the area the vehicle will be traveling through 3 Employed visual hand signals to guide vehicle movement Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all
74. c M1074 M1075 PLS crane mounted vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 2 Prepare crane for use a M1084 1086 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 b M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 c M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 3 Operate crane following visual hand and arm signals for movement a M1084 1086 MTV vehicles with MHE Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 b M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 c M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 4 Stow the crane for travel a M1084 1086 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 b M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 21 November 2013 3 103 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 5 Shutdown vehicle engine except LMTV MTV a M1084 1086 MTV vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 b M977 M985 HEMTT vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 c M1074 M1075 PLS vehicles Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 Evaluation Preparation Provide the Soldier with a vehicle that has an integrated material handling crane Vehicle may be an M977 985 HEMTT Cargo truck or a 5 Ton MTV M1089 W MHE Vehicle should be positioned on a level solid surface with NO overhead restrictions such as power lines or trees that would restrict swing movement Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Started vehicle engine 2 Prepared crane for operation 3 Operated crane while following
75. corresponding brevity codes AIT Advanced Individual Training UNIT Trained in the Unit Figure 2 1 Training Locations e Sustainment Training Frequency Column This column indicates the recommended frequency at which the tasks should be trained to ensure soldiers maintain task proficiency Figure 2 2 identifies the frequency codes used in this column 21 November 2013 2 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG BA AN SA QT BM MO BW WK DA HR OT OTHER Biennially Annually Semi annually Quarterly Bimonthly Monthly Biweekly Weekly Daily Hourly One time Figure 2 2 Sustainment Training Frequency Codes e Sustainment Training Skill Level Column This column lists the skill levels of the MOS for which soldiers must receive sustainment training to ensure they maintain proficiency to soldier s manual standards 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 2 Part One Section I Subject Area Codes Skill Level SL1 1 Accident Forms and Reporting 2 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 3 Motor Vehicle Operations 4 Transportation of Cargo 5 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations 6 Convoy Planning and Operation 7 Convoy Execution Defense 8 Hazardous Cargo Transportation 9 HEMTT LHS PLS Operations Skill Level SL2 10 Motor Transport Supervision 11 Convoy Execution Defense 12 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations 13 Motor Vehicle Operations 14 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations 15 Transportation of Car
76. damage to vehicle Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You have received a mission to operate a tactical wheeled vehicle with a standard or automatic semiautomatic transmission Note None Performance Steps 1 Prepare for vehicle operation a Ensure all operator maintenance dispatch and accident documentation is present in equipment records folder b Depress throttle and merge into roadway c Adjust the seats as needed d Adjust driving mirrors as needed e Fasten seat belt f Ensure the parking brake is applied g On vehicles with winch ensure that power takeoff is disengaged 3 48 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG h Insert hearing protection prior to starting vehicle i Start vehicle engine refer to TM j Observe all instruments and warning lights and buzzers for proper operation k Allow engine to warm up and brake system air tank warning buzzer to go off as applicable 2 Set the vehicle in motion a Turn on lights as required b Check for approaching traffic c Signal to indicate your direction of movement if tactically permitted d Release parking brake 3 Shift the gears as applicable Bring vehicle to desired speed by shifting as necessary through the gear pattern manual transmission or selecting different gear ranges automatic transmission 4 Turn the vehicle a Prepare to turn full turn 1 Signal a right or left t
77. defensive position as directed 3 Return fire if you have a target c Take further actions as ordered by the convoy commander 4 Implement procedures to react to unexploded IED a React as if to an ambush b If in the potential kill zone accelerate and drive by suspected IED using opposite lane c Mark location of suspected IED as you drive by using method prescribed by unit SOP d If short of the suspected IED stop vehicle a minimum of 300 meters from suspected IED 3 236 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Assume a defensive position f Look for secondary and tertiary IEDs g Take further actions as ordered by the convoy commander 5 Implement procedures to react to exploded IED a React as if to a normal ambush b Do not stop unless disabled or the road is blocked c If in the kill zone accelerate and clear the area d If a vehicle is disabled or the road is blocked initiate battle drill React to ambush forced to stop e Look for secondary and tertiary IEDs f Take further action as ordered by convoy commander Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a situation that must involve participation in a convoy movement that has been attacked by an enemy force Provide trucks to constitute a convoy vehicle operators designated route mission information supervisory guidance and organic assigned weapons Brief Soldier You are to participate in defending a convoy during movement Y
78. equipment may result b Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel CAUTION CAUTION Do not use Reverse R to back up truck while hook arm is attached to flatrack or damage to 3 208 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG LHS will occur WARNING WARNING When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or downgrades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death CAUTION If LHS overload lamp illuminates but loading operation continues operator is cautioned that LHS is nearing maximum capacity In this situation operator should determine if payload is evenly distributed on flatrack or if flatrack load exceeds 16 5 tons 14 983 kg If any of these conditions exist operator must redistribute or reduce the payload or damage to equipment may occur 2 Load flatrack onto truck tractor PLS only a Load must be evenly distributed on the pallet Uneven load distribution may cause LHS Overload indicator to give false signals and cause LHS to operate incorrectly Damage to equipment may result b If LHS overload lamp illuminates and normal operation has stopped return load to original position and redistribute or reduce payload weight or equipment damage may occur WARNING WARNING Ensure that flatrack runners contac
79. equipment that you are utilizing You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions As an operations sergeant or truckmaster you have access to Tactical Automation Systems Force XXI Battle Command System Brigade and Below FBCB2 and Battle Command Sustainment and Support System BCS3 or the Movement Tracking System MTS and references needed to complete your mission Standards You must set up and perform basic functions on the given Tactical Automation Systems to complete the assigned mission without damaging the Tactical Automation Systems Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are assigned as an operations sergeant or truckmaster You have access to Tactical Automation Systems Force XXI Battle Command System Brigade and Below FBCB2 and Battle Command Sustainment and Support System BCS3 and or the Movement Tracking System MTS and references needed to complete your mission Note None Performance Steps 1 Employ the Movement Tracking System MTS a Conduct V2 configuration power on procedures b Start MTS Messenger c Read messages d Send messages 21 November 2013 3 377 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Start TracerLink program f Perform power off procedures 2 Perform bas
80. excessively loud noises are all dangers Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task WARNING Wear hearing protection while operating vehicle Wear seat belts while operating vehicle WARNING Operation in sand and around sand dunes may cause front wheels to be violently jerked to one side or another As a precaution vehicle operator should steer the vehicle by placing hands only on outside rim Placing hands or fingers on a steering wheel spoke when the steering wheel is violently jerked to one side or the other may cause serious personal injury WARNING When operating vehicle over gullies ravines or ditches vehicle operator should grasp steering wheel only by the outside rim Grasping by a spoke in steering wheel may cause personnel injury when front wheels encounter a large rock rut or other obstacle and spins steering wheel CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given adverse weather conditions such as extreme cold and hot temperatures heavy rain blowing sand desert environment or snow in which vehicle performance is considered to be under unusual conditions Provided mission r
81. extended periods tactical d All sensitive items will be accounted for by platoon leadership before and after all missions Platoons will designate location and person accountable for ensuring proper security Missing sensitive items will be reported to Chain of Command IMMEDIATELY e All platoons will occupy perimeter defensive locations upon occupation of platoon designated areas within the company operational area tactical f All platoons will report to company operations upon return to company area 3 370 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG g Spacing and arrangement of parked vehicles will provide ready access and fire lanes 5 Environmental Protection Adverse Environmental Terrain Conditions a Turn in used or contaminated petroleum oils and lubricants POL products through the maintenance section designated disposal point b Keep the entire area highly policed c Protect waste oil storage from contamination and entry into local water source d Ensure that vehicles are equipped and maintained good tires lights wipers and chains to cope with potential adverse conditions e Ensure that drivers know and follow established emergency procedures in case of vehicle rollover 6 Asphyxiation a Vehicle inspections will highlight any exhaust leakage Do not idle engines any longer than absolutely necessary or unless used for operation of materials handling equipment MHE b Sleeping in pa
82. f Begin movement in second or third gear manual transmission rather than first of low Engage clutch gradually to prevent wheel spin g For automatic transmission vehicles use D2 range and gradually apply throttle h Avoid quick acceleration i Drive at reduced speed for better control and safer stops j Display turn signals earlier than usual if tactical situation permits k Maintain at least double the normal following distance from the vehicle ahead 1 Pump brakes to give early warning to those following of your intention to stop Non ABS m Apply steady brake pressure earlier when stopping for warn others of your intentions ABS only n Descend moderate grades in the gear normally used to climb the same grade Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Operated vehicle in rain 2 Operated vehicle in extremely hot dusty desert environment 3 Operated vehicle through streams 4 Operated vehicle in extreme cold weather 32 degrees F to 24 degrees F and blowing snow Evaluation Guidance None References 21 November 2013 3 131 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary FM 90 3 Desert Operations TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9
83. flatrack use manual flatrack lock retract procedures 5 Unload flatrack or CROP from PLS trailer onto truck manual mode PLS only a Ensure that air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment 3 198 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result WARNING WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation If LHS reaches a height of caution there must be sufficient pressure in trailer air system to retract locks or damage to flatrack can occur while attempting to load flatrack or trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flatrack use manual flatrack lock retract procedures c Ensure both flatrack locks are fully retracted or damage d Ensure that air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment e Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result WARNING WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with ISO container serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines f Ensure both flatrack locks are fully retracted or damage g Pri
84. follows for self recovery using the self recovery winch 3 Self recover vehicle by using the self recovery winch SRW front or rear recovery M1083 Series a Shutdown engine b Spool cable to front of vehicle 1 Remove retaining pin pin and roller from rear roller support 2 Remove cable from rear roller support NOTE Install retaining pin so that clasping end is toward curbside of vehicle 3 Install roller in rear roller support with pin and retaining pin 4 Remove cable from rear cable pulley 5 Remove cable from rear cable guide on 15K SRW 6 Position cable toward front of vehicle 7 Install cable through front cable guide on 15K SRW 8 Install cable through cable guide behind fuel tank 9 Install cable through front cable pulley 10 Remove retaining pin pin and roller from front roller support 11 Install cable through front roller support NOTE Install retaining pin so that clasping end is toward curbside of vehicle 12 Install roller on front roller support with pin and retaining pin c Direct assistant spool cable to rear of vehicle 1 Remove retaining pin pin and roller from front roller support 2 Remove cable from front roller support 3 36 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG NOTE Install retaining pin so that clasping end is toward curbside of vehicle 3 Install roller on front roller support with pin and retaining pin 4 Remove cable from front cable pulley
85. for Chemical Biological Radiological and Nuclear Decontamination MCWP 3 37 3 NTTP 3 11 26 AFTTP I 3 2 60 This item is included on EM 0205 TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D TM 3 4230 204 12 amp P OPERATORS AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR DECONTAMINATING APPARATUS PORTABLE DS2 1 1 2 QUART ABC M11 NSN 4230 00 720 1618 D ON E TM 3 4230 216 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR DECONTAMINATING KIT SKIN M258A1 NSN 4230 01 101 3984 AND TRAINING AID SKIN DECONTAMINATING MS58A1 6910 01 101 1768 3 108 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1382 Perform Payload Vehicle Loading Unloading Operations With a Semitrailer Conditions You are the operator of a truck tractor semitrailer combination tasked to transport a payload vehicle The semitrailer has been properly parked and chocked against an alley or loading dock for this operation You are provided a tractor semitrailer combination payload vehicle with operator work gloves all tiedown equipment to include chains and loadbinders an alley dock or loading ramp and load measuring tools either a 25 foot retractable tape measure or a telescoping pole with measuring graduations up to 25 feet Special Conditions Truck tractor semitrailer payload vehicle and all tiedown devices have been inspected and found to be mission ready Standards You are to load and position a payload vehicle ont
86. halt 12 Performed all during operation maintenance checks on the vehicle and trailer during halt 13 Negotiated off road driving terrain without becoming mired damaging vehicle or load 14 Checked security and condition of load during halt if loaded 15 Resumed convoy movement on signal or order from the convoy commander 16 Moved the vehicle as directed into the assembly area 17 Moved the vehicle into position for off loading cargo 18 Unloaded cargo and placed on solid surface 19 Shutdown the vehicle at the destination unless told otherwise 20 Performed after operation maintenance checks 21 Turned in the vehicle dispatch maintenance worksheets and load documentation as required to the supervisor or convoy chain of command Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT 3 146 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary OPERATIONS TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 272 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK 5 TON 6X6 M939 M939A1 AND M939A2 SERIES TRUCKS DIESEL TRUCK CARGO 5 TON 6X6 DROPSIDE M923 2320 01 0505 2084 EIC BRY M923A1 2320 01 206 4087 EIC BSS M923A TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366
87. joystick 3 186 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING Never drive with LHS NO TRANSIT indicator illuminated An illuminated indicator means LHS is not fully stowed Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result u Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN TRANS v Put HYD ENABLE switch in OFF position Make sure MAIN HYD ENABLE indicator light goes off Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures Positioned PLS truck for loading unloading operations 2 Loaded flatrack or CROP onto PLS truck 3 Unloaded flatrack or CROP from PLS truck 4 Loaded flatrack or CROP onto truck tractor HEMTT LHS 5 Unloaded flatrack or CROP from truck tractor HEMTT LHS 6 Shutdown engine Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 21 November 2013 GO NO GO 3 187 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1507 Conduct Container Roll in Roll out CROP Load Unload Operations DANGER Adhere to all DANGER statements listed in the equipment or vehicle technical operator s manual applicable to this procedure s Failure to comply may result in injury
88. lever out while pulling lever back at the same time WARNING WARNING Drawbar weighs 425 pounds 850 pounds with drawbar extension if equipped Drawbar may raise quickly or fall suddenly to the ground when released from coupler Do not allow feet or body to get under or above drawbar Serious injury or death to personnel may result Do not leave drawbar in elevated position after disconnecting from truck Drawbar could fall causing serious injury to personnel q Release locking lever prior to releasing lever to unlock coupler jaw r Use air assist valve to apply air pressure to hold drawbar from falling when released from coupler 3 100 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG s Start truck release parking brake and slowly pull forward until drawbar releases from coupler t Apply parking brake and place transmission range selector to Neutral u Push up on coupler jaw to close v Close locking gate on coupler Evaluation Preparation Provide for the Soldier a mission ready 5 ton MTV M1083 series and M1095 MTVT OR a HEMTT LHS and PLST assistance of a spotter ground guide hearing protection and level ground to accomplish the task Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Coupled vehicle to trailer for vehicle trailer combination other than PLS 2 Uncoupled the trailer from vehicle for vehicle trailer combination other than PLS 3 Coupled PLS truck to PLS trailer PLS HEMTT LHS systems only 4 Uncoupled PLS
89. limitation will be after using BDAR or standard repair 11 Determine the recovery status self like deliberate f Once vehicle has been recovered ensure all BDAR repairs are annotated on DA Form 5988 E or DA Form 2404 and itentifed as BDAR Evaluation Preparation 3 38 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Setup Provide the Soldier with a vehicle that is designated to have been damaged due to enemy contact Explain to the Soldier the requirement to recover the vehicle and assess its battle damage Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed hasty vehicle recovery 2 Attempted to self recover the vehicle using the Central Tire Inflation System CTIS in EMERGENCY mode 3 Self recovered the M1083 series vehicle using the self recovery winch 4 Assessed the battle damage of the vehicle Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary FM 4 01 45 Multi Service Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Tactical Convoy Operations MCCRP 4 11 3H AFTTP 3 2 58 NTTP 4 01 3 FM 4 30 31 Recovery and Battle Damage Assessment and Repair TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 3 34 86 Rigging Techniques Procedures and Applications MCRP 3 17 7j TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL F
90. longer needed Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Prepared for vehicle operation 2 Set the vehicle in motion 3 Shifted the gears as appropriate 4 Turned the vehicle left right 5 Stopped the vehicle non emergency 6 Backed the vehicle 7 Parked the vehicle Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 385 10The Army Safety Program RAR 004 10 04 2011 AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND 21 November 2013 3 21 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary OPERATOR STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D TM 9 2320 280 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 M998 NSN 2320 01 107 7155 EIC BBD M998A1 2320 01 371 9577 EIC BBN TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O W
91. lower c Extend measuring device from the ground next to side of semitrailer to a point of the highest part of the payload vehicle This distance must NOT exceed 13 feet 5 inches in CONUS and 13 feet 1 inch OCONUS Take a minimum of two measurements to ensure accuracy and record measurement d If load exceeds limit in item 4c above reject or adjust load to meet limitations e Measure the width of load by extending measuring device to the extreme outside limits of load and record measurement f Provide load measurements to supervisor for comparison to route restrictions WARNING WARNING Extreme caution should be taken to ensure that payload vehicle has not dangerously shifted during movement prior to loosening any tiedowns Failure to comply may result in payload vehicle falling from semitrailer causing serious injury or death to personnel or severe damage to equipment 5 Prepare for unloading of payload vehicle a Visually check to ensure that payload vehicle has not shifted prior to loosening of tiedowns If shifting is suspected refer to supervisor for guidance b With assistance from payload vehicle operator remove all tiedown devices from payload vehicle c Direct payload vehicle operator to mount vehicle and prepare for movement includes vehicle starting procedures and pressurization of vehicle brake reservoirs d Remove wheel chocks e Position yourself on the ground in a clear line of sight on driver
92. must navigate using only night vision while following the lead vehicle s rear blackout lights to determine proper distance and speed All driving actions are to be completed without injury to any Soldier or damage to either vehicle Performance Measures GO NO GO Ensured the proper operation of all blackout lights and markers 2 Operated vehicle at a low speed 5 to 10 MPH 8 to 16 KMPH 3 Maintained a proper interval 60 to 180 feet from the vehicle ahead Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 211 10 Operator s Manual For Truck Chassis 5 Ton 6X6 M39 M39A2 M40 M40A1 M40A2 M40A 1C M40A2C M61 M61A1 M61A2 M63 M63A1 M63A2 M63C M63A 1C M63A2C M63A1D M63A2D M139A1 M139A2 M139C M139A2C M139D M139A2D M139F M139A1F M13 TM 9 2320 260 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK 5 TON 6X6 M809 SERIES DIESEL TRUCK CARGO M813 M813A1 AND M814 TRUCK BOLSTER LOGGING M815 TRUCK WRECKER MEDIUM M816 TRUCK DUMP M817 TRUCK TRACTOR M818 TR TM 9 2320 272 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK 5 TON 6X6 M939 M939A1 AND M939A2 SERIES TRUCKS DIESEL TRUCK CARGO 5 TON 6X6 DROPSIDE M923 2320 01 0505
93. navigation the mounted navigator and vehicle operator must consider the vehicle s ability to maneuver through varying terrain as a factor of their selection of routes NOTE The duties of a navigator are so important that he she should not be given any other duties Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue None Note None Performance Steps 1 Define mounted navigator assistant driver duties a Assembling Equipment The navigator must gather all the equipment that will help him her perform his her job maps pencils and so forth He She must do this before the mission starts b Servicing Equipment It is the navigator s duty to make sure that all the equipment he she may use or require is working This may include but is not limited to a compass or a Precision Lightweight GPS Receiver PLGR c Recording Data for Precise Locations During movement the navigator must make sure that the correct direction and distance are recorded and followed Grid coordinates of locations must be recorded and plotted d Supply Data to Subordinate Leaders During movement any change in direction or distance must be given to the subordinate leaders in sufficient time to allow them to react e Maintaining Liaison with Commander The commander normally selects the route that he she desires to use The navigator is responsible for following that route however there may be times when the route must be changed during a tactical operation Fo
94. objective standards based approach to training Training starts at the basic level Crawl events are relatively simple to conduct and require minimum support from the unit After the crawl stage training becomes incrementally more difficult requiring more resources from the unit and home station and increasing the level of realism At the run stage the level of difficulty for the training event 21 November 2013 1 7 STP 55 88M14 SM TG intensifies Run stage training requires optimum resources and ideally approaches the level of realism expected in combat Progression from the walk to the run stage for a particular task may occur during a one day training exercise or may require a succession of training periods over time Achievement of the Army standard determines progression between stages 1 Incrawl walk run training the tasks and the standards remain the same however the conditions under which they are trained change Commanders may change the conditions for example by increasing the difficulty of the conditions under which the task is being performed increasing the tempo of the task training increasing the number of tasks being trained or by increasing the number of personnel involved in the training Whichever approach is used it is important that all leaders and soldiers involved understand in which stage they are currently training and understand the Army standard 2 An AAR is immediately conducted and may result in the ne
95. or left turn when permitted 2 Observe responses of other vehicle to your signals 3 Reduce speed to make the turn safely Keep in mind terrain and load if applicable when determining your speed through the turn b Start the turn Rotate the top of the steering wheel in the direction of turn and adjust as desired 5 Stop the vehicle nonemergency a Remove foot from accelerator b Apply engine retarder if equipped and as needed c Apply service brakes as needed to bring vehicle to complete and safe stop 6 Back the vehicle a With vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake b Place transmission in Neutral N c Post ground guides if available d Check behind vehicle to ensure there are no obstructions or personnel 3 20 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Sound horn if tactically permitted f Place transmission in Reverse R g Release parking brake h If ground guide is posted observe and adhere to signals to move vehicle into position i If no ground guide is present check all views through rear view mirrors and slowly steer the vehicle backward into position If necessary repeat steps 6 a through g above to complete the rearward movement j Stop the vehicle 7 Park the vehicle a Place the transmission selector lever in Neutral N b Set the parking brake c Shutdown the engine refer to TM d Emplace chocks blocks as needed e Drain air reservoir if vehicle is no
96. outlined in the applicable vehicle TM b Ensure that operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the vehicle TM c Ensure that operator follows all visual hand and arm signals Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Supervised starting procedures 2 Supervised preparation of crane for use 3 Supervised operation of the crane 4 Supervised stowage of crane 3 290 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary FM 21 60 Visual Signals TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 365 10 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1078 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 4X4 LIGHT MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES LMTV TRK CAR LMTV M1078 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1898 EIC BHH W O WN 2320 01 354 3385 EIC BHD TRK TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6
97. parking brake control CAUTION Never let engine exceed maximum no load governed engine speed approximately 2250 rpm or maximum governed engine speed under load approximately 2100 rpm If engine is allowed to go over governed engine speeds serious engine damage may result e Slowly depress throttle until vehicle reaches desired speed f Accelerate brake and steer as desired g Set ABS disable switch to off position ABS disabled indicator will go out WARNING Do not press service brake treadle hard three or four times in a row Air supply will be used up and service brakes will not work until air is built up again Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel CAUTION Do not allow speed to go above 2100 RPM when driving downhill or damage to engine can result Engine brake operates best when engine speed is between 1650 and 2100 RPM Transmission torque converter lockup valve may disengage below 1650 RPM resulting in loss of engine power 7 Operate Vehicle on Steep Grades HEMTT LHS Refer to TM 9 2320 428 10 WP0054 a Up a steep grade Depress and hold throttle as vehicle climbs up the grade Transmission will downshift automatically as needed b Set transmission range selector to lower range as needed to keep engine speed on tachometer between 1650 and 2100 RPM c Down a steep grade Move range selector to low range as needed to keep engine speed on tachometer between 1 650 and 2 100
98. performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 78 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Primary FM 21 60 Visual Signals TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 21 November 2013 3 79 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1600 Operate the Movement Tracking System Conditions Given a tactical wheeled vehicle equipped with a mounted Movement Tracking System MTS mobile unit DAAB 15 99 D 0014 mission traffic information and target vehicle s with which to communicate Special Conditions The target MTS with which to send message traffic to may either be another MTS Mobile Unit or an MTS Control Station set up to monitor and provide traffic data Standards Power up the MTS mobile unit to include PLGR if installed using Legacy System enter the tactical net send and receive digital message s exit the net and power down the unit Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has been mobilized into a theater of operations Note System installation kits A kits should already be installed on vehicle platform prior to start of this task Performance Steps Registering hotkeys Panic Key F11 registering Failed Probably other instance of MTS is running The MTS will exit
99. represents the intended vehicle movement You are to influence vehicular movement in indicating visual signals of attentionto include mount starting the engine move forward slow down right or left turn move in reverse open up close up increase speed halt of stop stop engine and dismount You are to safely employ the visual hand signals for nighttime using a flashlight There are to be no injuries to personnel or damage to vehicle or surroundings Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is moving into a new tactical company location and all vehicles must be guided into position Note None Performance Steps 3 58 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Mount Daytime Nighttime To give this signal raise the right arm laterally with the elbow locked fingers and thumb extended and joined palm facing up Raise the arm until the hand is higher than the head Repeat this all until all personnel are mounted Figure 3 3 Mount 21 November 2013 3 59 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Slow Down Daytime Nighttime To give this signal extend both arms horizontally bending at the elbow bringing both hands in front of the body at chest level fingers and thumbs extended and joined palms facing down Lower both hands down to waist level in a pushing motion Figure 3 4 Slow Down 3 60 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Start Engine Daytime Nighttime To give
100. result higher authorities are notified your vehicle remains operational there are no injuries to personnel and damage to equipment is minimal Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is involved in enemy contact while conducting a tactical vehicle convoy Note None Performance Steps 1 Implement procedures to counter sniper fire a Wear IBA ICH as required b Increase speed c Use pre designated signal to warn of sniper attack 21 November 2013 3 235 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Notify higher authority of sniper attack e Take further action as ordered by the convoy commander 2 Implement procedures to react to ambush maintain movement a Wear ICH IBA as required b Maintain proper vehicle interval c Increase speed to transit the kill zone do not stop d Use prearranged signals to warn the convoy of an ambush e If forced to stop do not block the road Initiate battle drill React to ambush forced to stop f On order move to the nearest rally point 3 Implement procedures to react to ambush forced to stop a In the kill zone 1 Clear the kill zone if possible 2 Do not dismount unless your vehicle is no longer cabable of providing cover 3 If forced to dismount dismount on the non contact side of the vehicle 4 Take cover 5 Return maximum volume of fire on enemy position s b Outside the kill zone 1 Do not stop in the kill zone 2 Halt and take a
101. s or storage area contain and recover any spillage and properly prepare for movement to subsequent locations without violating any safety measures causing injury to personnel damage to equipment or contaminating the environment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is assigned to provide refueling capability to units moving along a designated route of movement in theater Note The performance of this task is usually the responsibility of the tank refueler operator of a Medium Truck Company POL Performance Steps 1 Apply risk management procedures a Refer to FM 5 19 and local SOP for guidelines applicable to this procedure Ensure all aspects of these operations are assessed for the risk involved b Fill out the risk assessment worksheet DA Form 7566 Notify chain of command if assessment determines requirement for approval from higher authority WARNING WARNING Frequent inspection of equipment safety devices and working areas must be performed to ensure personal and operational safety and to correct potential or actual hazards The semitrailer must not be operated if any of the following conditions exist 2 Perform before operation preparations 3 152 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG connect TO STATIC REEL GAOINO NG Figure 3 32 Typical Grounding Connections CHECK VALVE BOTTOM LOADING ADAPTER 0 11 VALVE J VALWEH VALVE
102. semitrailer to the left 4 Backed the semitrailer to the right 5 Backed the semitrailer without turning straight line Parked the semitrailer Evaluation Guidance None 21 November 2013 3 53 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 302 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6X4 M915A3 NSN 2320 01 432 4847 TM 9 2330 331 14 amp P OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT 3 54 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1367 Back Vehicle with Semitrailer DANGER Adhere to all DANGER statements in the vehicle technical manual or related references WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the vehicle technical manual CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the vehicle technical manual Conditions In an operational environment given a mission to transport general cargo Given a coupled tractor semitrailer combination with before operation preventive maintenance performed hearing protection as needed and area to maneuver Standards Back the tractor with semitrailer combination into designated position Maintain full control during movement without injury to personnel or damage to surroundings or equipment Special Condition No ground guide is used in the performance of this task Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your
103. simple but gave enough detail for others to understand the operation and its essential tasks 11 Limited control measures to the minimum needed to synchronize the operation and limited possible fratricide 12 Rolled up or folded the overlay with the classification title and map reference visible on the outside when transmitting or storing overlays Evaluation Guidance None References 21 November 2013 3 337 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Primary Required ADP 5 0 THE OPERATIONS PROCESS FM 1 02 Operational Terms and Graphics MCRP 5 12 This item is included on EM 0205 FM 3 25 26 MAP READING AND LAND NAVIGATION 3 338 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 3602 Conduct Reconnaissance of a Convoy Route Conditions You have been tasked to conduct a road reconnaissance in support of an upcoming convoy movement You are the convoy commander and have received operations order information and general area containing several possible routes You have the necessary vehicle equipment and personnel Standards You must successfully conduct a road reconnaissance of the convoy route You will select an appropriate primary and alternate route that will support your movement All critical points will be identified Friendly and enemy units in the vicinity will be identified and plotted on your overlay You will indicate halt and release point locations You must record and report all necessary route information to higher headq
104. that both flatrack locks are fully retracted e Turn the hydraulic selector switch to AUTO f Move the joystick to UNLOAD until lift hook has moved just below level of flatrack hook bar g Apply service brake pedal and release parking brake h Set transmission range selector to Reverse R release service brake pedal and back truck up until lift hook contacts hook bar 1 Set the transmission range selector to Neutral N and apply truck parking brake j Move joystick to LOAD and engage lift hook into hook bar k Continue loading flatrack onto truck until the LHS NO TRANS light is extinguished indicating LHS is in transportation position l Apply parking brake and set the transmission range selector to Neutral N m Inspect that the load locks are engaged and flatrack is completely down on truck 21 November 2013 3 195 STP 55 88M14 SM TG n Turn hydraulic selector switch to OFF WARNING WARNING Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations CAUTION Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result 4 Load flatrack or CROP onto trailer manual mode from truck PLS only a Back up the truck so that trailer bumper is under flange and contacts truck bumper stop b Set the parking brake and place transmission range selector switch in Neutral N NOTE Ensure trailer air system is pressurized before beginning transfer or flatr
105. that locking pin of handle has securely locked the adjustable caster assembly in the raised position If locking pin is not fully locked adjustable caster assembly may fall resulting in serious injury 1 Pull out release handle and at same time begin raising adjustable caster assembly Let go of release handle while raising adjustable caster assembly m Raise adjustable caster assembly until release handle locks adjustable caster assembly in position Ensure the release handle is fully engaged 3 94 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING WARNING All personnel must stand clear of towing vehicle and trailer during uncoupling operation Failure to follow this warning may result in serious injury or death If cargo trailer is equipped with an old style single wheel adjustable caster assembly use extreme caution to ensure that locking pin of handle has securely locked the adjustable caster assembly in the raised position If locking pin is not fully locked adjustable caster assembly may fall resulting in serious injury 2 Uncouple the trailer from vehicle for vehicle trailer combinations other than PLS a Support adjustable caster assembly and at the same time pull out release handle Lower adjustable caster assembly Ensure that release handle is fully engaged b Disconnect air hose from towing vehicle glad hand If uncoupling from an M105A2C also disconnect emergency air hose from towing vehicle glad hand
106. the map it is necessary to go to the Assignments tab open the fleet containing the vehicle and operate on the vehicle there 3 Click on the vehicle of interest to select it a Time toggles the time and date tag on or off b Trace allows you to draw a line that shows the history of a vehicle s travels Make sure that Trace has a check mark so as to enable this feature 4 Right click on the vehicle to display a pop up menu The most useful functions of this menu are Center on Vehicle Display Clear Trace Trace Options and State a Center on Vehicle will relocate the map so that the vehicle is at the center of the map b Display has a sub menu Vehicle Name Time and Trace Vehicle allows you to choose whether to display that unit on the map or not Name toggles the name tag on or off c Clear Trace will remove from the map the line representing the path that the vehicle has taken Once removed it cannot be restored d Trace Options allows you to choose the color type and width of the line for the path being traced for the specific vehicle e State has one sub menu Track When this option is checked the map will automatically redraw when the specific vehicle reaches the edge of the map This will keep the vehicle displayed on the map at all times for the purpose of tracking it NOTE This function could be used along with Trace for your own vehicle This would allow you to follow yourself on the map and if ne
107. the other is mounted inside cab k Any load specific response equipment is available such as breathing apparatus in case of hazardous chemical loads 1 Prepare vehicle mounted Material Handling Equipment for operation 3 Direct the preparation of hazardous sensitive cargo for movement by ensuring the operator does the following a Obtains a copy of a completed DD Form 836 from the shipper if applicable b The load is configured as applicable PRIOR to movement courier duties if shipping classified items CAUTION 21 November 2013 3 277 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CAUTION Classified material will be prepared for shipment packaged and sealed in ways that minimize the risk of accidental exposure or undetected deliberate compromise 1 If the classified material is an inaccessible component of a packageable item of equipment the outer shell or body can be considered as the inner enclosure provided it does not reveal classified information 2 If the classified material is an inaccessible internal component of a bulky item of equipment the outside or body of the item can be considered to be sufficient enclosure provided it does not reveal classified information 3 If the classified material is an item or piece of equipment that isn t easily packageable and the shell of body is classified it will be concealed with an opaque covering that will hide all classified features 4 Specialized shipping containers includin
108. the truck battalion operations plan operations order OPLAN OPORD Given the necessary information on what type of support is needed and a pen or pencil Given the higher headquarters operation order and commander s guidance Note None Performance Steps 1 Review higher headquarters OPORD and commander s guidance a Review the situation mission and concept of operations to determine support requirements for the operation b Determine date and time the support is needed c Determine location where the support is needed d Determine type of support required 21 November 2013 3 359 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Review enemy and friendly forces paragraph 2 Ensure that requested support is adequate to meet the needs of the mission 3 Follow up on the request to ensure support is available 4 Incorporate support needed into the OPLAN OPORD Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Reviewed OPORD and commander s guidance to determine support requirements 2 Ensured that requested support is adequate 3 Followed up on the request to ensure support is available 4 Incorporated support needed into the OPLAN OPORD Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary ADP 5 0 THE OPERATIONS PROCESS AR 25 50 Preparing and Managing Correspondence 3 360 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 4334 Conduct Transportation Battalion Support Operations DANGER Adhere to all Danger state
109. this procedure 5 Recover from tire wheel change procedure a Secured all tools and materials used to perform tire wheel change b Annotate of DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet DA Form 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet that spare tire wheel is unserviceable and to be repaired as soon as possible to regain full mission capable status NOTE Some CTIS equipped vehicles are considered Not Fully Mission Capable if one or more tires are missing or unserviceable Ensure chain of command is notified and tire is repaired or replaced to regain Full Mission Capability c As soon as possible take vehicle to organizational maintenance to torque hub lug nuts and have the CTIS checked if applicable Evaluation Preparation Provide for the Soldier an M1083 series truck and M1082 or M1095 MTVT all required BIT which must include an hydraulic jack w handle and lug wrench level hard ground and work gloves Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Made preparations for tire wheel assembly replacement 2 Removed tire wheel assembly from vehicle or trailer 3 Replaced tire wheel assembly 3 42 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 4 Stowed disabled tire wheel assembly 5 Recovered from tire wheel change procedure Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Te
110. this signal simulate cranking of engines with right arm elbow locked and hand balled into a fist Move the arm in a clockwise motion in front of the body Figure 3 2 Start Engines 21 November 2013 3 61 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 10 Yards A E Winimum N 7 Ir only one guide is available this is the correct location NEWER stand directly in front of nr behind the vehicle 19 Yards Minimum Figure 3 1 Ground Guides 3 62 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Come Ahead Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start by raising both arms extended in front of the body fingers and thumbs extended and joined palms facing up Bend at the elbow bringing the palms toward the face Figure 3 19 Come Ahead 1 Make preparations to ground guide a wheeled vehicle a Ensure that a 360 degree walk around of the vehicle is done to ensure there are no obstructions that will inhibit the vehicle s movement applies to crew member guide or the driver b Coordinate with driver to ensure the following 1 That only one person gives hand signals to the driver if using more than one ground guide 2 For the driver to immediately stop vehicle if the driver loses sight of the ground guide or flashlight at night 3 If hand signals are not understood the vehicle must stop and signals must be clarified 4 To follow the flashlight movements at night until the light goes out c Determine best line
111. timeline usage destination and POL usage 3 Define inspection criteria a Determine leakage criteria 1 Class I seepage is defined as a discoloration of the surface of the item but not enough to form drops 2 Class II leakage is a leak strong enough to form drops on the surface of the item but not strong enough for the drops to fall from the item being inspected 3 Class III leakage is strong enough to form drops that drop from the item being inspected b Inspect for signs of a problem or trouble Use your senses Be alert for a burned smell which would indicate leaking fluids on a hot surface or contaminated engine transmission differential or transfer gear case oil c Check bolts nuts and screws for looseness d Look for chipped paint rust or corrosion around bold and screw heads and nuts e Check electrical wires connectors and harnesses for cracked or broken insulation bare wires and broken connectors f Check hoses and fluid lines for wear damage and leaks and make sure fittings are tight 4 Determine serviceability of item being inspected a Conduct a 360 degree walk around of the vehicle b Look for fuel or oil leaks under the vehicle Refer to item 1c for criteria of a leak 3 10 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Inspect to see if items are in good condition correctly installed stowed secured or excessively worn or corroded 5 Determine fault disposition of item being inspected
112. to Annex C route overlay to movement order 11 Routes Red Blue and Green to Sherwood forest 2 Map references for a strip map are normally the same as for the operation order that the strip map supports 3 298 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d When a strip map is prepared as an appendix or annex issued separately this is when it is to have wide distribution then the order must have a heading ending and a classification as does the overlay e Strip maps for general use that are to be distributed to the lowest level will have only the information pertaining to that level example squad leader vehicle commander or driver 1 The detail on such a map is the same as for a strip map used as an appendix or annex except no unit symbols or designation are used If the map is extracted from a strip map with multiple routes the only route that is included is the one the user needs 2 Use the title that alludes to the order but does not mention the order by name number or letter Use the route name or a name that would be applicable for the movement for example Route Blue to Sherwood Forest 3 These maps are not classified However caution personnel on the sensitivity of the document Do not issue the strip map until the last possible moment 7 Conduct mounted vehicular movement NOTE This performance step is the practical application of navigating along a specified route using one or more of the maps previo
113. to personnel or damage to equipment WARNING Adhere to all WARNINGS listed in the equipment or vehicle technical operator s manual applicable to this procedure s Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTIONS listed in the equipment or vehicle technical operator s manual applicable to this procedure s Failure to comply may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment Conditions In an operational environment given a HEMTT LHS PLS Truck ISO Container s and CROP s hearing protection and ground guide spotter and firm ground for the operations Special Conditions Operator should have a valid driver s license or be accompanied by a licensed driver or perform operation in a controlled driving range under direct supervision of a licensed driver instructor During insertion procedure at least one ground guide spotter is required Standards Operate the HEMTT LHS PLS truck to load an ISO container with one or more CROP s Load then unload one or more to a maximum of 6 CROPs in a stack into from the ISO container ISO container doors must be able to be closed and secured All CROP stacking and ISO loading unloading must be completed using the spotter and must not incur injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has been tasked to provide cargo transportation support Note None
114. types of equipment WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical Manuals You must ensure injury or damage to the equipment or personnel do not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions As a squad leader within a truck platoon given vehicles motor pool area maintenance area dispatching office and Soldiers assigned to your squad all necessary applicable forms and records and an ongoing support mission you are required to supervise motor pool operations Given vehicles motor pool area maintenance area dispatching office personnel and all appropriate vehicle operator s manuals 10 series TMs to accomplish the mission of the motor pool operation Standards You will perform supervisory duties over your squad assuring that all your Soldiers are fully qualified to maintain and operate assigned vehicles briefed about upcoming missions maintained your squad assigned area within the motor pool and ensure that your platoon sergeant is kept informed of your squad s complete operational status for mission support Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue As a squad leader within a truck platoon given vehicles motor pool area maintenance area dispatching office and soldiers assigned to your squad all necessary applicable forms and records
115. units without SAMS E a For dispatch out 1 Verify driver s license and qualifications of driver with vehicle and load selected for dispatch 2 Make dispatcher entries on DD Form 1970 a Date form is started b Serial number c Bumper number d Organization Miles or Kilometers f Hours as applicable g Dispatcher signature h Print report to name i Noun nomenclature of vehicle j Print name of operator s 3 Ensure operator makes the following entries on DD Form 1970 a Signature b Time c Miles and hours 4 Logs vehicle out on DA Form 2401 b Upon return of vehicle from dispatch dispatch in the dispatcher verifies the following entries on DD Form 1970 1 Miles and hours 2 Time in and total time 3 262 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 Release by signature 4 Fuel and oil if required locally c Collect dispatch equipment record folder from operator d Log vehicle in from dispatch on DA Form 2401 e Annotate type cargo and tons moved as applicable f Report change in vehicle status to maintenance personnel as applicable g Report discrepancies in trip records to truckmaster h File trip records in accordance with local directives 3 Dispatch unit vehicle s for regular dispatch units supported by SAMS E a For dispatch out departing on dispatch 1 Verify that operator is registered through SAMS E as a licensed qualified operator If not registe
116. vehicles with drivers report to maintenance section for repairs as necessary c Squad leaders ensure security of all vehicles d Squad leaders report their squad operational status 8 Ensure that scheduled vehicle services are conducted a Coordinate with maintenance section for scheduled times for services b Ensure squad leaders prepare the vehicle and operator for reporting for services 1 Daily preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS must be completed and all faults corrected or parts ordered 2 Vehicle must be clean to include undercarriage 3 Inspection worksheets must be completed and available to maintenance section 4 Any additional requirements identified in maintenance SOP c Conduct follow up checks with maintenance section to ensure service completion with minimal delay d Ensure squad leader and or vehicle operator remains present during service according to SOP guidelines e Have squad leader report vehicle status at completion of service 9 Report platoon vehicle status to platoon leader and or maintenance section sergeant company truckmaster 3 286 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Number of vehicles fully mission capable by bumper number b Number of vehicles in service or due service c Number of vehicles that are non mission capable Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures 1 Ensured squad leaders had made preparations to perform maintenance inspections
117. visual hand and arm signals 4 Stowed crane for travel 5 Shutdown vehicle engine Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Wit TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV 3 104 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B 21 November 2013 3 105 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1664 Operate Vehicle in a Contaminated Area DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also app
118. wheeled vehicle for loading onto HET HET basic issue items a coupled HET with pre operational maintenance checks performed assistance from other crew members and level ground to conduct loading operations Special Conditions Two person operation Assistance from another crew member is required Standards You will supervise the completion of the loading operation of an able disabled tracked wheeled vehicle position vehicle properly and secure vehicle to prevent movement during 21 November 2013 3 347 STP 55 88M14 SM TG transport Ensure that all procedures are accomplished safely without injury to personnel damage to HET or vehicle payload Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your Unit is called to transport an M1A2 Abrams Tank which would require you to be trained to transport a tracked wheeled vehicle for loading onto the HET you have all HET basic issue items BID a coupled HET with pre operational maintenance checks performed assistance is available from other crew members and level ground to conduct loading operations This is a minimum of a Two person operation Note None Performance Steps 1 Supervise preparation of Heavy Equipment Transporter System HETS for loading operation a Ensure operator positions HET on level ground or within 10 percent offset or 10 degrees difference between tractor and semitrailer Follow hand and arm signals from ground guide b En
119. 0 already coupled blocking and bracing materials on vehicle equipment OVE hearing protection a tracked vehicle to be loaded assistance from other crew members and directions from supervisor Special Conditions HETS tractor and semitrailer combination should be placed on solid level ground with room to maneuver as necessary Operations with the HETS require two persons to perform One person will be used as assistance Standards You will provide assistance as directed in the loading of a tracked vehicle and assist in the proper tiedown of vehicle on semitrailer without injury to personnel or damage to HETS or tracked vehicle being loaded Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is tasked with recovery of several disabled tanks after a tactical mission Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls and make risk decisions d Implement controls e Supervise and evaluate 2 Assist in preparing the M1070 M1000 HETS for loading operation a Start the vehicle Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 12 subparagraph a pages 2 126 to 2 130 b Ensure that the CTIS switch is set to the desired setting for the expected road conditions and allow tractor to sit until selected CTIS indicator remains lit 3 Assist in aligning the semitrailer using the tractor as close as possible to pa
120. 0 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS 3 46 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 21 November 2013 3 47 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1364 Operate Vehicle with Standard Automatic Semiautomatic Transmission DANGER Refer to vehicle TM for all DANGER statements WARNING Refer to vehicle TM for all WARNING statements CAUTION Refer to vehicle TM for all CAUTION statements Conditions In an operational environment given a tactical wheeled vehicle with a standard or automatic semiautomatic transmission with before operation maintenance performed basic issue items BID dispatch 10 series technical manual TM accident forms and guidance on route to operate Standards Operate the vehicle by following all starting and operating procedures in the referenced TM Shift gears manual transmission use the proper gear mode or gear range for road conditions and maintain control of the vehicle during all movement forward and backward All driving maneuvers are to be completed without injury to personnel or
121. 0 October 2009 TM 9 2330 386 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS 21 November 2013 References 5 STP 55 88M14 SM TG LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER TACTICAL DUAL PURPOSE BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 28 September1998 TM 9 2330 394 13 amp P OPERATOR S FIELD LEVEL MANUAL FOR THE M1082 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 3 January 2005 TM 9 3990 206 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS FLATRACK M1077 M1077A1 NSN 3990 01 307 7676 ISO COMPATIBLE PALLETIZED FLATRACK IPF 3990 01 406 1340 30 April 2009 TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P OPERATORS UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR CONTAINER ROLL IN OUT PLATFORM CROP MODEL M3 NSN 399 01 442 2751 CONTAINER 27 July 2001 Department of Army Forms DA FORM 1711 ENGINEER RECONNAISSANCE REPORT DA FORM 2401 ORGANIZATION CONTROL RECORD FOR EQUIPMENT DA FORM 2404 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE WORKSHEET DA FORM 2408 14 UNCORRECTED FAULT RECORD DA FORM 285 U S ARMY ACCIDENT REPORT DA FORM 348 EQUIPMENT OPERATORS QUALIFICATION RECORD EXCEPT AIRCRAFT DA FORM 5164 R HANDS ON EVALUATION DA FORM 5165 R FIELD EXPEDIENT SQUAD BOOK DA FORM 5823 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION CARD DA FORM 5982 E DISPATCH CONTROL LOG EGA DA FORM 5983 E EQUIPMENT OPERATOR QUALIFICATION RECORD EGA DA FORM 5984 E OPERATORS PERMIT R
122. 04 10 04 2011 AR 55 162 PERMITS FOR OVERSIZE OVERWEIGHT OR OTHER SPECIAL MILITARY MOVEMENTS ATP 4 16 MOVEMENT CONTROL DA FORM 1711 Engineer Reconnaissance Report DA FORM 285 U S ARMY ACCIDENT REPORT DD FORM 1265 REQUEST FOR CONVOY CLEARANCE DD FORM 1266 REQUEST FOR SPECIAL HAULING PERMIT DD FORM 518 ACCIDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD DD FORM 626 MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION TRANSPORTING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DD FORM 836 DANGEROUS GOODS SHIPPING PAPER DECLARATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTED BY GOVERNMENT VEHICLES 21 November 2013 3 317 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary CONTAINERS VESSELS FM 21 60 Visual Signals FM 3 34 170 ENGINEER RECONNAISSANCE FM 4 01 45 Multi Service Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Tactical Convoy Operations MCCRP 4 11 3H AFTTP D 3 2 58 NTTP 4 01 3 FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT UNITS AND OPERATIONS DA PAM 385 64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards SF FORM 91 MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORT STANAG 2154 Regulations for Military Motor Vehicle Movement by Road STANAG 2155 Road Movement Bid and Credit 3 318 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 21 Motor Pool Management 551 88M 3333 Supervise Motor Pool Operations DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different
123. 0505 2084 EIC BRY M923A1 2320 01 206 3 136 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary 4087 EIC BSS M923A TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo Wit TM 9 2320 280 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 M998 NSN 2320 01 107 7155 EIC BBD M998A1 2320 01 371 9577 EIC BBN TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC BSC REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 365 10 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1078 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 4X4 LIGHT MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES LMTV TRK CAR LMTV M1078 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1898 EIC BHH W O WN 2320 01 354 3385 EIC BHD TRK TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6
124. 083A1 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLE MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 MODEL TRK CAR 21 November 2013 3 11 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary MTV M1083A1 W WN NSN 2320 01 447 3884 EIC BUL W O WN 2320 01 447 3890 3 12 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operations 551 88M 1314 Perform Coupling Operations WARNING WARNING Do not use trailer handbrake as primary brake to keep tension on coupling system This will cause undue tension on brakes and coupling which could result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment Prevent problems with slack in fifth wheel by using good braking habits and adjusting coupling and braking systems properly WARNING Use caution when coupling to semitrailer BE ALERT for personnel in area Ensure that hands arms and body are clear of potential pinch points Failure to follow this warning may result in injury to personnel WARNING Use ground guides when backing up to parked semitrailer Failure do comply may result in injury to personnel or damage to equipment WARNING Do not allow any personnel between tractor and semitrailer during coupling or uncoupling operations Failure to comply may result in serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION CAUTION Always chock the tractor and or semitrailer wheels during coupling operations to prevent inadvertent movement of tractor or semitrailer Failure to comply may result in injury to p
125. 1 3 m from hook bar Check for overhead obstructions and firmness of the ground b Apply service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N WARNING WARNINGS Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting Ihs operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 23 m with ISO container Serious injury or death to personnel could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death to personnel could result CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result c Put HYD ENABLE switch in ON position Make sure indicator light comes on d Turn hydraulic selector switch to AUTO position e Move joystick to UNLOAD position Lift hook will raise and begin to move rearwards LHS NO TRANSIT indicator will illuminate to indicate hook arm is up and load lock has been cleared NOTE To fully view lift hook relation to hook bar it may be necessary to observe position from outside the cab LHS will only operate when transmission range selector is in Neutral N f Continue to unload until lift hook has mo
126. 14 SM TG Assemble Daytime Nighttime Raise the right arm laterally above the head with elbow locked fingers and thumb extended and joined palm facing forward Rotate the arm in a clockwise motion above the head Figure 3 6 Assemble 3 66 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Dismount Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start with the right arm raised laterally above the head elbow locked fingers and thumb extended and joined plam facing downward Lower the arm in a downward motion Figure 3 7 Dismount 21 November 2013 3 67 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Attention Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start by raising the right arm laterally above shoulder level elbow locked fingers and thumb extended and joined palms facing forward Bending at the elbow wave your hand from left to right Figure 3 8 Attention 3 68 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Daytime Nighttime To give this signal extend both arms in front of the body chest level elbows locked fingers extended and joined palms facing forward Figure 3 9 Ready 21 November 2013 3 69 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Extend Daytime Nighttime To give this signal start with both arms above the head palms together Keeping the arms straight lower them laterally keeping the fingers and thumbs extended and joined palms facing up Figure 3 10 Extend 3 70 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG
127. 2 This item is included on EM 0205 FM 3 25 26 MAP READING AND LAND NAVIGATION 21 November 2013 3 301 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 3600 Operate the Movement Tracking System Control Station MT3 DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment you are PMCSing WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are PMCSing You must ensure injury or damage to the equipment or personnel do not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions As a Movement Tracking System MTS Control Station operator given an installed and fully operational MTS Control Station you will perform control station functions on the MTS Standards You must operate the MTS Control Station either by direct input or by supervising the operator in your section You will use the MTS functions to create and modify groups promote and demote mobile units to control station status and use the messaging capabilities to direct redirect vehicle movement in support of your unit s ongoing mission Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are in a unit and tasked to operate the Movement Tracking System M
128. 2013 additional authorization list antilock brake system acrylonitrile butadiene styrene active component acromioclavicular air conduction alternating current an electric current that reverses direction at a regular recurring interval aircraft attack control Auxiliary Power Unit ambulatory procedure unit armor Army regulation Aviation Unit Maintenance basic issue items black brigade support area chemical graphics cover Celsius status indicating that all record items have been completed within the proper timeframe it is the default status when the Deficiency Delinquency function is first accessed centigrade change Cluster command and control coordination and collaboration in a DSCA environment compact disk read only memory Code of Federal Regulations commanding general center of gravity combat health support common hardware and software Theater level automated combat health system container handling unit countermobility centimeter s Chemical Countermeasure contemporary operational environment Common Operating Environment chief of mission collection operations management commander commercial common communication communications security container express continuity of operations plan Continuity of Operations Procedures cargo offload and transfer system commercial off the shelf checkpoint command post contact point Container ized Roll In Roll Out Platform central server civil support
129. 2084 EIC BRY M923A1 2320 01 206 4087 EIC BSS M923A 21 November 2013 3 45 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary TM 9 2320 273 10 OPERATOR S MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 6X4 M915 NSN 2320 01 028 4395 EIC B4A M915P1 NSN 2320 01 525 7451 EIC BAY TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 6X4 M915A1 NSN 2320 01 125 2640 EIC B4B M915A1P1 NSN 2320 01 525 7444 EIC BAZ LIGHT EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER LET 6X6 W WINCH M916 NSN 2320 01 028 4396 EIC B4C TM 9 2320 279 10 1 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR M977 SERIES 8X8 HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS HEMTT TRUCK CARGO WITH WINCH M977 NSN 2320 01 097 0260 TRUCK CARGO WITH WINCH M977A2 2320 01 493 3774 TM 9 2320 280 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 M998 NSN 2320 01 107 7155 EIC BBD M998A1 2320 01 371 9577 EIC BBN TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC BSC REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 365 10 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1078 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 4X4 LIGHT MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES LMTV TRK CAR LMTV M1078 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1898 EIC BHH W O WN 2320 01 354 3385 EIC BHD TRK TM 9 232
130. 30 01 050 5632 M967A1 2330 01 155 0046 SEMITRAILER 21 November 2013 3 161 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1410 Read Strip Maps DANGER There are no DANGER precautions applicable to this task WARNING There are no WARNING precautions applicable to this task CAUTION There are no CAUTIONS applicable to this task Conditions In an operational environment your unit is moving to another tactical location and your supervisor wants everyone to carry a strip map and be familiar with the route prior to movement You are given a prepared strip map protractor route instructions and mission information Standards Read and interpret the strip map and identify all plotted critical information including start point check critical points release point primary and alternate route designations applicable to the mission Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is conducting a resupply mission The convoy commander has issued strip maps in case of vehicle separation of convoy Note None Performance Steps 3 162 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG ASSEMBLY AREA ba a DISTANCE BETWEEN POINTS START POINT Vs w ROUTE NUMBER CP 1 CHECK POINT cP HALT REST AREAS Check points are often designated as such Is ls SS m RELEASE POINT N DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR Figure 3 36a Strip Map Symbols 2 E 6 7 8 9 10 1 Identify strip map symbol
131. 30 April 2009 TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P INTERACTIVE TECHNICAL MANUAL FOR THE PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS M1074 M1075 M1076 M1077 THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0206 30 April 2009 TM 9 2320 365 10 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1078 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 4X4 LIGHT MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES LMTV TRK CAR LMTV M1078 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1898 EIC BHH W O WN 2320 01 354 3385 EIC BHD TRK 17 June 1998 References 4 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 15 September 1998 TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 15 September 1998 TM 9 2320 392 10 1 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR THE M1083A1SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 MODEL TRK CAR M1083A1 W WN 2320 01 447 3884 EIC BUL W O WN 2320 01 447 3890 EIC BUL 3 January 2005 TM 9 2320 392 10 2 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR THE M1083A1 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLE MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 MODEL TRK CAR MTV M1083A1 W WN NSN 2320 01 447 3884 EIC BUL W O WN 2320 01 447 3890 3 January 2005 TM 9 2320 426 10 TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL M915A5 6X
132. 4 30 June 2010 TM 9 2320 428 10 OPERATOR MANUAL FOR TRUCK CARGO 8X8 M977 W WINCH NSN 2320 01 097 0260 EIC B2D M977 W O WINCH 2320 01 099 6426 THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0038 AND EM 0290 15 June 2009 TM 9 2330 213 14 amp P OPERATORS UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR TRAILER CHASSIS 1 1 2 TON 2 WHEEL M103A1 NSN 2330 00 835 8629 M103A3 9 October 1990 TM 9 2330 331 14 amp P OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT 31 December 2005 TM 9 2330 356 14 OPERATORS UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TANK 5000 GALLON BULK HAUL SELF LOAD UNLOAD M967 NSN 2330 01 050 5632 M967A1 2330 01 155 0046 SEMITRAILER 26 October 1990 TM 9 2330 358 14 amp P OPERATORS UNIT INTERMEDIATE DIRECT SUPPORT AND INTERMEDIATE GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR SEMITRAILER TACTICAL DUAL PURPOSE BREAKBULK CONTAINE 17 December 1987 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER FLATBED BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 34 TON M872 9 August 1991 TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAV Y EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 3
133. 4 SM TG Cue Soldier has been tasked to conduct transportation operations within his unit of operation Note Vehicle operator must ensure the location is clear of personnel and equipment by conducting a 360 degree walkaround of tractor and semitrailer Start position for coupling is with fifth wheel jaws unlocked open fifth wheel in LOAD position and fifth wheel slide control lever in LOCKED position Performance Steps WARNING WARNING Use ground guide when backing up to semitrailer Failure to do so may result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment WARNINGS Do not use semitrailer handbrake as primary brake to keep tension on coupling system This will cause undue tension on brakes and coupling which could result in injury or death to personnel or damage to equipment Prevent problems with slack in fifth wheel by using good braking habits and adjusting coupling and braking systems properly Use caution when coupling semitrailer Be alert for personnel in area Ensure that hands arms and body are clear of potential pinch points Failure to follow this warning may result in injury or death to personnel CAUTION Be careful not to run kingpin up fifth wheel ramps as this can damage kingpin and or fifth wheel NOTES Truck and semitrailer must be aligned Use a ground guide if one is available CAUTION Fifth wheel lube plates and trailer kingpin plate must be cleaned and dried prior to coupling Failur
134. 6 hazardous cargo only 5 DA Form 5987 E Motor Equipment Dispatch 5 Start the vehicle on signal or order from convoy commander serial march unit commander Recover and stow all wheel chocks 6 If cargo vehicle is loaded start off slowly without placing undue strain on vehicle Recover wheel chock and set the vehicle in motion upon signal or order from the convoy commander or serial march unit commander 7 Maintain the convoy speed and vehicle interval during movement a Maintain visual contact with the vehicle immediately in front of and behind your vehicle if weather permits b Track the vehicle in front and the trailing vehicles to adjust your speed interval and position c Slow down when approaching curves especially if heavily loaded to prevent the vehicle from overturning d Allow extra stopping distance if vehicle is heavily loaded 8 Maintain a high state of situational awareness a Perform side to side scanning 9 o clock to 1 o clock b Watch for threats to the convoy such as 1 Suspicious individuals or groups along roadway 2 Unexploded improvised explosive devices IEDs 3 Abandoned vehicles along the roadway 4 Dead animals along the roadway 5 Overpasses over the route of march 3 142 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 6 Built up areas especially multi story buildings close to the roadway 7 Intersections c Respond to threats in accordance with unit TACSOP d Monitor
135. 88M40 Provide professional support and technical guidance to all Army soldiers requiring motor transport Plans manages and monitors motor transport and support operations Establishes and organizes the unit motor park Prepares and implements the truck company security and defense plan Receives and distributes highway motor transport missions Assembles and prepares highway reconnaissance data for motor convoy transport Supervises and directs unit dispatching of vehicles Coordinates external support requirements in support of a truck battalion 4 5 Additional Skill Identifiers The following additional skill identifiers ASIs are associated with MOS 88M F7 Pathfinder P5 Master Fitness Trainer 2B Air Assault personnel only 2S Battle Staff Operations SL3 and above 4A Reclassification Training 5W Jumpmaster 6T Military Auditor Reserve Component personnel only 8P Competitive Parachutist skill level 2 4 personnel only M9 Master Driver Trainer 21 November 2013 4 1 This page intentionally left blank STP 551 88M14 SM TG APPENDIX A Appendix A DA Form 5164 Appendix A Sample DA Form 5164 R Hands on Evaluation DA Form 5164 R Hands on Evaluation allows the trainer to keep a record of the performance measures a Soldier passes or fails on each task Before evaluation Obtain blank copy of DA Form 5164 R that you may locally reproduce on 8 1 2 x 11 paper Enter the
136. A window will appear confirming the mobile unit s promotion to a control station The mobile unit will receive notification of its new status in about five minutes NOTE If a user attempts to promote a unit already promoted or if a unit demoted to mobile unit status while choosing what unit to promote will receive a message indicating the attempt failed 8 Demote CS to Mobile a Select Control Station Demote CS to Mobile on the MTS Messenger menu bar b Select a control group Identify and select the unit within the control group that should be demoted and press Demote CS NOTE A control station can NOT be demoted if they belong to more than one Group Before they can be demoted they must be removed from all but one group The Modify Control ON allows an Administrator to remove the unit from extra groups c A window will appear showing status of demotion 9 Release Bumper Number a Select Release Bumper Number on the Control Station menu 21 November 2013 3 305 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Select the bumper number to release c Press the Cancel button to exit the dialog d Press the Release button Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures 1 Read messages 2 Sent messages Sent message to Control Station 4 Started TracerLink Pro 5 Double clicked on the Vehicle Server Icon to start TracerLink Pro 6 Initiated Map Viewer 7 Clicked on Icon representing area of operation 8 Displayed Pop Up Menu
137. ARNING WARNING Ensure trailer air system is pressurized before beginning transfer or flatrack locks may not proerly disengage Serious injury or death could result to personnel and damage to equipment may result b Pull out PARKING BRAKE control and place transmission range selector in Neutral N c Push in knob and retract flatrack locks d Put PTO ENGAGE switch in ON position Make sure indicator light comes on e Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position f Move the joystick to UNLOAD position until flatrack rollers contact trailer g Release the joystick h Inspect and verify that trailer guides are between flatrack main rails 1 If not alined 1 Move joystick to LOAD position 2 When flatrack is completely reloaded onto truck release joystick 3 Repeat steps d through g j Move the joystick to UNLOAD position and hold until hook arm cylinders are fully extended k Release the joystick 1 Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F position m Move the joystick to UNLOAD position until front of flatrack is completely seated on trailer n Release the joystick 21 November 2013 3 203 STP 55 88M14 SM TG o Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position p Move the truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 m WARNING WARNING Never drive with LHS NO TRANSIT indicator illuminated An illuminated indicator means LHS is not fully stowed The load could break looks causing
138. CHEMICAL NBC PROTECTION 2 June 2003 FM 3 11 5 MULTISERVICE TACTICS TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES FOR CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL RADIOLIGICAL AND NUCLEAR DECONTAMINATION MCWP 3 37 3 NTTP 3 11 26 AFTTP D 3 2 60 This item is included on EM 0205 4 April 2006 FM 3 25 26 READING AND LAND NAVIGATION 18 January 2005 FM 3 34 170 ENGINEER RECONNAISSANCE 25 March 2008 FM 4 01 45 MULTI SERVICE TACTICS TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES FOR TACTICAL CONVOY OPERATIONS 5 January 2009 FM 4 30 31 RECOVERY AND BATTLE DAMAGE ASSESSMENT AND REPAIR 19 September 2006 FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT 21 August 2006 FM 55 60 ARMY TERMINAL OPERATIONS 15 April 1996 FM 90 3 DESERT OPERATIONS 24 August 1993 TB 380 41 SECURITY PROCEDURES FOR SAFEGUARDING ACCOUNTING AND SUPPLY CONTROL OF COMSEC MATERIAL 15 August 2013 TB 9 3950 253 13 amp P OPERATOR amp FIELD MANINTENANCE INSTALLATION NSTRUCTIONS amp REPAIR PARTS amp SPECIAL TOOLS LIST RPSTL PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM TRUCK M1075 PLS amp HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCK M1120 HEMTT ENHANCED CONTAINER HANDLING UNIT E CHU 30 July 2009 TC 21 305 10 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR THE PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM 20 Sept 1994 References 2 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TC 21 305 20 MANUAL FOR THE WHEELED VEHICLE OPERATOR AFMAN 24 306 D 1 July 2009 TC 21 305 200 THE ARMY COMMERCIAL DRIVERS LICENSE EXAMINERS MANUAL S amp I COMDT USATSCH ATT
139. DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the Technical Manuals and regulations to ensure you and your subordinates are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment being utilized WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manuals for the type of equipment that you are using You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions As a truckmaster or operations sergeant given a mission commander s guidance and associated references Standards You will provide input and planning considerations for the logistics support of your unit using the Military Decision Making Process MDMP process in accordance with ADP 5 0 Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are assigned as a truckmaster or operations sergeant given a mission commander s guidance and associated references Note None Performance Steps 1 Receive Mission NOTE Gather necessary tools a Appropriate maps overlays b Existing Logistics Estimates c Standing operating procedures SOPs unit and higher headquarters HQ d Appropriate field manuals FMs e Logistic status charts 3 374 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Conduct Mission
140. ECORD EGA DA FORM 5987 E MOTOR EQUIPMENT DISPATCH EGA DA FORM 5988 E EQUIPMENT INSPECTION MAINTENANCE WORKSHEET DA FORM 6125 ROAD TEST SCORE SHEET LRA DA FORM 7566 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT WORKSHEET References 6 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Department of Defense Publications DOD 4500 9 R PART DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION REGULATION PART III MOBILITY Department of Defense Forms DD FORM 1265 REQUEST FOR CONVOY CLEARANCE DD FORM 1266 REQUEST FOR SPECIAL HAULING PERMIT DD FORM 1970 MOTOR EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION RECORD DD FORM 518 ACCIDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD DD FORM 626 MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION TRANSPORTING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DD FORM 836 DANGEROUS GOODS SHIPPING PAPER DECLARATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTED BY GOVERNMENT VEHICLES CONTAINERS VESSELS Other Forms OF FORM 346 US GOVERNMENT MOTOR VEHICLE OPERATOR S IDENTIFICATION CARD SF FORM 91 MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORT Other Product Types GGG B 325B FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS BINDER LOAD MTS CS HANDBOOK MTS CS HANDBOOK MTS PLUS EUM REV B MOVEMENT TRACKING SYSTEM PLUS END USER MANUAL CMDC DOC 076 REV B SDDC TEA PAM 55 20 TIEDOWN HANDBOOK FOR TRUCK MOVEMENTS 4 EDITION STANAG 2154 REGULATIONS FOR MILITARY MOROT VEHICLE MOVEMENT BY ROAD STANAG 2155 ROAD MOVEMENT BID AND CREDIT TEA PAM 55 20 TIEDOWN HANDBOOK FOR TRUCK MOVEMENTS 21 November 2013 References 7 This page intentionally left b
141. ER SPECIAL MILITARY MOVEMENTS 1 January 1979 AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND OPERATOR STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING 18 June 2007 AR 611 5 PERSONNEL AND CLASSIFICATION TESTING 5 February 2008 AR 700 1277 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT 17 July 2008 AR 700 138 ARMY LOGISTICS READINESSS AND SUSTAINABILITY 26 February 2004 AR 700 4 LOGISTICS ASSISTANCE 2 May 2013 AR 700 68 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF LIQUEFIED AND GASEOUS COMPRESSED GASSES AND THEIR FULL AND EMPTY CYLINDERS 16 June 2000 ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 5 July 2013 ATP 4 16 MOVEMENT CONTROL 5 April 2013 DA PAM 25 1 1 INSTALLATION INFORMATION SERVICES 25 June 2013 DA PAM 385 64 21 November 2013 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVES SAFETY STANDARDS 24 May 2011 References 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG DA PAM 750 3 SOLDIERS GUIDE FOR FIELD MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS 18 September 2013 DA PAM 750 8 THE ARMY MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM TAMMS USERS MANUAL FM 1 02 OPERATIONAL TERMS AND GRAPHICS MCRP 5 12A This item is included on EM 0205 21 September 2004 FM 10 67 1 CONCEPTS AND EQUIPMENT OF PETROLEUM OPERATIONS 2 April 1998 FM 21 10 FIELD HYGIENE AND SANITATION 21 June 2000 FM 21 60 VISUAL SIGNALS 30 September 1987 FM 3 11 MULTISERVICE TACTICS TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES FOR NUCLEAR BIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL DEFENSE OPERATIONS 1 July 2011 FM 3 11 4 MULTISERVICE TACTICS TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES FOR NUCLEAR BIOLOGICAL AND
142. Equipment None Cue Your unit has received a mission to travel to another location to pick up several tanks for transport to a port of debarkation Note None Performance Steps 1 Conduct a risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls 3 252 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Supervise f Evalaute 2 Prepare HET with HETS for Operation a Adjust driver s seat b Adjust mirrors as needed c Ensure that load is secured properly to the semitrailer if to be loaded d Start vehicle engine refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 12a and b page 2 126 through 2 133 e Monitor all gauges for proper reading and allow engine to warm up f Ensure that all low pressure warning lights and buzzers go out as intended by TM g Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM applicable to these procedures 3 Place HET system into motion a Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 9a page 2 114 for proper operating procedures b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM for these procedures 4 Navigate HET system through normal traffic situations and road conditions a Use brake retarder unless road conditions prohibit use b Use alternate transfer gear range as needed c Adhere to all restricted speed ranges for the appropriate driving conditions load d Monitor vehicle indicator lights and gauges during movemen
143. G BRAKE control f Inspect that rear flatrack rollers have contacted trailer stops g Pull knob and engage flatrack locks h Push in PARKING BRAKE control 1 Set transmission range selector to Drive D j Move truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 m 21 November 2013 3 201 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 7 Unload flatrack or CROP from the truck HEMTT LHS only automatic mode a Back up the truck in line with trailer and stop approximately 5 feet 1 5 m from trailer b Pull out PARKING BRAKE control 1 and place transmission range selector 2 in Neutral N c Push knob 3 on trailer to retract flatrack locks 4 d Inspect that both flatrack locks 4 are fully retracted e Put PTO ENGAGE switch 5 in ON position Make sure indicator light 6 comes on f Turn hydraulic selector switch 7 to AUTO position g Move joystick 8 to UNLOAD position until lift hook 9 has moved just below level of flatrack hook bar 10 h Apply service brake pedal 11 and push in PARKING BRAKE control 1 1 Set transmission range selector 12 to Reverse R release service brake pedal 11 and back truck up until lift hook 9 contacts hook bar 10 j Set transmission range selector 12 to Neutral N and apply service brake pedal 11 k Move joystick 8 to LOAD position and engage lift hook 9 into hook bar 10 1 Pull out PARKING BRAKE control 1 and check that trailer bumper 13 is under flange and within 3 5 inches
144. IC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 3 234 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2408 Implement Defensive Procedures When Under Attack Ambush in a Truck Convoy DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced vehicle or equipment technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced vehicle or equipment technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment as a vehicle operator within a convoy given a vehicle with before operation maintenance performed individually assigned weapon ICH IBA hearing and eye protection and guidance from convoy commander Standards Employ passive and active defensive measures to counter enemy air attack sniper fire and ambush and or IED by following established convoy hand and arm signals reporting actions to higher authority and reacting to incoming enemy fires with 100 accuracy As a
145. L FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAVY EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 21 November 2013 3 251 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2375 Operate the Heavy Equipment Transporter on Improved Roads DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment on an improved roadway given a mission ready coupled M1070 M1000 HET Tractor semitrailer combination hearing protection route to maneuver and assistant driver Standards Operate the HET Tractor semitrailer combination with 100 accuracy on improved roadway adhering to all route limitations of weight height and width without causing injury to personnel or damage to equipment or roadway Special Condition None Special Standards None Special
146. M TG WARNING WARNINGS when loaded with frs or container the center of gravity is moved up and toward rear of truck Extreme caution must be taken when turning and ascending or descending on a grade Failure to use extreme caution could result in severe injury or death to personnel maximum side slope when loaded with a frs or container is 30 percent Failure to comply may result in equipment damage or severe injury or death to personnel _ do not reduce tire pressure when loaded with frs or container Highway tire pressure 60 psi 414 kpa front and 83 psi 572 kpa rear is required at all times when loaded with frs or container Failure to comply could result in damage to equipment and severe injury or death to personnel v Turn hydraulic selector switch to OFF position 5 Unload flatrack from truck tractor HEMTT LHS only NOTE Continued repetitive cycles approximately nine at rated 26 000 Ibs payload of the Load Handling System LHS could cause overheating and system will fail to pick up the load Allow the hydraulic system to cool Wait approximately 1 1 2 hours or until the hydraulic reservoir is cool The hydraulic reservoir is cool when you can hold your hand on the reservoir for more than 10 seconds a Check area for sufficient operating room at front and rear of truck Check overhead clearance and ground conditions CAUTION CAUTION Ensure parking brake is not applied during unload sequence or damage to e
147. M have access to this publication This publication applies to the Active Army the Army National Guard ARNG the Army National Guard of the United States ARNGUS and the United States Army Reserve USAR The proponent of this publication is HQ TRADOC Send comments and recommendations on DA Form 2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms directly to Commander CASCOM SCOE ATCL TDM G 3 Training amp Doctrine Development CTDD 2221 Adams Avenue Fort Lee VA 23801 2102 21 November 2013 iii This page intentionally left blank STP 55 88M14 SM TG CHAPTER 1 Introduction 1 1 General The soldier training publication STP identifies the individual military occupational specialty MOS training requirements for soldiers in various specialties for example Another source of STP task data is the General Dennis J Reimer Training and Doctrine Digital Library at http www adtdl army mil atdls htm Commanders trainers and soldiers should use the STP to plan conduct and evaluate individual training in units The STP is the primary MOS reference to support the self development and training of every soldier in the unit It is used with the Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks Army training and evaluation program ARTEP products and ADRP 7 0 Training Units and Developing Leaders to establish effective training plans and programs that integrate soldier leader and collective tasks This chapter explains how to use the
148. M or extracts are being used c All equipment or vehicle issued tools and or equipment needed for inspection are present and in serviceable condition d Ensure that no jewelry is worn during maintenance that may pose a safety hazard to personnel Refer to vehicle or equipment TM as needed e Ensure that hearing protection or any other applicable safety equipment clothing is available and used as needed required f Ensure that vehicle or equipment is properly grounded as applicable 2 Ensure the operator s are complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing before operation checks a Ensure that operator s refer to applicable maintenance tables for the before operation inspection b Solicit feedback on deficiencies found during inspection c Assist the Soldier s as needed in determining replacement part availability d Ensure maintenance support availability as needed e Ensure that maintenance element is informed of any changes in vehicle operational status as a result of the inspection f Ensure operator s immediately correct noted faults or properly annotate the uncorrectable fault on the maintenance worksheet g Ensure the operator s make the required entries on the maintenance worksheet that reflects the completion of before operation checks Operator signed and dated in appropriate block if deficiencies are found h Ensures that operator adheres to all safety WARNINGS an
149. MANAGEMENT select ENLISTED and find the appropriate tab along the bottom This information combined with the MOS Training Plan in Chapter 2 forms the career development model for the MOS 21 November 2013 1 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Training Responsibility Soldier and leader training and development continue in the unit Using the institutional foundation training in organizations and units focuses and hones individual and team skills and knowledge 1 Commander Responsibility a The unit commander is responsible for the wartime readiness of all elements in the formation The commander is therefore the primary trainer of the organization and is responsible for ensuring that all training is conducted in accordance with the STP to the Army standard b Commanders ensure STP standards are met during all training If a soldier fails to meet established standards for identified MOS tasks the soldier must retrain until the tasks are performed to standard Training to standard on MOS tasks is more important than completion of a unit training event such as an ARTEP evaluation The objective is to focus on sustaining MOS proficiency this is the critical factor commanders must adhere to when training individual soldiers in units 2 Responsibility a A great strength of the US Army is its professional NCO Corps who takes pride in being responsible for the individual training of soldiers crews and small teams The NCO su
150. MOOTW Commanders at all echelons may combine different types of operations simultaneously and sequentially to accomplish missions in war and MOOTW These missions require training since future conflict will likely involve a mix of combat and MOOTW often concurrently The range of possible missions complicates training Army forces cannot train for every possible mission they train for war and prepare for specific missions as time and circumstances permit 3 type of MOOTW 15 the Chemical Biological Radiological Nuclear and High Yield Explosive CBRNE event To assist commanders and leaders in training their units CBERNE related information is being included in AMEDD mission training plans MTPs Even though most collective tasks within an MTP may support a CBRNE event the ones that will most directly be impacted are clearly indicated with a statement in the CONDITION that reads THIS TASK MAY BE USED TO SUPPORT A CBRNE EVENT These collective tasks and any supporting individual tasks in this soldier s manual should be considered for training emphasis 4 Our forces today use a train alert deploy sequence We cannot count on the time or opportunity to correct or make up training deficiencies after deployment Maintaining forces that are 21 November 2013 1 1 STP 55 88M14 SM TG ready now places increased emphasis on training and the priority of training This concept is a key link between operational and training doctrine
151. N 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 3 22 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1661 Perform Wheeled Vehicle Hasty Self Recovery and BDAR on a Wheeled Vehicle DANGER Soldier must determine if there are any unexploded ordnance in the immediate vicinity which may place the crew in imminent danger If so Soldier is to evacuate area and notify EOD and chain of command WARNING Operator must exercise extreme caution in determining the extent of damage and road worthiness Damage to vehicle may pose an additional physical threat to the crew Always be aware of UXO and leaking flammables or chemicals CAUTION Soldier must ensure that any battle damage repairs or further limited operation of the vehicle will not result in additional damage to equipment Disregard if in life threatening location Conditions In an operational environment during a resupply mission your vehicle was damaged from an IED The injured gunner was MEDEVACed and the area is secure As the driver you and your assistant driver must determine extent of damage and recover vehicle if possible to a safe location Provided a tactical wheeled vehicle with simulated damage with a winch chains BII shackles and applicable TM 10 series hearing protection work gloves a like leading vehicle and assistance from others as needed Standards You are to recover the vehicle so that it can be operated under its own power without injury to personnel or damage t
152. N 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 254 3386 EIC BR2 AR 380 5 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM DA FORM 7566 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT WORKSHEET DD FORM 836 DANGEROUS GOOD SHIPPING PAPER DECLARATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTED BY GOVERNMENT VEHICLES CONTAINERS DA FORM 5987 E MOTOR EQUIPMENT DISPATCH EGA TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INLCUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER FLATBED 3 280 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 34 TON M872 T 21 November 2013 3 281 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level SL3 Subject Area 17 Accident Forms and Reporting 551 88M 3353 Review Vehicle Accident Reports Conditions You are the supervisor of a Soldier involved in an Army motor vehicle accident The Soldier involved in the accident has completed the Standard Form SF 91 Motor Vehicle Accident Report and the Department of Defense DD Form 518 and has provided the SF Form 91 and DD Form 518 for supervisor review and completion Standards You will review the SF Form 91 and DD Form 518 and confer with the vehicle driver to verify accuracy of information You will complete the supervisory sections of the forms and e
153. N ATZF DOS LT BLDG 2719 FT EUSTIS VA 23604 5168 19 October 1992 TC 21 305 9 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR THE HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER SYSTEM 5 June 1997 TC 4 13 17 CARGO SPECIALISTS HANDBOOK 19 May 2011 TC 43 4 COMMANDERS AND SHOP OFFICERS GUIDE FOR SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT 8 May 1996 TM 11 5855 306 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR MONOCULAR NIGHT VISION DEVICE MNVD AN PVS 14 NSN 5855 01 432 0524 EIC N A 10271A 10 1A 1 October 2010 TM 11 5855 311 12 amp P 2 OPERATOR S AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR DRIVER S VISION ENHANCER 15 December 2008 TM 3 34 86 RIGGING TECHNIQUES PROCEDURES AND APPLICATIONS MCRP 3 17 7j 16 July 2012 TM 3 4230 204 12 amp P OPERATORS AND UNIT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR DECONTAMINATING APPARATUS PORTABLE DS2 1 1 2 QUART ABC M11 NSN 4230 00 720 1618 31 October 1986 TM 3 4230 216 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR DECONTAMINATING KIT SKIN M258A1 NSN 4230 01 101 3984 AND TRAINING AID SKIN DECONTAMINATING 58 1 6910 01 101 1768 17 May 1985 TM 3 4230 229 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR DECONTAMINATING KIT SKIN M291 NSN 4230 01 251 8702 SSO010 AA MMO 1 0 TO 11D1 1 131 TM 4230 10 1 REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 2 October 1989 TM 3 4240 280 10 Rescinded for active Army OPERATORS MANUAL FOR MASK CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL AIRCRAFT ABC M24 AND ACCESSORIES AND MASK CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL TANK M25A1 AND ACCESSORIES REPRINTED W BASIC INCL
154. N 5855 01 432 0524 EIC N A TM 10271A 10 1A TM 11 5855 311 12 amp P 2 Operator s and Unit Maintenance Manual for Driver s Vision Enhancer TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 21 November 2013 GO NO GO 3 151 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1656 Conduct Refueling Operations using Tactical Refueling Vehicles Conditions In an operational environment given an M1088 Tractor with M967 tank semitrailer with full or partial load of fuel basic issue items BII grounding and bonding materials protective clothing and equipment fire extinguishers spill containers appropriate gauging equipment dispensing log assistance from another person vehicle s to refuel level ground and instructions on amount of fuel to dispense Special Conditions Must have hazardous materials endorsement on operator s license Possess a fuel handler s card Refueling operations requires two persons Standards Emplace your refueling vehicle perform all pre operation safety checks ground and bond the vehicle properly refuel designated vehicle
155. O container Refer to subsequent paragraphs if directed as needed in the TM 2 Unload CROP s from an ISO container using the PLS truck tractor a Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure b Refer to TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P paragraph 2 16 subparagraph b steps 1 through 11 pages 2 39 to 2 41 for applicable procedures in unloading ISO container Refer to subsequent paragraphs if directed as needed in the TM 3 Load CROP s into an ISO container using the HEMTT LHS truck tractor a Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure b Refer and comply with procedures in TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P paragraph 2 10 9 subparagraph a starting on page 2 82 136 4 Unload CROP s from an ISO container using the HEMTT LHS truck tractor a Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure b Refer to and comply with procedures in TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P paragraph 2 10 9 subparagraph b starting on page 2 82 141 21 November 2013 3 189 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation Provide the Soldier with all items of equipment identified in the conditions statement Ensure Soldier understands that this operation requires the use of two personnel A knowledgeable ground guide spotter is provided Performance Measures 1 Loaded ISO container with CROP s using the PLS truck tractor 2 Unloaded ISO container with CROP s using th
156. OR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 21 November 2013 3 39 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1662 Change a Tire on a Wheeled Vehicle and Trailer DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given a tactical wheeled vehicle 2 5 ton or larger and associated pintle connected trailer or semitrailer with a tire to replace applicable basic issue items BID tools and assistance as needed
157. RCRAFT ABC M24 AND ACCESSORIES AND MASKCHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL TANK 21 November 2013 3 241 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary M25A1 AND ACCESSORIES REPRINTED W BASIC INCL 1 2 TM 3 4240 300 10 20PERATORS MANUAL FOR CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL MASK COMBAT VEHICLE M42 NSN 4240 01 258 0064 SMALL 4240 01 258 0065 MEDIUM 4240 01 258 0066 LARGE REPRINTED W BASIC INCL 1 3 TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC BSC REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 3 242 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2302 Operate the APU on the M1000 Semitrailer Conditions In an operational environment given a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET semitrailer with functioning auxiliary power unit APU hearing protection semitrailer basic issue items BID and level ground to operate Standards Perform all required startup procedures without error for the APU without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are required to provide power to the M1000 semitrailer to support a recovery operation Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls e Supervise f Evaluate CAUTION CAUTION The hydraulic tank oil valve must be open pr
158. Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 5 Shutdown APU for extended storage short and long term Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the Soldier with an M1000 Semitrailer either coupled to an M1070 HET Tractor or uncoupled level ground to operate Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Started the APU normal conditions 2 Started the APU cold weather starting 3 Shutdown the APU 4 Shutdown the APU for extended storage Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAVY SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAVY EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 INCLUDED ON EM 0049 3 244 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2303 Adjust the Gooseneck on the M1000 Semitrailer DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all po
159. S truck tractor using the CHU Loaded container onto HEMTT LHS PLS Truck using the ECHU Unloaded a container from the HEMTT LHS PLS truck using the ECHU GO NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO is any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform to do it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 10 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR THE PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL AND DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM HEAV Y EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 3 174 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1504 Conduct Load Unload Operations in Manual Mode Conditions In an operational enviroment your unit is required to provide supplies for an upcoming mission Given a Palletized Load System PLS or Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Load Handling System HEMTT LHS truck tractor flatrack or CROP hearing protection work gloves and assistance from ground guide s Standards Load and unload a flatrack or Container Roll in Roll out Platform CROP using either a
160. STP in establishing an effective individual training program It includes doctrinal principles and implications outlined in ADRP 7 0 Based on these guidelines commanders and unit trainers must tailor the information to meet the requirements for their specific unit 1 2 Training Requirement Every soldier noncommissioned officer NCO warrant officer and officer has one primary mission to be trained and ready to fight and win our nation s wars Success in battle does not happen by accident it is a direct result of tough realistic and challenging training a Operational Environment 1 Commanders and leaders at all levels must conduct training with respect to a wide variety of operational missions across the full spectrum of operations These operations may include combined arms joint multinational and interagency considerations and span the entire breadth of terrain and environmental possibilities Commanders must strive to set the daily training conditions as closely as possible to those expected for actual operations 2 operational missions of the Army include not only war but also military operations other than war MOOTW Operations may be conducted as major combat operations a small scale contingency or a peacetime military engagement Offensive and defensive operations normally dominate military operations in war along with some small scale contingencies Stability operations and support operations dominate in
161. TION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS DA PAM 750 3 SOLDIERS GUIDE FOR FIELD 21 November 2013 3 321 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required MAINTENANCE OPERATIONS DA PAM 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Users Manual 3 322 Primary 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 3335 Supervise Driver s Training Program DANGER Ensure Soldiers adhere to all Danger statements in reference to Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the equipment WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are training You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to equipment does not occur CAUTION Adhere to all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions As a certified driver training instructor given a driver testing and training device designated driver training and testing area lesson plans and reference materials dispatched vehicles safety cones and qualified driver candidates Standards You must complete the setup of the training and testing facilities administer all physical evaluation measures ensure that student prerequisites are met administer required driver training instruction control all student vehicle operation enforce driv
162. TS You may be required to reroute vehicles to a new designated point You must be thoroughly familiar with all of the capabilities of the MTS system Note None Performance Steps 1 Read Messages NOTE When the incoming message queue indicator in status block two 2 contains unread messages the bottom will turn YELLOW until all messages are read If the bottom bars turn RED a distress signal has been sent out by another unit and is in the message queue MTS Messenger window must be ACTIVE Dark Blue background on title bar a Select Read Messages then Read Current press F1 b In the Read Messages screen click the message number you wish to read 3 302 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Click the Reply button to return a message to the sender or Done button to go back to the main window 2 Send Messages a To send a message to a control station press F2 or choose menu option Send Messages then menu option To CS b To send a message to a mobile unit press F3 or choose menu option Send Messages then select 2To Mobile c To send a distress message press F12 or choose menu option Send Messages then select Send Distress Message d To choose a recipient for your message choose a unit from Select Unit List NOTE To choose a recipient for your message choose a unit from Select Unit List The UNIT STATUS shows if the intended recipient is on line or off line The Unit Location Field will indicat
163. able If the convoy column is not divided into serial march units the convoy commander will be issuing authority for all commands Special Standards Task must be performed under the serial march unit commander s supervision Special Equipment None Cue Mission requirement Note None Performance Steps cee 21 November 2013 3 139 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING CAUTION 1 Load cargo onto trailer semitrailer NOTE None a Ensure that vehicle and trailer semitrailer are chocked and hand brake is set b Prepare trailer semitrailer for loading operation 1 Ensure adequate tiedown materials are on hand and prepared for use 2 Remove canvas tarpaulin or other cover if installed 3 Check trailer semitrailer bed and ensure cargo area is clear 4 Remove any sideboards as necessary if installed 5 If using MHE prepare device for operation see applicable TM c Place heavy items on the bottom and lighter items on top d If loading payload vehicle s onto a semitrailer flatrack a ground guide must slowly guide vehicle into position e Distribute heavy cargo as evenly as possible over the bed to maintain a safe weight distribution f Keep the load as low as possible A high load may make the vehicle difficult to conrol amd my cause it to overturn during movement g Fill the cargo space to the mazimum weight allowable h For multi stop loads separate cargo by destination for easy offloading 1 If possible
164. ack NOTE Cargo such as boxes pallets and odd shaped cargo should be loaded as far forward and as low as possible on the flatrack 4 Reinforce sharp edges of cargo with suitable materials to prevent both crushing edges of the load when strap is tensioned and to prevent slicing into strap webbing 5 Secure payload vehicle to semitrailer using load binders and chains general procedures applicable to M872 semitrailers 21 November 2013 3 123 STP 55 88M14 SM TG VIEW Figure 3 31 Vehicle Payload on M872 Semitrailer a Emplace chock blocks as necessary b Adhere to all safety issues concerning chains and load binders 1 Failure to use load binder properly may result in serious injury or even death 2 Do not operate load binder while standing on the load 3 Move handle with caution It may whip keep body clear 4 Keep yourself out of the path of the moving handle 5 You must be familiar with state and federal regulations regarding size and number of chain systems required for securing loads on trucks 6 Always consider the safety of nearby workers as well as yourself when using load binders WARNING WARNINGS USE CAUTION WHEN MOVING AROUND LOAD ON SEMITRAILER A FALL FROM THE SEMITRAILER COULD CAUSE SERIOUS INJURY NEVER USE A CHEATER PIPE OR HANDLE EXTENDEER TO RELEASE HANDLE USE A STEEL BAR AND PRY UNDER THE HANDLE AND STAY OUT OF THE PATH OF HANDLE AS IT MOVES UPWARD 7 While under
165. ack locks may not properly engage Serious injury or death could result to personnel and damage to equipment may result c Push in knob and retract flatrack locks WARNING WARNINGS Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 22 m with ISO container serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only failure to comply may result in damage to equipment d Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A e Move the joystick to UNLOAD until flatrack rollers contact trailer f Release the joystick g Inspect and verify that trailer guides are between flatrack main rails h If not aligned 1 Move joystick to LOAD 3 196 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 When flatrack is completely reloaded onto truck release joystick CAUTION CAUTIONS To avoid equipment damage visually check that hook arm cylinders hav
166. ad is lifted truck will be pulled under flatrack Some steering wheel adjustment may have to be made to ensure that flatrack runners will contact rear rollers n Before flatrack contacts rear rollers reduce engine speed Apply service brake pedal after flatrack main rails contact rear rollers 1 Release joystick Set hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position 2 Move joystick to LOAD position until flatrack is approximately 2 feet 0 61 m off the ground Release joystick 3 Set hydraulic selector switch to AUTO position Resume normal AUTO operations NOTE Engine speed will require increasing and decreasing in the following steps to facilitate performance p After flatrack contacts rear rollers increase engine speed to 1 500 to maximum rpm until flatrack is nearly loaded Reduce engine speed to idle q Continue loading until engaged flatrack is fully loaded and LHS NO TRANSIT indicator goes off r Release joystick s Pull out PARKING BRAKE control NOTE If flatrack is not engaged in load locks raise flatrack slightly and lower again Flatrack should set completely and engage load locks CAUTION CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result t Inspect that both load locks have engaged and flatrack is completely down on truck u Put PTO ENGAGE switch in OFF position Make sure indicator light goes off 21 November 2013 3 213 STP 55 88M14 S
167. ailable vehicle operators c With maintenance sergeant for status of vehicles due maintenance or service 4 Oversee dispatching and commitment of company vehicles a Match available company assets to commitment requirements 1 Determine vehicle load requirements 2 Formulate each commitment into convoy movement plans as appropriate b Ensure that platoons load and secure all cargo that is to be moved from motor pool on commitment applicable c Ensure that all personnel involved in each commitment are briefed on requirements 21 November 2013 3 365 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Ensure convoy leaders are briefed and have convoy route information as well as latest threat information e If road clearances are required coordinate with company headquarters for clearance in advance of the need This applies to route restrictions as well as oversized loads f Inform company commander of vehicle status on a daily basis or as often as SOP dictates 5 Enforce preventive maintenance procedures a Ensure all inspection worksheets are available completed properly and turned in to maintenance section if necessary at completion of maintenance inspection b Check driver maintenance through platoon sergeants or squad leaders c Check with maintenance sergeant for the repair of vehicles requiring services beyond driver s ability 6 Enforce security and defense procedures a Movement security 1 Ensure that loads including class
168. al and unit dispatch areas 7 Establishes procedures for dispatching and security 8 Maintains centralized operational control over subordinate platoons 21 November 2013 3 361 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 9 Studies plans and operations continuously and prepares estimates plans and directives 10 Receives requests for motor transport support commitments 11 Assigns workloads and specific operational tasks to subordinate platoons 12 Maintains contact and exchanges information with security and intelligence personnel of higher and adjacent units 13 Makes security inspections 14 Requests road clearance for convoys and movement of oversize loads 15 Advises the commander on operational security and training matters 16 Assesses unit environmental risk assessments and advises the commander on their status and outcome Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO 1 Reviewed and prepared operations SOPs 2 Maintained visibility over all employed company assets and personnel and current roadnet data 3 Maintained operational readiness data for all platoons in the company 4 Maintained operational records and statistical reports 5 Conducted liaison with supported units 6 Inspected operational and unit dispatch areas 7 Established procedures for dispatching and security 8 Maintained centralized operational control over subordinate platoons 9 Studied plans and operations continuously and p
169. al for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88 1367 Back Vehicle with Semitrailer DANGER Adhere to all DANGER statements in the vehicle technical manual or related references WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the vehicle technical manual CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the vehicle technical manual Conditions In an operational environment given a mission to transport general cargo Given a coupled tractor semitrailer combination with before operation preventive maintenance performed hearing protection as needed and area to maneuver Standards Back the tractor with semitrailer combination into designated position Maintain full control during movement without injury to personnel or damage to surroundings or equipment Special Condition No ground guide is used in the performance of this task Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a mission to transport general cargo Note Use of ground guides is only stressed during training of this task but not during evaluation Use of vehicle rear view mirrors is an absolute necessity to successful completion of this task Performance Steps 1 Prepare to operate the vehicle a Adjust the rear view mirrors to obtain a clear view to both sides of the vehicle b Adjust driver s seat as needed c Fasten seat belt d Start the tractor refer to TM e Check the vehicle instruments for pro
170. ammunition mounted stored on vehicle f Provide vehicle maintenance status if prime mover provide status of trailer or semitrailer g Provide status of load cargo if loaded for mission Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the Soldier with a tactical wheeled vehicle that may or may not be armored all materials required for PMCS and dispatching cargo load if applicable for mission ancillery equipment such as radio system CS weapon system and any other mission essential vehicle mounted items Performance Measures Performed all pre departure operation and maintenance checks 2 Hardened the vehicle 3 Configured armored vehicle cabin 4 Reported vehicle status to supervisor GO NO GO Evaluation Guidance Give the Soldier a GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 260 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK 5 TON 6X6 M809 SERIES DIESEL TRUCK CARGO M813 M813A1 AND M814 TRUCK BOLSTER LOGGING M815 TRUCK WRECKER MEDIUM M816 TRUCK DUMP M817 TRUCK TRACTOR M818 TR TM 9 2320 272 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK 5 TON 6X6 M939 M939A1 AND M939A2 SERIES TRUCKS DIESEL TRUCK CARGO 5 TON 6X6 DROPSIDE M923 2320 01
171. ance Management System TAMMS Users Manual 21 November 2013 GO NO GO 3 367 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 4325 Establish Transportation Safety Program DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment that is being utilized WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manuals for the types of equipment You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions Given available and existing safety guidelines and references the truckmaster will create a motor safety transport program in a tactical environment during day and night conditions to prepare Soldiers for a variety of environments situations and obstacles including fire convoy operations and adverse environmental conditions Standards You will review available and existing safety guidelines and determine what if any changes needed to be made You will provide guidance on fire prevention vehicle operations general safety security environmental protection adverse conditions asphyxiation transport of hazardous material convoy operations personnel movement and risk management based on accident reports Army regul
172. ance None References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 3 358 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 4333 Coordinate External Support Requirements to Support a Transportation Battalion OPLAN OPORD CONOP DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment and operations involved WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manuals for the type of equipment being utilized You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions You will coordinate support requirements for your unit based on the truck battalion operations plan operations order OPLAN OPORD Given the necessary information on what type of support is needed and a pen or pencil Given the higher headquarters operation order and commander s guidance Standards You must coordinate support by correctly requesting the type of support needed to accomplish the mission identified Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are newly assigned to work in the Support operation office at your Battalion You will coordinate support requirements for your unit based on
173. ansported You must ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions Given military or commercial transportation assets equipment documentation Code of Federal Regulation CFR 49 Air Force Regulation AFR 71 4 Department of Defense DD Form 626 and other applicable regulations for cargo being shipped Standards You must ensure the shipment of hazardous or sensitive cargo is in compliance with government state and local laws regulations and policies Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has been tasked to deliver hazardous cargo As a transportation supervisor you are tasked with ensuring that it is accomplished You are Given military or commercial transportation assets equipment documentation Code of Federal Regulation CFR 49 Air Force Regulation AFR 71 4 Department of Defense DD Form 626 and other applicable regulations for cargo being shipped Note None Performance Steps 1 Review documentation to determine the amount of hazardous classified and sensitive cargo due into the unit 2 Ensure security facilities and procedures are adequate for the volume of cargo and type of cargo 3 Ensure personnel are properly trained certified to handle or transport specific cargo 4 Ensure that personnel handle and stow cargo in accordance with CFR 49 and local directives to prevent spillage breakage and shifting of cargo 3 342 21 Novemb
174. applicable b Assign key convoy duty positions within the convoy to include the following 3 310 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Assistant convoy commander 2 Serial march unit commanders 3 Pacesetter 4 Trail officer 5 Trail maintenance officer 6 Route guides if necessary 7 Security NCOIC and force c Brief and dispatch the advance quartering party to destination as applicable d Ensure that the following pre departure actions are done prior to movement 1 Instruct the serial march unit commander s to do the following a Supervise and spot check all preventive maintenance of convoy vehicles b Ensure that all vehicles are dispatched according to the unit SOP c Ensure that all personnel involved in the convoy are prepared and have in their possession all items identified by unit SOP for the convoy mission d Ensure that all vehicles to include trailers and support vehicles are loaded and prepared for movement as directed e Ensure that all personnel have in their possession all applicable accident and load forms required by the unit SOP and regulation DD Form 518 Accident Identification Card and SF Form 91 and DD Form 626 Motor Vehicle Inspection and DD Form 836 Dangerous Goods Shipping Paper Declaration and Emergency Response if transporting HAZMAT prior to movement f Ensure that all vehicles are marked with convoy clearance numbers if movement is over a controlled route
175. asures the demonstrated ability of soldiers commanders leaders battle staffs and units against the Army standard Evaluation of training is integral to standards based training and is the cornerstone of leader training and leader development STPs describe standards that must be met for each soldier task 1 Al training must be evaluated to measure performance levels against the established Army standard The evaluation can be as fundamental as an informal internal evaluation performed by the leader conducting the training Evaluation is conducted specifically to enable the individual undergoing the training to know whether the training standard has been achieved Commanders must establish a climate that encourages candid and accurate feedback for the purpose of developing leaders and trained soldiers 2 Evaluation of training is not a test it is not used to find reasons to punish leaders and soldiers Evaluation tells soldiers whether or not they achieved the Army standard and therefore assists them in determining the overall effectiveness of their training plans Evaluation produces disciplined soldiers leaders and units Training without evaluation is a waste of time and resources 3 Evaluations are used by leaders as an opportunity to coach and mentor soldiers A key element in developing leaders is immediate positive feedback that coaches and leads subordinate leaders to achieve the Army standard This is a tested and proven path to
176. ath depending on conditions 1 Make wide turns m Let your vehicle roll to a halt as practicable n Attempt to stop on a downhill slope 3 Operate vehicle through streams a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions b Follow the applicable steps provided in the vehicle TM for fording streams c Check the bottom to see how firm a support can be expected d Keep the cab door open when crossing frozen streams e After reaching dry land test brakes at a reduced speed by 1 Lightly applying and releasing brakes until normal braking is restored Non ABS only 2 Apply light steady pressure on brakes until normal braking is restored ABS only 3 130 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 4 Operate vehicle in extreme cold weather 32 degrees F to 24 degrees F and blowing snow a Start the vehicle using cold weather starting procedures referenced in the applicable vehicle TM b Turn on vehicle cab heater and adjust to defrost position to clear windows while engine is warming up c Remove ice and snow from windows d If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions e Place vehicle into motion by following general operating procedures in the applicable vehicle TM under operation under unusual conditions
177. ating M1120 truck with M1076 trailer the heaviest loaded flatrack must always be placed on the truck otherwise adverse handling and or braking may result causing injury or death to personnel _ Ensure trailer air system is pressurized before beginning transfer or flatrack locks may not properly engage disengage Serious injury or death to personnel could result CAUTION There must be sufficient air pressure in trailer air system to retract flatrack locks or damage to flatrack locks can occur while attempting to load flatrack on trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flatrack locks use manual flatrack lock retract procedure TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P b Pull out PARKING BRAKE control 3 and set transmission range selector 4 to Neutral N c Push knob in and retract flatrack locks on trailer d Inspect that both flatrack locks are fully retracted e Put PTO ENGAGE switch in ON position Make sure indicator light comes on f Turn hydraulic selector switch to AUTO position g Move joystick to UNLOAD position until flatrack rollers contact trailer h Release joystick 1 Inspect and verify trailer guides are lined up between flatrack main rails j If not alined 1 Move joystick to LOAD position 2 When flatrack is fully reloaded release joystick 3 Repeat steps f through h k Move joystick to UNLOAD position until hook arm cylinders hav
178. ation 551 88M 3603 Prepare an Operations Order OPORD Conditions In an operational environment you are required to prepare an Operations Order OPORD for your platoon Given the company OPORD with platoon requirements identified Standards You will prepare a platoon OPORD identifying all the necessary information needed in order to complete the mission in accordance with the company OPORD Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue In an operational environment your unit is preparing to go on a mission to another location and orders are given to construct an operations order for your platoon You are provided the mission and all relevant information in order to conduct the operation to include maps and all pertinent security information from your higher headquarters Note None Performance Steps 1 Place the classification at the top and bottom of every page of the OPORD 2 Identify change from verbal orders if any under classification 3 Fill in heading with the following information a Copy of copies b Issuing headquarters c Place of issue d Date time group of signature e Message reference number 4 Identify OPORD number code name 5 Identify references List the maps charts datum or other related documents the unit needs to understand the OPORD 6 Identify time zone used throughout OPORD 7 List Task Organization Describe the allocation of forces to support the concept
179. ation entered is legible This report will be used to investigate the accident 2 Complete supervisor entries of SF Form 91 a Complete section X items 72 to 82c page 3 as follows self explanatory 72 Origin 73 Destination 3 282 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 74 Exact purpose of trip 75 Date and Time when trip began 76 Date and Time when accident occurred 77 Authority for the trip 78 Deviation from direct route 79 Was the trip during established working hours 80 Did the operator while en route engage in any activity other than that for which the trip was authorized 81a Did the accident occur within the employee s scope of duty 81b Comments 82a Name and title of supervisor 82b Supervisor s signature and date 82c Telephone number b Refer form to unit commander or accident investigator as applicable Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Reviewed SF Form 91 for operator entries pages 1 2 and 3 2 Completed supervisor entries of SF Form 91 Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program RAR 004 10 04 2011 DD FORM 518 ACCIDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD SF FORM 91 MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORT 21 November 2013 3 283 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 18 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 551 88M 3322 Manage Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services DANGER Adhere to al
180. ations to include 4 Conducted driver training instruction to include 5 Conducted driver testing 6 Conducted equipment operator training instruction to include 7 Conducted equipment operator testing 8 Conducted sustainment and remedial training 9 Controlled the issue of operator permits OF Form 346 DA Form 5984 E Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program RAR 004 10 04 2011 AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND OPERATOR STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING AR 611 5 PERSONNEL AND CLASSIFICATION TESTING DA FORM 2404 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE WORKSHEET DA FORM 2408 14 UNCORRECTED FAULT RECORD DA FORM 348 Equipment Operators Qualification Record Except Aircraft DA FORM 5984 E OPERATORS PERMIT RECORD EGA DA FORM 5987 E MOTOR EQUIPMENT DISPATCH EGA 21 November 2013 GO NO GO 3 329 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary DA FORM 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet DA FORM 6125 ROAD TEST SCORE SHEET LRA DD FORM 1970 MOTOR EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION RECORD AVAILABLE ON DOD WEB SITE DD FORM 518 ACCIDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS OF FORM 346 US Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card SF FORM 91 MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORT 3 330 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 22 Convoy Planning and Oper
181. ations driver proficiency and suggested areas You will submit recommendations to unit commander for approval Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are assigned to a new unit as the Truckmaster You are given available and existing safety guidelines and references you will create a motor safety transport program in a tactical environment during day and night conditions to prepare Soldiers for a variety of environments situations and obstacles including fire convoy operations and adverse environmental conditions Note None Performance Steps 1 Review available and existing safety guidelines a Existing local company and battalion standing operating procedure SOP b Applicable regulations including AR 385 10 and ATP 4 11 2 Suggest changes to safety guidelines and operations based on 3 368 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Accident Reports b Army regulations c Driver proficiency evaluation reports d Provide guidance on 1 Fire Prevention a Permit smoking only in designated areas b Never permit smoking within 50 feet of vehicles or stored flammables or within applicable ammunition guidelines c Never use gasoline as a cleaning solution d Train personnel to properly use fire extinguishers e Vehicles transporting explosives will be equipped with two fire extinguishers that are appropriate for the type of explosive being transported f No smoki
182. ator to give false signals and cause LHS to operate incorrectly Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment d Move joystick to UNLOAD until flatrack rollers contact trailer e Release the joystick f Inspect and verify trailer guides are lined up between flatrack main rails g If not aligned 1 Move joystick to LOAD 2 When flatrack is fully reloaded release joystick h Move the joystick to UNLOAD until flatrack is seated on trailer 1 Release the joystick j Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A k Move the joystick to LOAD until front of flatrack is raised approximately 12 to 18 inches 30 to 46 cm above trailer deck height 1 Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F m Move the joystick to UNLOAD until flatrack rollers contact rear trailer stops and front of flatrack guides are seated on trailer n Release the joystick o Inspect that rear rollers on flatrack have contacted rear trailer stops 21 November 2013 3 193 STP 55 88M14 SM TG p Apply the service brake pedal q Release truck parking brakes r Move the joystick to LOAD to allow top of lift hook to clear hook bar s Place transmission range selector in Drive D Release service brake pedal and move truck forward approximately 3 inches 76 2 mm Apply service brake pedal t Mov
183. available to assist e Ensure that all tools and maintenance related materials are secured before movement 21 November 2013 3 227 STP 55 88M14 SM TG f If vehicle is to remain parked replace drip pans and chocks in accordance with local SOP g Ensure operator s recover grounding device s prior to movement as applicable Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a Supervisor a group of Soldiers with which to supervise the performance of PMCS This group of Soldiers must have the vehicles and all requirement forms replacement parts and POL as required to perform their PMCS inspections Brief the Soldier You are to supervise the performance of PMCS as done by these designated Soldiers They have all the required items to conduct the PMCS and you are to ensure that the process is completed properly and that all parts as applicable are replaced within their level of maintenance forms are completed and the disposition of these forms is handled properly Performance Measures GO NO GO Ensured that Soldier s were prepared to begin preventive maintenance inspection 2 Ensured the operator s were complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing before operation checks 3 Ensured the operator s were complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing during operation inspection 4 the operator s were complying with establi
184. ays inclination prior to picking up or off loading a flatrack or container Any ground instability beneath road wheels may result in injury or death to personnel Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions prior to attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 22 ft 2 in 6 7 m Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel 3 180 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Move joystick to UNLOAD position and hold NOTE LHS OVER LOAD indicator will come on when hook arm cylinders are fully extended and joystick is activated Loading and unloading times are controlled by engine speed Engine speed can be increased to 1 500 to maximum rpm to reduce loading and unloading times CAUTION CAUTIONS Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result To avoid equipment damage ensure that main frame cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of automatic control electrical system Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result If LHS had previously been used in manual mode and not completely stowed in AUTO mode the hook arm cylinders must be completely extended or the LHS must be completely stowed using AUTO mode before the flatrack can be loaded Failure to comply may result
185. bution is unlimited This publication supersedes STP 55 88M14 SM TG 19 May 2009 21 November 2013 Appendix i STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Eevel equ tu eed gee 3 225 Subject Area 10 Motor Transport 1 10 mme 3 225 Subject Area 11 Convoy Execution Defense eeeeseeeeeseem mme 3 230 Subject Area 12 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations 3 238 Subject Area 13 Motor Vehicle Operations eeeeeeeenmmee en 3 261 Subject Area 14 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations eese 3 266 Subject Area 15 Transportation of mee 3 271 Subject Area 16 Hazardous Cargo Transportation seeeeeeeem ee 3 276 Skill Eevel SE eo dt bd e Pat halt etae 3 282 Subject Area 17 Accident Forms and Reporting seeeee mee 3 282 Subject Area 18 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance eeeeeen m 3 284 Subject Area 19 Motor Transport 1 10 eee 3 289 Subject Area 20 Convoy Execution Defense eeessseeeem emen 3 292 Subject Area 21 Motor Pool 3 319 Subject Area 22 Convoy Planning and Operation eee 3 331 Subject Area 23 Hazardous Cargo
186. by providing appropriate hand and arm visual signals to payload vehicle operator c Note shifting of weight to semitrailer when payload vehicle s weight is added d Make hand and arm signal adjustments to center payload vehicle onto semitrailer along the centerline of the semitrailer e Stop payload vehicle movement if vehicle moves off center line of semitrailer to either side makes adjustments as necessary f Once centering marks are aligned on both the semitrailer and the payload vehicle stop payload vehicle movement g Have payload vehicle operator shutdown vehicle and set parking brake 3 Secure payload vehicle onto semitrailer a Emplace wheel chocks b Using a combination of chains and loadbinders attach payload vehicle to tiedown points on edge of semitrailer and tiedown clevises of payload vehicle 3 110 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Use a double set of tiedowns on rear of payload vehicle to compensate for inertial forces in braking during movement d Tighten all loadbinders sufficiently to prevent payload vehicle from shifting during movement e Secure all loose ends of tiedowns by string rope or metal wire 4 Measure the height and width of load before movement a Use suitable measuring device such as a 25 foot retractable tape or a telescoping pole with graduated measurement b Double check to ensure that ground from which to measure is level in front of semitrailer wheels not higher or
187. c Disconnect inter vehicular cable from towing vehicle receptacle and stow on trailer WARNING WARNING Ensure that trailer is prevented from movement prior to disconnecting from vehicle or sudden movement could cause injury to personnel or damage to trailer d Disconnect safety chains from towing vehicle eye bolts and stow on trailer e Ensure trailer brakes are set or trailer wheel is chocked prior to disconnecting trailer from vehicle f Remove pintle lock pin and open pintle g With assistance move trailer as required to disengage drawbar ring from pintle Apply trailer handbrakes h Move vehicle a safe distance from trailer WARNING WARNINGS Do not stand between trailer drawbar and truck coupler during hook up procedures to prevent being pinned between truck and trailer Serious injury or death could result to personnel Wheels on trailer must be chocked to prevent trailer from moving during hook up procedures Serious injury or death to personnel could result NOTE Align truck coupler with drawbar prior to beginning hookup procedures Follow ground guide signals 3 Couple PLS truck to PLS trailer PLS HEMTT LHS systems only 21 November 2013 3 95 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Figure 3 21 Locking Pin and Coupler Figure 3 22 Air Coupler Figure 3 23 Air Coupling 3 96 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Figure 3 24 12 24 Volt Receptacle a Chock wheels of trailer b Adj
188. cation of all supporting elements to determine ability to support mission clearly define intent and requirements of mission operations order sufficient number of vehicles is allocated for mission a route reconnaissance is performed by designated personnel brief all convoy participants on their duties and responsibilities resolve all issues that may hinder or prevent successful completion of mission completed all actions while adhering to convoy time line without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are given a mission by the company commander to serve as convoy commander vehicles operators subordinate NCOs to serve as serial march unit commanders information from the commander s operation order and map overlays cargo to transport and a timeline to follow Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform Composite Risk Mangement 2 Prepare a Risk Assessment 3 Plan the convoy movement 21 November 2013 3 307 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Consider the following as key factors in the planning process of a convoy 1 Mission Enemy Terrain Troops Available Time and Civilian Considerations METT TC 2 The state of the training of drivers 3 Types of loads 4 Number of vehicles involved 5 Traffic conditions 6 Quality of road networks 7 Advanced quartering party 8 Convoy control personnel 9 Start and release points 10
189. ccident conditions in section 10 m Events after accident in section 11 n Other vehicle or property involved in section 12 o Diagram of what happened in section 13 p Operator s statement of accident and use of safety equipment in section 14 q Operator s signature r Date signed 5 Turn in report to the commanding officer or noncommissioned officer in charge NCOIC Evaluation Preparation 3 2 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG None Performance Measures Entered information on DD Form 518 2 Gave DD Form 518 to any person involved in the accident 3 Placed DD Form 518 in or on the involved parked vehicle notified local GO authorities and stood by the scene of the accident until the authorities arrived 4 Entered information on SF Form 91 5 Turned in report to the commanding officer or noncommissioned officer in charge NCOIC Evaluation Guidance None References Required DD FORM 518 ACCIDENT IDENTIFICATION CARD SF FORM 91 MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENT REPORT 21 November 2013 Primary NO GO TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 3 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 2 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 551 88M 1352 Perform Preventive Maintenance Checks DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and exc
190. ces Required Primary GGG B 325B FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS BINDER LOAD 3 274 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER FLATBED BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 34 TON M872 TM 9 2320 426 10 TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL M915A3 NSN 2320 01 432 4847 FM 21 60 VISUAL SIGNALS TC 21 305 20 MANUAL FOR THE WHEELED VEHICLE OPERATOR AFMAN 24 306 D SDDC TEA PAM 55 20 TIEDOWN HANDBOOK FOR TRUCK MOVEMENTS 47 EDITION 21 November 2013 3 275 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 16 Hazardous Cargo Transportation 551 88M 2420 Supervise Transportation of Hazardous Sensitive Cargo DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced vehicle or equipment technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Ahere to all CAUTION statements
191. cessary follow the same path back to the point of origin c Normal will return your pointer to a standard pointer d Zoom In Zoom Out Zooming in provides more detail for a specific area while zooming out is a way to show less detail but more geographic area Click on the map at the point you wish to become the center of map The map will zoom with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map NOTE While zooming in or out the user can click the mouse several times and the software will skip the intermediate redraws So instead of clicking waiting clicking and waiting just click several times and wait once e When Move is selected the cursor becomes a hand Click on the map and hold down the left mouse button then drag the map to the desired position When you release the mouse the map will redraw in the new position f When Change Center is selected simply click on the map and the map will move with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map g When Measure is selected straight line distances can be measured on a map Click and drag the cursor from point A to point B on the map Before releasing the mouse button look at the scale display at the bottom of the map window It displays the distance in kilometers nautical miles or statute miles Once you release the mouse the distance measurement will disappear To change the Units of Measure Right click on the map and select Units Select whether you want the map
192. ch Mean Time gas particulate filter unit global positioning system hazardous material Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Truck Load Handling System heavy equipment transporter Heavy Equipment Transport Semitrailer high mobility multipurpose wheeled vehicle Hertz measures electrical frequency in cycles per second in accordance with identification infantry division internal diameter intradermal interface device Identifier International Organization for Standardization International Standards Organization information systems office information technologies information technology invitational travel orders installation transportation officer infantry kilometers per hour local area network load carrying equipment logistics capability estimator law enforcement desk light emitting diode load handling system light medium tactical vehicle movement control office r major contingency operation Marine Corps order major combat operations major crimes team movement control team medical evacuation Mission Enemy Terrain and Weather Troops and Time Available materiel handling equipment materiel management center mission management center multimedia card Microsoft Management Console mission oriented protective posture Military Traffic Management Command Transportation Engineering Agency module test set multichannel television sound Movement Tracking System medium tact
193. checked load and height width restrictions and approved for movement you are to remove all tiedown devices and guide payload vehicle from the semitrailer back onto the loading dock GO NO GO Performance Measures Prepared for loading operations 2 Positioned payload vehicle onto semitrailer 3 Secured payload vehicle onto semitrailer 4 Measured the height and width of load before movement 5 Prepared for unloading of payload vehicle from semitrailer 6 Unloaded payload vehicle from semitrailer Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 303 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6 X 4 M915A4 NSN 2520 01 458 1207 TM 9 2330 359 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LISTS FOR SEMITRAILER FLATBED 3 112 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary BREAKBULK CONTAINER TRANSPORTER 34 TON M872 T 21 November 2013 3 113 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1411 Perform Tiedown Procedures DANGER Adhere to all DANGER statements provided in the technical reference materials for th
194. ckly covering the surface with a slippery film 1 Operate vehicle in heavy rain a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of weather or terrain as necessary Watch for indicator lamp showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions NOTE Recognizes that the M1078 1083 and M939 series vehicle CTIS starts automatically when engine is started and adjusts pressure to highway mode b Accelerate moderately c Reduce speed as necessary for conditions d Moderately apply the brakes when slowing down e Make no quick turns f Allow at least twice the normal following distance g Do not pump the brakes ABS only h Hold the brake pedal down and let the ABS system work i During emergencies steer and brake at the same time ABS only j Release enough pressure on the brakes to get the vehicle rolling again to regain steering front ABS only k Recover from skid by 1 Staying off the brakes 21 November 2013 3 267 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Turning quickly Turn the steering wheel in the direction you want the vehicle to go This lines the front of the vehicle up with the back 3 Countersteer turn back the other way As soon as the vehicle begins to straighten out turn the wheel back the other way so that the vehicle will not turn too far 4 Continue to correct your steering left and right until you recover from the skid 5 Turn back to straight ahead 2 Operate vehicle in
195. clarify the service support concept a State the concept of logistics support to provide non CSS commanders and their staffs a visualization of how the operation will be logistically supported b Materiel and services c Health service support 3 332 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Personnel service support 12 Identify Command and Signal a State the map coordinates for command post locations and at least one future location for each command post Identify the chain of command if not addressed in unit SOPs b List signal instructions not specified in unit SOPs Identify the specific signal operating instructions edition in effect required reports and formats and times the reports are submitted 13 Include instructions for the acknowledgement of the plan or order by addressees The word acknowledge may suffice or you may refer to the message reference number Acknowledgement of a plan or order means that it has been received and understood 14 Include last name of individual signing OPORD 15 List annexes by letter and title in sequence 16 Furnish distribution copies either for action or for information List in detail those who are to receive the order Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Placed the classification at the top and bottom of every page of the OPORD 2 ldentified change from verbal orders if any under classification 3 Filled in heading with the follow
196. cle and connect 24 volt cable on receptacle ah Lift upper right receptacle cover on the truck and connect 24 volt cable on receptacle ai Remove two covers from air couplings aj Install emergency air glad hand to air coupling ak Install service air glad hand to air coupling al Install safety chains on hooks from large links on chains p Install cover on trailer disconnect an Unhook two safety chains from trailer and attach to truck clevises ao Remove wheel chocks WARNING WARNING Drawbar weighs 425 pounds 850 pounds with drawbar extension if equipped Drawbar may rise quickly or fall suddenly to the ground when released from coupler Do not allow feet or body to get under or above drawbar Serious injury or death to personnel may result s Install cover on emergency air glad hand t Move air assist lever on drawbar air assist valve to UP position and raise drawbar to level of coupler WARNING WARNINGS Do not stand between trailer drawbar and truck coupler during hook up procedures to prevent being pinned between truck and trailer Serious injury or death to personnel could result Wheels on trailer must be chocked to prevent trailer from moving during hook up procedures Serious injury or death to personnel could result u Place air assist lever in Neutral position 3 98 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG v Start truck and slowly back up until drawbar makes contact and locks with coupl
197. combat support conditioned stimulus control station Combat Service Support Automation Management Office central tire inflation system control chemical warfare continuous wave clockwise USS Curtis Wilber dental graphics diopter during Department of the Army direct action Defended Area Department of the Army pamphlet Decontamination Apparatus Portable double double Bailey Bridge Department of Defense Degrees latitude Day digital data network Defense Data Network Deployment Equipment List delete key Defense Information Systems Agency division support command Department of Defense day of supply Department of State disk operating system Glossary A STP 55 88M14 SM TG DS2 DTO DVE 1 ETA F FBCB2 FM GATES GCCS A GM 1 GMT GPFU GPS HAZMAT HEMTT HEMTT LHS HET HETS HMMWV Hz IAW ID ISO IT ITO Inf KMPH LAN LCE LED LHS LMTV MCO MCT MEDEVAC METT T MHE MMC MOPP MTMCTEA MTS MTV N NATO NBC NCO NCOIC NTE No OCONUS OF OPLAN OPORD OPSEC Glossary B Decontaminating Solution 2 division transportation office r Driver s Vision Enhancer estimated time of arrival frequency fail Fahrenheit full failed Feeder FMC Force XXI Battle Command Brigade and Below field manual frequency modulated modulation flare multiunit force module Global Air Transportation Execution System Global Command and Control System Army grid magnetic gram Greenwi
198. contains the MTS Messenger and TracerLink icons MTS Messenger will automatically start If it does not start the MTS Messenger software manually by double clicking on the MTS Messenger icon 2 Start MTS Messenger NOTE Multiple instances of the MTS Messenger application should not be open at the same time The following error message will display if the user opens MTS Messenger while it is already open and running The user should click OK This will close the second instance of MTS Messenger The computer should open MTS Messenger automatically However if Messenger does not start and a Comtech Mobile Datacom Field Service Representative FSR is not available follow the steps listed below a To start MTS Messenger double click the MTS Messenger icon located on the desktop b Enter the bumper number logging into the network The bumper number can be up to 32 characters long including letters numbers spaces and dashes c If connected to a MT 2012 transceiver the system will automatically find the COM ports If connected to a MT 2011 transceiver users will be asked to select the Terminal COM Port V2 users select COM 3 J4 d V2 users select COM 1 J3 After successfully starting MTS Messenger the standard display screen also known as the command reference will appear e Ensure all status blocks are displayed at bottom of screen f Wait for network registration The bumper number and transceiver ID will appear
199. ct the vehicle trailer or equipment according to the PMCS tables of the appropriate TM Distinguish between before during and after operation maintenance checks Regarding faults detected correct all faults when possible within your level of maintenance Record all uncorrectable faults on DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 completely accurately and legibly Replace available parts within operator level of authority Troubleshoot faults as necessary according to the TM Once all maintenance checks are completed turn in the form to unit maintenance or your direct supervisor according to the unit standing operating procedure SOP When vehicle or equipment requires dispatch make all operator entries on DA Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 legibly and accurately All preventive maintenance checks are to be completed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition Special Conditions Supervisory personnel are present to perform those actions required for proper disposition of vehicle status and vehicle dispatching for mission according to unit standing operating procedure SOP Installed components The operator is responsible for performing maintenance of all installed components of the vehicle to include communications equipment weapons mounts and the like In such cases the successful completion of this task will include the inspection of these items in accordance with the appropriate TM 3 4 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG
200. ctional Failure to do this may cause injury or death to personnel 5 Connect air hoses to semitrailer 6 If trailer is ABS equipped connect ABS electrical cable M915A3 old model 7 Push semitrailer air supply control knob IN open semitrailer supply valve and set semitrailer control valve hand brake g Back slowly until fifth wheel locks firmly to kingpin h Check kingpin connection and fifth wheel slide locks by pulling tractor gently forward against locked semitrailer brakes or blocked wheels As resistance if felt select transmission shift selector Reverse R pushbutton and gently back tractor to verify fifth wheel slide locks in both directions When resistance is felt select transmission shift selector Neutral N pushbutton and set parking brake i Visually check that fifth wheel jaws close around kingpin j Place fifth wheel slide control lever in UNLOCK position to disengage two slide locking plungers k Drive tractor slowly backward to position fifth wheel in HAUL position 1 Place fifth wheel slide control lever to LOCKED position to engage slide locking plungers Ensure slide locking plungers engage m Verify that primary lock release handle and secondary lock release handle are in n Check semitrailer lights o Lift and secure semitrailer landing gear and stow float pads p Stow wheel chocks WARNING Use caution when uncoupling from semitrailer BE ALERT for personnel in area Ensure that hands
201. d CAUTIONS applicable to the maintenance procedures being performed 3 Ensure the operator s are complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing during operation inspection a Monitor and spot check the operation of the vehicle s or equipment being operated under your supervision by soliciting feedback from operators b Ensure that organizational maintenance is informed of any changes in vehicle or equipment operational status as a result of during operation inspection c Prohibit any operator from operating any vehicle or equipment if the operation or inspection of this equipment is determined to be unsafe and or non mission capable NMC 3 226 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Ensure the operator s make the required entries on the maintenance worksheet that reflect the completion of during operation checks Operator signed and dated in appropriate block if deficiencies are found e Ensures that operator adheres to all safety WARNINGS and CAUTIONS applicable to the maintenance procedures being performed 4 Ensure the operator s are complying with established standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing after operation inspection a Monitor and spot check the operation of the vehicle s or equipment being operated under your supervision by observation and soliciting feedback from operators b Ensure that organizational maintenance is informed of any changes in veh
202. d around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNINGS applicable to coupling and uncoupling a pintle connected trailer to a prime mover CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTIONSs applicable to coupling and uncoupling a pintle connected trailer to a prime mover Conditions In an operational environment given a pintle connected trailer fully operational 2 5 ton or larger prime mover medium tactical vehicle trailer MTVT or single axle 2 5T 5 0T trailer or Palletized Loading System PLS truck and PLS trailer mission ready BII hearing protection and assistance from a ground guide Standards Couple then uncouple the pintle connected trailer to and then from the prime mover 2 5 ton or larger wheeled vehicle without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a mission to transport water and bulk cargo using your units 5 ton vehicle fleet with pintle connected trailers Note None Performance Steps 3 92 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Figure 3 20a Coupling continued
203. d supply accounting system b Provides asset visibility c Automates supply support functions of the DSB SSA DASB SSA FSB SSA and FSC supply platoons 3 382 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Processes supply requests issues receipts and tracks storage of items e Interfaces with the ULLS S4 SAMS 1 SPBS R CSSCS ULLS A ULLS G and SARSS 2A 2 Requirements Capabilities a MS3 baseline b Requires coordination between losing and gaining tactical Army Capital Working Fund SARSS 1 data transfer 3 SARSS 2A Overview a Provides intermediate management of supply at the DISCOM level b Provides reparable management and tracks excesses c Provides referrals by conducting lateral searches among SARSS 1 locations within the division d Interfaces with the SARSS 2A C located at corps material management center CMMC e CMMC tracks demand and document history financial record keeping and conducts lateral searches at corps level 4 Requirements Capabilities NOTE 400Mhz or higher manager work station with 8MB video card 5 SARSS 2B Overview a Performs non time sensitive supply management functions for catalog update document history demand analysis and financial interface b Employed at the COSCOM MMC TAACOM TAMMC TDA installation USARC and National Guard USP amp FO 6 SARSS Gateway Overview a Designed to make optimum use of automation and communication tech
204. d to cargo compatibility rules identified in CFR 49 6 Ensured hazardous cargo containers were not damaged or leaking 7 Ensured that shipper inspects vehicles using DD Form 626 before vehicles were loaded or unloaded 8 Briefed drivers and operators on safety requirements and emergency procedures for hazardous classified and sensitive cargo Used DD Form 836 9 Maintained accountability of all cargo through frequent checks of documentation and cargo seals 10 Established follow up procedures for example verify signature on tally record or cargo manifest to ensure the proper consignee received the cargo 21 November 2013 3 343 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 11 Reported any security violations such as theft or loss during the transport of classified and sensitive cargo to the command security manager 12 Selected appropriate transportation plan in accordance with AR 380 5 to protect classified and sensitive material Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 380 5 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS CFR 49 Title 49 Transportation DD FORM 626 MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION TRANSPORTING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DD FORM 836 DANGEROUS GOODS SHIPPING PAPER DECLARATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS TRANSPORTED BY GOVERNMENT VEHICLES CONTAINERS VESSELS DOD 4500 9 R PART Defense Transpor
205. d trailer stops i Pull knob and engage flatrack locks 3 204 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG j Inspect that flatrack locks are engaged k Push in PARKING BRAKE control 1 Set the transmission range selector to Drive D 9 Unload flatrack or CROP from truck manual mode to trailer HEMTT LHS only a Push the knob on trailer to retract flatrack locks WARNING WARNINGS Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation If LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 23 m with ISO container serious injury or death to personnel could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel _ Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death to personnel could result b Inspect that both flatrack locks are fully retracted c Put PTO ENGAGE switch in ON position Make sure indicator light goes on d Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position e Move the joystick to UNLOAD position and hold until hook arm cylinders are fully extended f Release the joystick and turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F position g Hold joystick in UNLOAD position until lift hook has moved below leve
206. dard Pre execution checks are a critical portion of any training meeting During preparation for training battalion and company commanders identify and eliminate potential training distracters that develop within their own organizations They also stress personnel accountability to ensure maximum attendance at training 1 Subordinate leaders as a result of the bottom up feed from internal training meetings identify and select the individual tasks necessary to support the identified training objectives Commanders develop the tentative plan to include requirements for preparatory training concurrent training and training resources At a minimum the training plan should include confirmation of training areas and locations training ammunition allocations training simulations and simulators availability transportation requirements soldier support items a risk management analysis assignment of responsibility for the training designation of trainers responsible for approved training and final coordination The time and other necessary resources for retraining must also be an integral part of the original training plan 2 Leaders trainers and evaluators are identified trained to standard and rehearsed prior to the conduct of the training Leaders and trainers are coached on how to train given time to prepare and rehearsed so that training will be challenging and doctrinally correct Commanders ensure that trainers and evaluators are not o
207. death could result Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result Ensure air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P Both of the trailer bumper points must be under the truck bumper stop flange and at least one of the bumper points must contact the bumper stop The trailer bumper point not contacting the truck bumper stop cannot exceed 0 5 inches 12 7 mm or flatrack will miss main rail guides and equipment damage may result a Back up truck so that trailer bumper is under flange and contacts truck bumper stop WARNING WARNING When operating PLS truck with PLS trailer the heaviest loaded flatrack must always be placed on the truck otherwise adverse handling and or braking may result causing serious injury or death to personnel NOTE There must be sufficient air pressure in trailer air system to retract flatrack locks or damage to flatrack locks can occur while attempting to load flatrack on trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flatrack locks use manual flatrack lock retract procedure TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P b Apply parking brakes and set transmission range selector to Neutral N CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result NOTE Do not move truck f
208. derstood d Ensure students meet minimum physical evaluation performance standards if required for 1 Visual acuity 2 Field of vision 3 Depth perception 4 Color perception 21 November 2013 3 325 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 5 Foot reaction time 6 Hearing test e Ensure results are posted to DA Form 348 f Ensure a Learner Permit OF Form 346 DA Form 5984 E Operator s Permit Record is issued to each candidate after they successfully complete the Accident Avoidance portion of training if required 3 Conduct review of examiner instructor and assistant instructor qualifications to include a Ensure they have been selected and are appointed in writing to train operators Appointment should be on the specific type of equipment vehicle according to the regulations b Ensure they are licensed to operate the type of equipment vehicle being used for training c Ensure they possess the technical knowledge and experience required for the equipment vehicle being used for training 4 Conduct driver training instruction to include b U c U nit A Introduction to include safety briefing organization of the course materials review nit B Driver responsibilities and government liability nit C State local host nation and post traffic regulations d Unit D Use of Army publications and blank forms to include 1 DA Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 2 DA Form 5988 E DA Form
209. des HEMTT LHS Evaluation Guidance None References 21 November 2013 3 223 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D TM 9 2320 345 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM LHS W AND W O WINCH 8X8 M1120A4 NSN 2320 01 534 1872 EIC BG7 THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0288 TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 3 224 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Skill Level SL2 Subject Area 10 Motor Transport Supervision 551 88M 2334 Supervise Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given Soldie
210. develop competent confident adaptive leaders b Evaluators Commanders must plan for formal evaluation and must ensure the evaluators are trained These evaluators must also be trained as facilitators to conduct AARs that elicit maximum participation from those being trained External evaluators will be certified in the tasks they are evaluating and normally will not be dual hatted as a participant in the training being executed c Role of Commanders and Leaders Commanders ensure that evaluations take place at each echelon in the organization Commanders use this feedback to teach coach and mentor their subordinates They ensure that every training event is evaluated as part of training execution and that every trainer conducts evaluations Commanders use evaluations to focus command attention by requiring evaluation of specific mission essential and battle tasks They also take advantage of evaluation information to develop appropriate lessons learned for distribution throughout their commands d After Action Review The AAR whether formal or informal provides feedback for all training It is a structured review process that allows participating soldiers leaders and units to discover for themselves what happened during the training why it happened and how it can be done better The AAR is a professional discussion that requires the active participation of those being trained FM 7 1 provides detailed instructions for conducting an AAR and d
211. display the clicked vehicle s in the pane If you clicked over a bare spot the window will be empty b Method Two Slowly slide the cursor off the screen to the right side of the map When you approach the edge of the map the Kit Bar will appear 2 Display information in the Server Kit Control Window a The Assignments Tab Click on the Assignment Tab to display vehicle information in a hierarchical fleet view b The Selection Tab Click on the Selection Tab to display vehicle information listed by vehicle c Enable Autotrack function 1 Right click on the map to get the popup menu 2 Choose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up window 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to track The Server Vehicle Kit Control window will open with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles 4 Right click on the vehicle you wish to track select State Track NOTE If the vehicle you are tracking is off the map use the Assignments tab instead of the Selection tab to make the change d Enable Trace function 1 Right click on the map to get the popup menu 2 Choose the Select Vehicle option from the pop up menu 3 Click on the vehicle you wish to trace The Server Vehicle Kit Control window will open with the Selection tab containing a list of vehicles 4 Right click on the vehicle you wish to trace and then select Display Trace Hiding Show and individual vehicle s name 1 Right click on the map to get the popup menu
212. down vehicle Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary 3 254 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2305 Operate the Loading Ramps on the M1000 Semitrailer DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given an M1000 semitrailer with basic issue items BID hearing protection work gloves and assistance as needed from other crew members Special Conditions Position semitrailer on level ground when possible Standards Operate the loading ramps on the M1000 semitrailer with 100 accuracy without causing injury to personnel or da
213. dquarters in accordance with SOP This should include 1 Condition of roadbed 2 Location of any halt areas 3 Condition of major intersections and bridges 4 Defiles and ambush sites 5 Report current enemy force activity along route 6 Bypass or alternate route selected 5 If engineer support is available request support to repair roadway or bridge s as needed Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Conducted reconnaissance preparations 2 Conducted road reconnaissance 3 Conducted closure procedures upon completion of road reconnaissance Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary FM 3 34 170 ENGINEER RECONNAISSANCE ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 21 November 2013 3 341 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 23 Hazardous Cargo Transportation 551 88M 3700 Manage Transportation of Hazardous Sensitive Cargo DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of hazardous materials being transported WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are operating and the materials you are transporting You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the handling instructions of materials being tr
214. e Cue Your unit has received a mission to transport several payload vehicles to the port for redeployment 21 November 2013 3 271 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a risk assessment DA Form7566 a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls e Supervise f Evaluate 2 Ensure the following actions are completed in preparation for loading a Remove semitrailer sideboards if installed b Ensure semitrailer is clear of all obstacles nails or any foreign objects that may interfere with safe loading of payload vehicle c Emplace loading ramps between loading dock and rear of semitrailer if necessary d Gather all necessary tiedown materials for securing vehicle payload to semitrailer e Prepare payload vehicle by 1 Reducing it by folding in the outside mirrors lowering or removing radio antennae and crew served weapons are removed 2 Ensure canvas and bows if installed are removed or secured tightly against payload vehicle to prevent loosening or loss during movement WARNING Care should be taken to ensure any leaking tire wheeled vehicle is replaced on payload vehicle because premature deflation during movement could cause load to dangerously shift or fall from semitrailer causing injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment 3 Secure payload vehicle cargo load if loaded If payload vehicle is combat loaded en
215. e numerous other configurations that are possible but this task cannot cover them all Extreme discretion is required in order to provide a safe tiedown of cargo and safe shipment movement of materials Performance Steps 1 Ensure load is properly positioned for tiedown 3 114 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG This overbads and shortens tire life hends the truck rear axk housing App lying the trailer brakes may lock the wheels cause flat spots and skidding Figure 3 25a Load Balancing 21 November 2013 3 115 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Wrong Right Place heavy part of bad near Thiswillh end the frame overload rear axle for proper tire loading the front tires make steering harder to keep frame frombending T Wrong This kind of weight distri ution bends Sel a concentrated bad just ahead of the frame overloads rear tires and the rear axle with the longest side on males steering almost impossh ke the floor if possible Figure 3 25b Load Balancing 3 116 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG pn pte ROROROR RARR MM Um dava i ANN Ris tU iht Figure 3 25c Load Balancing 21 November 2013 3 117 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 118 Weight and Balance Right Wrong Nothing overloaded This overloads one spring and Frame will not twist and set of tires Brakes lock on the loosen cross member rivets rig
216. e unserviceable for mission requirements Performance Steps 1 Prepare for inspection a Gather the following items needed for the inspection 1 Replacement parts indicated by DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 under parts requested 2 Oil and lubricants in accordance with TM as needed 3 rags and other tools as required authorized for operator level maintenance only 4 On DA Form 5988 E check for correct pre printed information in header area On DA Form 2404 ensure header information is filled in 5 Flashlight work gloves and hearing protection as needed 6 Applicable vehicle TM 10 12 or 14 series b Review documentation and ensure that driver information is shown on all required forms WARNING Remove all jewelry prior to start of inspection to avoid injury from snagging or inadvertent electrical grounding 21 November 2013 3 5 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Perform before operation inspection as listed in appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM if deficiencies are noted on DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 a Isolate the malfunction by applying step by step troubleshooting procedures b Determine classification of any fluid seepage leakage by the following criteria 1 Class I Seepage of fluid indicated by wetness or discoloration not great enough to form drops 2 Class II Leakage of fluid great enough to form drops but not enough to cause drops to drip from item being ins
217. e PLS truck tractor 3 Loaded ISO container with CROP s using the HEMTT LHS truck tractor 4 Unloaded ISO container with CROP s using the HEMTT LHS truck tractor Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 10 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR THE PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL AND DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM HEAV Y EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS TM 9 3990 260 14 amp P OPERATORS UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR CONTAINER ROLL IN OUT PLATFORM CROP MODEL M3 NSN 399 01 442 2751 3 190 GO NO GO Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1503 Transfer Flatrack To From PLS Trailer using LHS WARNING WARNING When loading or unloading flatracks on u
218. e applicable text from the OPORD 8 Correctly transfer control measures onto the overlay from the OPORD 3 336 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 9 Place symbols at doctrinally correct locations 10 Keep the overlay simple but give enough detail for others to understand the operation and its essential tasks NOTE Make sure control measures give the commander flexibility to react to changing situations or conditions 11 Limit control measures to the minimum needed to synchronize the operation and limit possible fratricide 12 Roll up or fold the overlay with the classification title and map reference visible on the outside when transmitting or storing overlays Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Centered the security classification at the top and bottom of the overlay 2 Placed the title in the upper left margin below the security classification 3 Placed the map reference in the upper left margin immediately below the title 4 Plotted detail information 5 Placed at least two overlay and map reference points double crosshair reference marks on map grid lines on opposite corners of the overlay 6 Prepared the overlay to the scale of the maps units will use 7 Correctly transferred control measures onto the overlay from the OPORD 8 Made the overlay consistent with the applicable text from the OPORD 9 Placed symbols at doctrinally correct locations 10 Kept the overlay
219. e completely extended or the LHS must be completely stowed using Auto Mode before the flatrack can be loaded Failure to comply may result in damage to the truck and flatrack NOTES _ Continued repetitive cycles approximately nine at rated 26 000 165 11 793 kg payload of the LHS could cause overheating and system will fail to pick up the load Allow the hydraulic system to cool Wait approximately 1 1 2 hours or until the hydraulic reservoir is cool The hydraulic reservoir is cool when you can hold your hand on the reservoir for more than 10 3 210 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG seconds Continued repetitive cycles approximately nine at rated 24 000 Ibs 10 886 kg payload of the load handling system with container handling unit CHU could cause overheating and system will fail to pick up the load Allow the hydraulic system to cool Wait approximately 1 1 2 hours or until the hydraulic reservoir is cool The hydraulic reservoir is cool when you can hold your hand on the reservoir for more than 10 seconds NOTES _ The amount of time to load and unload is controlled by engine speed Engine speed can be increased to 1 500 to maximum rpm to reduce loading and unloading times _ LHS will only operate when transmission range selector is in Neutral N 4 Load flatrack onto truck tractor HEMTT LHS only a Set transmission range selector to Reverse R and back truck up to flatrack Stop at approximately 5 feet
220. e fully extended To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle NOTE Overload warning light will come on when hook arm cylinders are fully extended and joystick is activated 3 Repeat steps g and h i Move the joystick to UNLOAD and hold until hook arm cylinders are fully extended j Release the joystick k Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F l Move the joystick to UNLOAD until front of flatrack is completely seated on trailer CAUTION CAUTION Do not use Reverse R to back up truck while hook arm is attached to flatrack or damage to LHS will occur m Release the joystick n Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A Move joystick to LOAD until front of flatrack is raised approximately 12 to 18 inches 30 to 46 cm above trailer deck height WARNING WARNING Never drive with no trans light illuminated An illuminated lights means Ihs is not fully stowed The load could break loose causing serious injury or death to personnel Apply the truck parking brakes and set the transmission range selector to Neutral N q Move the joystick to LOAD and hold in this position until main frame cylinders are fully retracted r Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A 21 November 2013 3 197 STP 55 88M14 SM TG s Hold the joystick in LOAD position until the hook arm cylinders are fully
221. e fully extended and main frame cylinders have extended 6 to 12 inches 35 to 30 cm 3 200 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Release joystick m Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position n Move joystick to LOAD until flatrack rear rollers are centered between trailer stacking brackets Release joystick p Pull out PARKING BRAKE control and set transmission range selector to Neutral N q Turn hydraulic selector switch to AUTO position r Move joystick to LOAD position and retract LHS until LHS NO TRANSIT indicator 21 is extinguished s Turn hydraulic selector switch to OFF position t Put PTO ENGAGE switch in OFF position Make sure indicator light goes off u Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F position v Release joystick w Inspect that rear rollers on flatrack have contacted rear trailer stops x Apply service brake pedal y Push in truck PARKING BRAKE control z Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A a Move joystick to UNLOAD position until flatrack is fully seated on trailer b Move joystick to LOAD position to allow top of lift hook to clear hook bar c Place transmission range selector 4 in Drive D Release service brake pedal and move truck forward approximately 3 inches 76 2 mm Apply service brake pedal 18 d Move the joystick to UNLOAD position to disengage lift hook from hook bar e Set transmission range selector to Neutral N and pull out PARKIN
222. e pre check valve to pre check the shutoff float Flow should stop after about 20 to 25 seconds to indicate that the float is functional If it is not working stop all operations and notify higher maintenance 9 Close the pre check valve The flow will resume in about 20 seconds Be prepared to stop the fuel supply at the loading facility in event of shut off float malfunction if leaks are apparent or other unusual condition are seen 10 When tank is full the flow should stop automatically Close all valves replace all covers and disconnect the hoses 11 Drain the accumulated water in the same manner as stated in 1a 8 above for top loading 12 Remove the grounding wires 13 Stow fire extinguishers c Self loading using vehicle engine and pump see Figure 3 32 Product is not filtered 1 Ensure all valves are closed 2 Ground and bond the vehicle 3 158 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 Remove fire extinguishers and bring to point of operation 4 Start the engine and pump see item 1 as necessary 5 Adjust idle speed on pump to 1 000 to 1 200 rpm 6 Remove the 4 inch bulk fuel hose from the hose trough Do this by disconnecting the spring pins and turning the hose trough bars out of the way 7 Remove dust cap from the fuel outlets Connect one end of the bulk fuel hose to the outlet and the other end to the storage facility 8 Place the selector valve in the LOAD position 9 Open the opera
223. e replacement parts are properly installed on vehicle 5 Coordinate with other platoon sergeants for maintenance support as necessary a Identify need for additional personnel support to perform maintenance on your platoon vehicles b Identify need for additional personnel requested by other platoons for maintenance assistance 21 November 2013 3 285 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 6 Ensure squad leaders have accounted for all maintenance worksheets upon completion of maintenance checks for each vehicle inspected a Squad leaders check validity of entries on maintenance worksheets b Ensure a signature is entered as appropriate if so stated in unit SOP in the Maintenance Supervisor block 9a DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet or Operator s Supervisor signature block on DA Form 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet c Ensure all parts on order have been properly logged into Unit Level Logistics System ULLS on the applicable vehicle s DA Form 5988 or annotated on DA Form 2408 14 Uncorrected Fault Record by unit maintenance section for each vehicle d Inspection worksheet is turned in to unit maintenance section if faults are found and recorded for future correction 7 Ensure all vehicles and equipment are secured upon completion of maintenance checks a Squad leaders account for all vehicles BII and other tools and ensure all tools are stowed properly b Squad leaders ensure their
224. e semitrailer a If necessary manipulate MHE into position lift and place cargo onto vehicle trailer semitrailer with heavier items on bottom b Secure all cargo items with tiedown devices ensuring no damage to containers c Cover the dangerous sensitive cargo to prevent unauthorized deliberate compromise or casual observation NOTE If cargo is classified SECRET or TOP SECRET the cargo must have an attached receipt form to be completed by the recipient and returned to the originator d Ensure custody receipt is attached to the load e Establish radio communications link with security team as applicable 21 November 2013 3 169 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 4 Conduct movement with classified sensitive cargo a Notify security personnel of start of movement b Follow designated route to destination c Notify chain of command as each route checkpoint is passed d Maintain positive control of classified sensitive cargo throughout movement e Allow no unauthorized person s visual or physical access to cargo during movement f Upon reaching destination relinquish custody of classified sensitive cargo to authorized personnel with proper identification g Obtain authorized signature from recipient on custody receipt if cargo is classified as SECRET or TOP SECRET h Upon return to origin ensure custody receipt is given to originator if cargo is classified as SECRET or TOP SECRET i Transfer DD Form 836 to recipient o
225. e specific equipment being used WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements provided in the technical reference materials for the specific equipment being used CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements provided in the technical reference materials for the specific equipment being used Conditions In an operational environment your unit is tasked with a supply mission Given either a 5 ton cargo vehicle loaded with general cargo a tractor semitrailer combination loaded with a vehicle payload or a HEMTT LHS PLS truck loaded with containerized cargo and all necessary basic issue items tools and tiedown materials capable of securing the load to the vehicle Standards Ensure proper placement of the load on the vehicle keeping the vertical center of gravity as low as possible and the horizontal center of gravity as indicated on the vehicle data plates inspect the tiedown materials to be used and secure the load by properly blocking and bracing if needed and using the proper tiedown configuration The load is to be inspected by supervisor or other proper authority and deemed secure and ready for movement Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are required to tie down the cargo load on a tactical wheeled vehicle Your mission is in support of a tactical movement of supplies and equipment Note This task exercises the loading of some configurations of cargo and payload vehicles There ar
226. e speeds above idle Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment d Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position 3 184 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG NOTE LHS OVER LOAD indicator may come on when engine is at idle speed When unloading an FRS engine speed must be at 1 500 rpm WARNING Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS flatrack front lift adapter and container Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination prior to picking up or off loading a flatrack or container Any ground instability beneath road wheels may result in injury or death to personnel Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions prior to attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 22 ft 2 in 6 7 m Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel CAUTION Reduce speed to idle for approximately the first 18 in 46 cm of travel and again when flatrack is 2 ft 61 cm above ground to prevent damage to cylinder To avoid equipment damage insure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport
227. e spillage and create a fire hazard f Prior to starting engine perform the following steps 1 Ensure all manually operated valves are closed This is a must before either starting or ending any fuel servicing operations 2 To prevent collapse of tank when filling or emptying tank ensure that the top vent is working properly 3 154 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 Ground and bond vehicle 4 Remove fire extinguishers and bring them to the point of operation 5 Ensure engine fuel tank has enough fuel for operation 6 Remove engine dipstick and check oil level Refill as needed WARNING WARNING Carbon monoxide can be deadly Do not operate engine in an enclosed area unless it is adequately ventilated 7 Check air cleaner restriction indicator Clean or replace filter element as needed g Starting the engine 1 Rotate engine switch to RUN When engine is warm or restarted after short periods of time preheating is usually not necessary In temperatures below 30 degrees F a longer preheating period is needed 2 Rotate pre heater switch to ON for about one minute Ensure indicator light has illuminated 3 After one minute continue to hold pre heater switch and rotate starter switch to START 4 Release both starter and pre heater switches after engine starts 5 Check the gauges for correct indication Stop the engine if a system malfunction is indicated CAUTION CAUTION Throttle en
228. e the joystick to UNLOAD to disengage lift hook from hook bar u Set transmission range selector to Neutral and apply truck parking brakes v Inspect that rear flatrack rollers have contacted trailer stops w Pull knob and engage flatrack locks x Inspect that flatrack locks are engaged y Release the parking brake z Set the transmission range selector to Drive D a Move the truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 m b Apply the truck parking brakes and set transmission range selector to Neutral N c Turn the hydraulic selector switch to AUTO d Move the joystick to LOAD and retract LHS until LHS NO TRANS light is extinguished e Turn hydraulic selector switch to OFF CAUTION CAUTION Load must be evenly distributed on flatrack pallet Uneven load distribution may cause LHS overload indicator to give false signals and cause LHS to operate incorrectly Damage to equipment may result 3 Unload flatrack or CROP from trailer automatic mode to truck PLS only a Back up the truck in line with trailer and stop approximately 5 feet 1 5 m from trailer b Apply parking brake and place transmission range selector in Neutral N NOTE There must be sufficient air pressure in trailer air system to retract flatrack locks or damage to flatrack lock can occur while attempting to remove flatrack from trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flat
229. e the position of Type the message into the Message to Send box f Once satisfied that the message is completed Press the Send button 1 Press the Cancel button to return to the main window without sending the message 2 Press the Recall button to load the last sent message into the message box 3 Press the Clear button to clear the message text field g Press F6 select Review Sent Messages h Choose the message by using the up and down arrows to move between messages 3 Start TracerLink Pro NOTE Double click the Vehicle Server icon located on the desktop to start the TracerLink process 4 Initiate the map viewer NOTE Click on the icon of the loaded map icon shortcut that most closely represents the area of operation 5 Display Pop Up Menu a Right Click anywhere on map to display a Pop Up Menu The most useful functions of this menu are Select Vehicle Normal Zoom In Zoom Out Move Change Center Measure and Reset b Select Vehicle 1 Click on Select Vehicle from the pop up menu 2 Move the pointing hand over the vehicle on the map or group of vehicles and click on it NOTE The Server Vehicle Kit Control window will open The Selection tab appears A vehicle or list of vehicles at that location will be listed If you do not click on or near a vehicle the list will be empty In 21 November 2013 3 303 STP 55 88M14 SM TG cases where the icon is not on the map due to being hidden or off the edge of
230. e to follow this caution could damage fifth wheel and or trailer CAUTION Semitrailer wheels must be blocked and semitrailer brakes locked to prevent damage to tractor or semitrailer by uncontrolled sliding of fifth wheel If towing M871 semitrailer or M967 M969 M 1062 fuel tankers rear mud flaps must be removed and stowed in brackets provided Failure to do so will cause equipment damage Tractor trucks have the capability to turn greater than 90 Care must be taken to avoid hitting semitrailer with tractor when turning more than 90 Operator must use caution when cresting hills which cause the tractor truck to have a nose 3 14 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG down angle greater than 4 with respect to towed semitrailer Damage to vehicle or loss of control could occur CAUTION Be careful not to run kingpin up fifth wheel ramps as this can damage kingpin and or fifth wheel 1 Couple semitrailer NOTE Start position for coupling is with fifth wheel jaws unlocked open fifth wheel in LOAD position and fifth wheel slide control lever in LOCKED position a Emplace chock blocks under semitrailer 1 Level Ground Place one chock block in front of the wheel and behind the opposing wheel on the same axle 2 Uphill Place both chock blocks behind the rear axle of the semitrailer 3 Downhill Place chock blocks in front of forward most axle on semitrailer b Ensure that fifth wheel ramps are le
231. e under Slippery Conditions d Comply with all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding these procedures 3 Operate vehicle off road Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 WP 0040 a Place transfer case in proper range WP0037 WARNING CTIS ON OFF switch should be in ON position at all times Overspeed protection will not operate if switch is in OFF position and tire pressures may not match driving speeds Failure to follow these instructions may result in unsafe driving conditions or tire failure Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel b Push CTIS ON OFF switch to ON position NOTE If it becomes necessary to disable the CTIS the tires will have to be manually inflated or deflated CTIS may not engage properly if CTIS START button is pressed too quickly Allow time for CTIS adjustments c Set CTIS rotary selector switch to desired position Press and hold for approximately 1 second 21 November 2013 3 219 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Check all gauges and indicators to ensure vehicle is operating in proper ranges e Apply service brake and select appropriate operating range f Pull out parking brake control to release brakes g If a trailer is attached push in trailer air supply control CAUTION Do not hold steering wheel at full left or full right for longer than 10 seconds Oil overheating and pump damage can result The CTIS increases tire inflation pressure when vehicle speed exceeds the a
232. eady tactical wheeled vehicle that has a winterization kit installed if cold weather goggles face mask seasonal uniform and mission requirement to travel under these conditions as part of a convoy movement and assistant driver Standards Operate the vehicle while complying with all extreme hot weather operating procedures precautions Maintain full control of the vehicle at all times following traffic regulations and rules of the road If vehicle is so equipped use the applicable CTIS setting to enable safe vehicle operations All driving maneuvers must be made under these extreme conditions without becoming mired or succumbing to a conditionally related mechanical failure 3 266 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Extreme cold weather 32 degrees F to 24 degrees F and blowing snow operate the vehicle using cold weather starting and operating procedures according to the appropriate vehicle TM Operate the vehicle following traffic regulations and rules of the road Special Condition NOTE If conditions are under extreme cold weather installation of the vehicle radiator cover assembly is required Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your mission is requiring you to maneuver uneven terrain and must occur in any type of weather conditions Note None Performance Steps CAUTION CAUTION Road surfaces are especially slick just after a rain or drizzle begins Loosed grease and oil mix with raindrops qui
233. eckpoints 8 Determine possible critical points and ambush sites If available contact the Division Transportation Officer DTO or servicing Movement Control Team MCT through whose area the convoy will pass 9 Possible fording locations 10 Built up areas along the route 11 Availability of alternate route s e Establish communications with unit prior to departure f Contact units through whose area in the combat zone the convoy will pass 2 Conduct road reconnaissance a Record the following information on the map 1 Indicate the location for scheduled halts 2 Draw in a bypass or alternate route 3 Indicate the location of problem areas along the route 4 Indicate release point b Verify and record the following information from map reconnaissance 1 Critical check points along the route 2 Condition of roadbed will it support the convoy traffic 3 Location of any halt areas 4 Defiles and ambush sites 5 Condition of major intersections 6 Condition of bridges 3 Progress along route at established convoy speed to track verify timeline 4 Conduct closure procedures upon completion of road reconnaissance a Mark the following points on the map and overlay 1 Start point 2 Release point 3 Check point 3 340 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 4 Critical points 5 Halt areas 6 Alternate route 7 Problem areas b Relay route information to higher hea
234. ect cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result b Apply service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N c Set HYD ENABLE switch in ON position Make sure MAIN HYD ENABLE indicator light comes on WARNING WARNINGS Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation If LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 23 m with ISO container serious injury or death to personnel could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death to personnel could result NOTES LHS OVER LOAD indicator will come on when hook arm cylinders are fully extended and joystick is activated Loading and unloading times are controlled by engine speed Engine speed can be increased to 1 500 to maximum rpm to reduce loading and unloading times d Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position WARNING Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS flatrack front lift adapter and container Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sidew
235. ed depending on platform and load Ensure that if needed the materials are of a size and configuration to support the tiedown of the load Use 4X4 materials if available All lumber used for blocking must be free of knots and strong enough to provide a rigid and stable support for the load en route d Locking mechanisms on the HEMTT LHS PLS trucks 3 Secure general cargo to bed of 5 ton cargo truck using web tiedown straps NOTE Not all loads will require blocking and bracing Blocking and bracing is used for applications involving a partially loaded vehicle to prevent from shifting 3 120 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TERE tae M Spire porn ono E ES RAE BAM E VATERS Brei Hottie PRERNA H RA REM i f Brig E NEAR ghouoneterecow ton RS OTAI SIM KORPRI cove 75259 N i on as RAUM beoe coL KU Dot ein i fn i bere dd ce LTVIY HIE teles pepshetesepepbevepesepeyeteytvesessreveresed uber riepeseredoj Meses pepe bete er PORPP Espacio Perpetua da ae s ipft
236. ed remove it for loading f If load is containerized check to see that semitrailer hold down devices function properly and are placed in proper configuration to receive container g Ensure applicable placarding materials are on hand that match the load characteristics and hazards h If necessary ensure all blocking and bracing materials are on hand to secure load 1 Enforce no smoking within 50 feet and no open flame within 100 feet of load j Ensure there are two 10 BC fire extinguishers are present and one is mounted on outside of cab on driver s side and the other is mounted inside cab k Ensure any load specific response equipment is available such as breathing apparatus in case of hazardous chemical loads 1 Prepare vehicle mounted Material Handling Equipment for operation 2 Prepare hazardous sensitive cargo for movement a Ensure shipper completes DD Form 836 and provides copy to accompany cargo CAUTION CAUTION Classified material will be prepared for shipment packaged and sealed in ways that minimize the risk of accidental exposure or undetected deliberate compromise 3 168 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Ensure the load is configured as applicable PRIOR to movement courier duties if shipping classified items 1 If the classified material is an inaccessible component of a packageable item of equipment the outer shell or body can be considered as the inner enclosure provided it does not re
237. ed a mission to transport hazardous sensitive cargo As part of a vehicle convoy you are to conceal the load from casual observation throughout the movement Provided a mission ready cargo vehicle with or without trailer or tractor semitrailer combination hazardous sensitive cargo tiedown materials tarpaulin blocking and bracing materials as needed completed DD Form 626 Motor Vehicle Inspection Transporting Hazardous Materials and DD Form 836 Dangerous Goods Shipping Paper Declaration and Emergency Response Information of Hazardous Materials Transported by Government Vehicles Containers Vessels and Soldiers to assist in loading and ground guiding as needed A security force will accompany convoy Standards The hazardous sensitive cargo is to be loaded secured concealed and transported to its destination At no time during movement is the safety and security of the load to be compromised by loss of custody casual observation improper loading or vehicle operation Cargo is to be off loaded at destination without injury to personnel or damage to equipment and transfer of custody affected with appropriate documentation Special Condition Special Conditions A mission ready vehicle is defined as a vehicle with before operation PMCS completed without any fault or deficiency that would render the vehicle Not Mission Capable with all AAL loaded as applicable all maintenance worksheets accident forms and active dispatch pre
238. ed for additional training Any task that was not conducted to standard should be retrained Retraining should be conducted at the earliest opportunity Commanders should program time and other resources for retraining as an integral part of their training plan Training is incomplete until the task is trained to standard Soldiers will remember the standard enforced not the one discussed c Recovery from Training The recovery process is an extension of training and once completed it signifies the end of the training event At a minimum recovery includes conduct of maintenance training turn in of training support items and the conduct of AARs that review the overall effectiveness of the training just completed 1 Maintenance training is the conduct of post operations preventive maintenance checks and services accountability of organizational and individual equipment and final inspections Class IV Class V TADSS and other support items are maintained accounted for and turned in and training sites and facilities are closed out 2 AARs conducted during recovery focus on collective leader and individual task performance and on the planning preparation and conduct of the training just completed Unit AARs focus on individual and collective task performance and identify shortcomings and the training required to correct deficiencies AARs with leaders focus on tactical judgment These AARs contribute to leader learning and provide opp
239. ed properly Replacement parts if available will be replaced or if not available will be properly placed on order through the company maintenance section Scheduled services will be identified and applicable vehicle s and operator s report to company maintenance section to complete the service under the guidance of company maintenance section personnel Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue If your unit is exposed to a chemical environment this task will have to be performed while wearing chemical protective gear The task should be performed exactly as it is when not in a chemical environment only you will be wearing chemical protective gear Note None Performance Steps 1 Ensure squad leaders have made preparations to perform maintenance inspections a Vehicles are positioned as to enable a 360 degree walk around with wheel chocks in place 3 284 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Drip pans are positioned under vehicles if available c Technical manuals tools and inspection forms are present d Squad leaders are present and actively involved and have current status of vehicles during preparation e Squad leaders acquire any available replacement parts that can be installed by the operator 2 Ensure squad leaders supervise the performance of before during after weekly or monthly operational preventive maintenance checks a Squad leaders are present and actively in
240. eeded Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Prepared for vehicle operation 2 the vehicle in motion 3 Shifted the gears as appropriate 4 Turned the vehicle left right 5 Stopped the vehicle non emergency 6 Backed the vehicle 7 Parked the vehicle Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program RAR 004 10 04 2011 AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND 3 50 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required TM 9 2320 280 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 M998 NSN 2320 01 107 7155 EIC BBD M998A1 2320 01 371 9577 EIC BBN TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 21 November 2013 Primary OPERATOR STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING TC 21 305 20 Manu
241. ehicle operator s TM 10 series TM a If no deficiencies are noted on DA Form 5988 E place the first letter of the type of inspection performed under the corrective action column For DA Form 2404 put initials in the initials column b If deficiencies are noted follow steps 2 above 6 Turn in DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 to the maintenance supervisor 3 6 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 7 Retain DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 in equipment records folder if no faults are recorded 8 Perform preventive maintenance checks on installed components as applicable in accordance with the appropriate TM Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures Prepared for inspection GO 2 Performed before operation inspection as listed in appropriate vehicle operator s manual 10 series TM If deficiencies were noted recorded on DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 3 Completed operator entries on DA Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 for vehicle dispatch 4 Performed during operation inspection as listed in the appropriate vehicle operator s TM 10 series TM 5 Performed after operation inspection as listed in the appropriate vehicle operator s TM 10 series TM 6 Turned in DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 to the maintenance supervisor if faults are recorded during inspection 7 Retained DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 in equipment records folder if no faults were recorded 8 Performed preventive maintenance checks on insta
242. emented to manage unit equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are given operational logistics systems and network unit s logistical automation requirements local command directives and regulations AR 380 5 AR 25 1 AR 700 138 DA Pamphlet 25 1 1 FM 1 02 and TB 380 41 Note None Performance Steps 1 Identify systems and their capabilities a Transportation Coordinator s Automated Information for Movements System II TC AIMS ID 1 Joint Services automated information system 2 Designed to function as a universal tool for the UMO ITO and theater movement control mode operations a System for unit movement officers planners movement controllers and transportation operators at all levels 3 380 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Employed from ITOs at power projection platforms other TC ACCIS locations and from theater level commands to battalion and separate company levels 3 Provides transportation functions such as plan convoys request convoy clearances conduct load planning and manage mode operations a Supports daily transportation operations b Provides enhancements to the deployment process by building automated unit equipment lists and deployment equipment lists 4 Supports planning executing managing and reporting movement related deployment sustainment and redeployment activities a Facilitates the movement of personne
243. enables commanders and staffs at all echelons to structure a training program that copes with non mission related requirements while focusing on mission essential training activities It is recognized that a unit cannot attain proficiency to standard on every task whether due to time or other resource constraints However unit commanders can achieve a successful training program by consciously focusing on a reduced number of METL tasks that are essential to mission accomplishment a Linkage Between METL and STP A critical aspect of the battle focus concept is to understand the responsibility for and the linkage between the collective mission essential tasks and the individual tasks that support them For example the commander and the CSM 1SG must jointly coordinate the collective mission essential tasks and supporting individual tasks on which the unit will concentrate its efforts during a given period This task hierarchy is provided in the task database at the Reimer Digital Library The CSM 1SG must select the specific individual tasks that support each collective task to be trained Although NCOs have the primary role in training and sustaining individual soldier skills officers at every echelon remain responsible for training to established standards during both individual and collective training Battle focus is applied to all missions across the full spectrum of operations b Relationship of STPs to Battle focused Training The two key compone
244. ent and fulfill requirements Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Identified systems and their capabilities 2 Prioritized requirements and ensured appropriate system was used to manage equipment and fulfill requirements Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 25 1 ARMY KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY AR 25 2 INFORMATION ASSURANCE AR 380 5 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM AR 700 127 Integrated Logistic Support AR 700 138 Army Logistics Readiness and Sustainability AR 700 4 LOGISTICS ASSISTANCE FM 1 02 Operational Terms and Graphics MCRP 5 12A This item is included on EM 0205 PAM 25 1 1 Installation Information Services TB 380 41 Security Procedures for Safeguarding Accounting and Supply Control of COMSEC Material 21 November 2013 3 385 This page intentionally left blank STP 551 88M14 SM TG CHAPTER 4 Duty Position Tasks 4 1 Military Occupational Specialty 88M1O Operates wheeled vehicles and equipment over varied terrain and roadways for support of combat operations Manages entrucking and detrucking of personnel being transported Oversees and checks proper loading and unloading of cargo on vehicles and trailers Secures cargo against inclement weather pilferage and damage Operates vehicle component material handling equipment MHE as required Employs land navigation techniques Must be knowledgeable of tactica
245. ent of a team Before the unit can be trained to function as a team each soldier must be trained to perform their individual supporting tasks to standard Operational deployments and major training opportunities such as major training exercises CTCs and ARTEP evaluations provide rigorous realistic and stressful training and operational experience under actual or simulated combat and operational conditions to enhance unit readiness and produce bold innovative leaders The result of this Army wide team effort is a training and leader development system that is unrivaled in the world Effective training produces the force soldiers leaders and units that can successfully execute any assigned mission 2 Army Training and Leader Development Model Figure 1 1 centers on developing trained and ready units led by competent and confident leaders The model depicts an important dynamic that creates a lifelong learning process The three core domains that shape the critical learning experiences throughout a soldier s and leader s time span are the operational institutional and self development domains Together these domains interact using feedback and assessment from various sources and methods to maximize warfighting readiness Each domain has specific measurable actions that must occur to develop our leaders The operational domain includes home station training CTC rotations and joint training exercises and deployments that sat
246. er w Pull truck forward slightly to verify coupler has latched onto drawbar x Shut off truck y Release air pressure by moving air assist lever down for five seconds z Close locking gate on coupler aa Unlock rotation locking pin on coupler ab Remove cover from truck receptacle ac Connect load lock status line to truck receptacle CAUTION CAUTION Both the 12 and 24 volt cables must NOT be connected at the same time Only one cable can be hooked up during operation or damage to equipment will result Ensure that receptacle latch is engaged on cable or damage to cable may result The 12 volt cable is standard for this trailer Use the 24 volt cable system only when the 12 volt cable cannot be used or blackout lights are used Perform steps ad and ae for 12 volt system only Cables are located in the stowage box ad Remove cover from 7 pin receptacle on trailer and connect 12 volt cable on receptacle ae Lift receptacle cover on truck and connect 12 volt cable on receptacle NOTE Perform steps af and ah for 24 volt system when not equipped with drawbar extension NOTE Perform steps ag and ah for 24 volt system equipped with drawbar extension WARNING WARNINGS Do not stand between trailer drawbar and truck coupler during hook up procedures to prevent from being pinned between truck and trailer Serious injury or death to personnel could result Wheels on trailer must be chocked to prevent trailer from moving durin
247. er 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 5 Adhere to cargo compatibility rules identified in CFR 49 6 Ensure hazardous cargo containers are not damaged or leaking 7 Ensure that shipper inspects vehicles using DD Form 626 before vehicles are loaded or unloaded 8 Brief drivers and operators on safety requirements and emergency procedures for hazardous classified and sensitive cargo Use DD Form 836 9 Maintain accountability of all cargo through frequent checks of documentation and cargo seals 10 Establish follow up procedures for example verify signature on tally record or cargo manifest to ensure the proper consignee receives the cargo 11 Report any security violations such as theft or loss during the transport of classified and sensitive cargo to the command security manager 12 Select appropriate transportation plan in accordance with AR 380 5 to protect classified and sensitive material Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Reviewed documentation to determine the amount of hazardous classified and sensitive cargo due into the unit 2 Ensured security facilities and procedures are adequate for the volume of cargo and type of cargo 3 Ensured personnel are properly trained certified to handle or transport specific cargo 4 that personnel handled and stowed cargo in accordance with CFR 49 and local directives to prevent spillage breakage and shifting of cargo 5 Adhere
248. er 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures 1 Employed the Movement Tracking System MTS 2 Performed basic operations with FBCB2 3 Employed FBCB2 4 Identified BCS3 Capabilities Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary BCS3 SYS ADMINBCS3 System Administrator User s Guide BCS3 USERBCS3 User s Guide MTS PLUS EUM REV B Movement Tracking System Plus End User Manual CMDC DOC 076 Rev B 21 November 2013 GO NO GO 3 379 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 4403 Use Logistics Automation Systems to Manage Unit Equipment DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment being utilized WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manuals for the type of equipment You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions You are given operational logistics systems and network unit s logistical automation requirements local command directives and regulations AR 380 5 AR 25 1 AR 700 138 DA Pamphlet 25 1 1 FM 1 02 and TB 380 41 Standards Your guidance will result in logistics automation systems being successfully impl
249. er safety rules and techniques test candidates according to regulation and assist in the licensing process of all drivers All student performance will be documented and the appropriate actions taken No injury to personnel or damage to vehicles or driving facilities will occur Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You just arrived at your new unit and you are selected by your Battalion to serve as the Battalion Master Driver trainer Note None Performance Steps 1 Conduct preparations for driver operator selection training and testing 21 November 2013 3 323 STP 55 88M14 SM TG THE PROCESS Select Driver Inform Soldier of Reason Training Testin Licensin Candidates NOT Selected Trained on Accident Avoidance in accordance with TC 214 305 Yes Drive Medically Off Post Cleared Issue Learner s Retrain Retrain Retrain Permit and Pass and Pass and Pass OF 346 Retest Retest Retest Yes Driver Successfully Completes a Unit No Installation Driver s Training Program Do Not Issue i OF 346 per Listed TCs and DA 348 Figure 3 41 The Driver Operator Training Process a Ensure all driver training lesson plans are present and up to date b Ensure all reference materials are available regulations and training circulars c Ensure all vehicles are dispatched and ready for training d Ensure driver testing a
250. eration Adhere to all warnings and caution statements in the tm Prior to adjusting gooseneck height ensure that both gooseneck isolation and suspension shut off valve handles have been pulled outward to the adjust position or injury to personnel from unexpected movement or damage to equipment may result 3 Operate gooseneck control valves as necessary to raise or lower gooseneck refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps 4 Shutdown APU refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier an M1000 HETS Semitrailer coupled to an M1070 HET Truck Tractor level ground and hearing protection Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a composite risk assessment 2 Started the APU 3 Operated gooseneck control valves as necessary to raise or lower gooseneck refer to TM 9 2330 281 14 paragraph 2 18 subparagraph b pages 2 52 and 2 53 for applicable steps 4 Shutdown APU Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary 3 246 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2304 Adjust the Platform Height on the M1000 Semitrailer DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blade
251. ergeant or platoon sergeant given the requirement to conduct a convoy for combat operations Given the higher headquarters operation order commander s guidance and a list of available vehicles personnel equipment and cargo Standards You will complete the convoy manifest in accordance with the mission received and provide all copies as needed Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are assigned as an operations sergeant or platoon sergeant given the requirement to conduct a convoy for combat operations Given the higher headquarters operation order commander s guidance and a list of available vehicles personnel equipment and cargo Note None Performance Steps 1 Ensure initial WARNO includes convoy manifest which has detailed information for combat to include a Convoy number if assigned b Unit c Call sign for each vehicle d March Order e Convoy Commander 21 November 2013 3 357 STP 55 88M14 SM TG f Date g Personel Last Name First Name and Rank h Communications i Key equipment cargo j Tasks to be performed 2 Retain a copy of manifest and file one with company headquarters HQs Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Ensure initial WARNO includes convoy manifest which has detailed information for combat that included 2 Retained a copy of manifest and filed one copy with company headquarters HQs Evaluation Guid
252. ersonnel or damage to equipment Conditions In an operational environment your unit is preparing for a tactical movement Given a tractor and semitrailer uncoupled with before operation maintenance performed and all coupling components lubricated as required an area large enough to accommodate the operation chock blocks hearing protection ground guides where available and work gloves Standards Couple then uncouple a truck tractor to and from a semitrailer without causing injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition Special Conditions This task is primarily written for the M915A3 M872A4 Truck Tractor Semitrailer combination However if operating with the M1088 MTV Truck Tractor or the M931 M932 Truck Tractor follow the steps in the perspective vehicle technical manual TM when differences from this task outline occur MISSION READY This term refers to the status of the vehicle in which all required preventive maintenance has been conducted all maintenance worksheets have been completed and no faults noted that render the vehicle as NMC dispatch form is completed with all required signatures accident forms are present and legible and all required BII AAL is properly stowed on vehicle to include safety equipment and all forms are located in the equipment records folder located in the designated location in the vehicle Special Standards None Special Equipment None 21 November 2013 3 13 STP 55 88M1
253. essential task list METL Soldiers must perform tasks to the standards included in the task summary If soldiers have questions about tasks or which tasks in this manual they must perform they are responsible for asking their first line supervisor for clarification assistance and guidance First line supervisors know how to perform each task or can direct soldiers to appropriate training materials including current field manuals technical manuals and Army regulations Soldiers are responsible for using these materials to maintain performance They are also responsible for maintaining standard performance levels of all Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks at their current skill level and below Periodically soldiers should ask their supervisor or another soldier to check their performance to ensure that they can perform the tasks 1 4 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 3 Battle Focused Training Battle focus is a concept used to derive peacetime training requirements from assigned and anticipated missions The priority of training in units is to train to standard on the wartime mission Battle focus guides the planning preparation execution and assessment of each organization s training program to ensure its members train as they are going to fight Battle focus is critical throughout the entire training process and is used by commanders to allocate resources for training based on wartime and operational mission requirements Battle focus
254. essively loud noises are all dangers Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by wearing the proper uniform protective devices WARNING Soldiers must adhere to all WARNINGS published in the applicable publication for the vehicle or equipment as well as instruction from local SOP and leadership CAUTION Soldiers must adhere to all CAUTIONS published in the applicable publication for the vehicle or equipment as well as instruction from local SOP and leadership Conditions In an operational environment your unit is preparing to move to another tactical location and orders are given to conduct maintenanc checks on all vehicles Provided a chocked tactical wheeled vehicle trailer or other equipment requiring preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS basic issue items BID DA Form 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet rags and lubricants as necessary level ground to work replacement parts as available 10 12 or 14 series technical manual TM for the vehicle trailer or equipment DA Form 5987 E Motor Equipment Dispatch DD Form 1970 Motor Equipment Utilization Record as applicable hearing protection as necessary and guidance on disposition of completed maintenance worksheets Standards Perform preventive maintenance checks to include the following Interpret the applicable TM and related forms Inspe
255. esult Ensure that parking brake is not applied before starting load sequence or damage to equipment may result CAUTION CAUTION Ensure that flatrack runners contact LHS rear rollers correctly Failure to contact flatrack runners correctly could result in serious injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment n Move joystick to LOAD allowing truck to be pulled under flatrack o Before flatrack contacts rear rollers reduce engine speed and apply service brake pedal p Release the joystick Set hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A q Move the joystick to LOAD until flatrack is approximately 2 feet 0 61 m off the ground Release joystick Set the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F operations s After flatrack contacts rear rollers increase engine speed to approximately 1 500 rpm until main frame cylinders have nearly completed full retraction t Reduce engine speed to idle and continue loading until main frame cylinders are fully retracted u Release the joystick v Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A w Move the joystick to LOAD position and increase engine speed until flatrack is nearly loaded then reduce speed to idle x Continue to load until LHS and flatrack is in transit position LHS NO TRANS light will extinguish y Release joystick z Apply parking brakes CAUTION CAUTION Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a he
256. etailed guidance on coaching and critiquing during training 1 7 Training Support This manual includes the following information which provides additional training support information 21 November 2013 1 9 This page intentionally left blank STP 55 88M14 SM TG CHAPTER 2 Trainer s Guide 2 1 General The MOS Training Plan MTP identifies the essential components of a unit training plan for individual training Units have different training needs and requirements based on differences in environment location equipment dispersion and similar factors Therefore the MTP should be used as a guide for conducting unit training and not a rigid standard The MTP consists of two parts Each part is designed to assist the commander in preparing a unit training plan which satisfies integration cross training training up and sustainment training requirements for soldiers in this MOS Part One of the MTP shows the relationship of an MOS skill level between duty position and critical tasks These critical tasks are grouped by task commonality into subject areas Section I lists subject area numbers and titles used throughout the MTP These subject areas are used to define the training requirements for each duty position within an MOS Section II identifies the total training requirement for each duty position within an MOS and provides a recommendation for cross training and train up merger training e Duty Position Column This colu
257. extremely hot dusty desert environment NOTE As a general rule vehicles in a convoy should not follow directly behind one another due to high concentrations of dust in the air Visibility may be reduced to zero facilitating a vehicle accident a Don protective goggles and other facial protection if available b If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions c Select a gear or range that will start you with a minimum of or no clutch slippage manual transmission and wheel spinning d Use rear wheel drive if possible due to the front wheels tendency to dig into the sand e Accelerate slowly f Check instrument panel gauges more frequently while operating vehicle to prevent a mechanical failure due to extremely hot temperatures g Maintain a steady and even rate of movement h Avoid unnecessary shifting of gears manual transmission i Anticipate difficult spots and bypass if possible j Approach a dune from the windward side slope at a 90 degree angle k Follow the track of preceding vehicle or break a new path depending on conditions 1 Make wide turns m Let your vehicle roll to a halt as practicable n Attempt to stop on a downhill slope bd Operate vehicle through streams a If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and ad
258. f cargo as applicable Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Prepared vehicle to transport hazardous sensitive cargo 2 Prepared hazardous sensitive cargo for shipment 3 Loaded cargo onto vehicle trailer semitrailer for movement 4 Conducted movement with hazardous sensitive cargo Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 190 11 Physical Security of Arms Ammunition and Explosives RAR 001 06 28 2011 AR 380 5 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM DD FORM 626 MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION TRANSPORTING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DD FORM 836 DANGEROUS GOODS SHIPPING PAPER DECLARATION AND EMERGENCY RESPONSE INFORMATION OF HAZARDOUS 3 170 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary MATERIALS TRANSPORTED BY GOVERNMENT VEHICLES CONTAINERS VESSELS ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS PAM 385 64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 303 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6 X 4 M915A4 NSN 2520 01 458 1207 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES
259. ffering heights of containers used All WARNING and CAUTION statements listed in the TM MUST be adhered to a Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 32 for performance steps for the PLS truck M1075 only b Refer to TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P paragraph 2 10 1 for the M1120A2 HEMTT LHS truck c Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements listed in the reference publication while performing this operation 2 Load container 48 inches tall or taller onto a PLS truck tractor using the CHU a For container 48 inches tall or taller refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 36 subparagraph a pages 2 532 to 2 555 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 3 Unload a container 48 inches tall or taller from a PLS truck tractor using the CHU a For container 48 inches tall or taller refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 364 10 paragraph 2 36 subparagraph b pages 2 556 to 2 569 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 4 Load container 48 inches tall or taller onto HEMTT LHS truck tractor using the CHU a For container 48 inches tall or taller refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P paragraph 2 10 5 subparagraph a pages 2 82 96 to 2 82 112 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 5 Unload container 48 inches tall or taller from the HEMTT LHS truck tractor using the CHU a For container 48 inches tal
260. ffort with maneuver 3 Recommended CSS priorities of support based on Commander s guidance and intent for the situation 4 Recommended allocation of CSS assets 5 Identifying additional requirements for CSS support 6 Effect of enemy COAs upon CSS mission b Analyze advantages and disadvantages of each COA from the Logistics perspective c Present your findings to other staff elements for their consideration d Ensure that critical CSS considerations are included in the COA comparison process e Present decision brief to the commander for approval rejection or modification 6 Obtain Courses of Action Approval 7 Produce Orders Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures Received Mission 2 Conducted Mission Analysis 3 Developed Courses of Action 4 Analyzed Courses of Action 5 Compared Courses of Action 6 Obtained Course of Action Approval 7 Produced Orders Evaluation Guidance None References Required ADP 5 0 THE OPERATIONS PROCESS 3 376 GO Primary NO GO 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 28 Logistics Automated Systems 551 88M 4402 Manage Tactical Automation Systems DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manuals to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of
261. flatrack or CROP from truck tractor HEMTT LHS only 5 Unloaded flatrack or CROP from truck tractor HEMTT LHS only Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly 3 216 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 21 November 2013 Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D TM 9 3990 206 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS FLATRACK M1077 M1077A1 NSN 3990 01 307 7676 ISO COMPATIBLE PALLETIZED FLATRACK IPF M1 3990 01 406 1340 3 217 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1500 Operate the PLS HEMTT LHS Truck WARNING Speed limits posted on curves reflect speeds that are considered safe for automobiles Heavy vehicles with a high center of gravity can roll over at these speed limits Use care and reduce your speed below the posted limit prior to entering a curve Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel CAUTION Before starting over the road operation make sure that the Hydraulic Selector Switch WP 0021 is set to OFF and HYD ENABLE Switch WP 0020 is set to off position If AUTO circuits have
262. for the Soldier a SAMS E computer in the Maintenance Shop office or as designated specific driver centric information requirement Performance Measures Processed transportation requests 2 Manually dispatched unit vehicle s for regular dispatch units without SAMS E 3 Dispatched unit vehicle s for regular dispatch units supported by SAMS E GO NO GO Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS DA FORM 2401 ORGANIZATION CONTROL RECORD FOR EQUIPMENT DA FORM 5823 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION CARD DA FORM 5982 E DISPATCH CONTROL LOG EGA DD FORM 1970 MOTOR EQUIPMENT UTILIZATION RECORD AVAILABLE ON DOD WEB SITE OF FORM 346 US Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card 3 264 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary DA PAM 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Users Manual 21 November 2013 3 265 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 14 Adverse Terrain Weather Operations 551 88M 2355 Operate Vehicle in Inclement Weather Conditions DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and
263. from towing vehicle and stow 22 Hold WINCH IN OUT switch in the WINCH IN position to reel in cable until cable socket contacts rollers 23 Position winch switch to off 24 Position PTO switch to off 4 Assess the battle damage of the vehicle THINK SAFETY FIRST a Visually check for unexploded ordnance around or in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle b Check for chemical contamination Notify supervisory chain if dangers are identified c Look for fire smoke unusual odor unusual mechanical noise leaking fluids fault warning light and alarms and loss of mobility or system function d If vehicle is loaded with cargo determine the extent of damage to the load and ensure it is secured or should be off loaded to affect vehicle recovery e Perform the basic steps in assessing damage 1 Visually inspect interior and exterior for damaged parts and systems 2 Visually determine if vehicle main systems appear to be operable 3 Perform equipment self test function using a built in test equipment if possible 4 Assess system performance exercise each system if engine can be safely started 5 Determine which sub systems are affected 6 Determine if crewmembers can repair the damage 7 Estimate the repair time 8 Estimate the number and type of repair personnel needed and the associated risk Ensure command approval to perform repairs 9 Determine what materials are required 10 Determine what the vehicle
264. g closed cargo transporters can be considered the outer wrapping or cover when used 5 NATO restricted materials do not have to be double wrapped when it is transmitted within the United States The marking NATO CLASSIFIED will not appear on the outermost wrapper c Cover the classified sensitive cargo to prevent accidental exposure or undetected deliberate compromise d Secure load to prevent access to unauthorized personnel throughout custody e Custody receipt is attached to the load NOTE If cargo is classified SECRET or TOP SECRET the cargo must have an attached receipt form to be completed by the recipient and returned to the originator f Establish radio communications link with security team g Adequate armed security is available and ready for movement h If cargo is sensitive and considered dangerous ensure proper placarding is displayed on load carrying vehicle 4 Direct loading cargo onto vehicle semitrailer by ensuring the operator does the following a If necessary manipulate MHE into position lift and place cargo onto vehicle trailer semitrailer with heavier items on bottom b Secure all cargo items with tiedown devices ensuring no damage to containers c Cover the dangerous sensitive cargo to prevent unauthorized deliberate compromise or casual observation d Custody receipt is attached to the load NOTE If cargo is classified SECRET or TOP SECRET the cargo must have an attached receipt form t
265. g hook up procedures Serious injury or death to personnel could result 4 Uncouple PLS truck from PLS trailer a Chock wheels of trailer b Unhook two safety chains from clevises and attach to trailer c Hook safety chains to chain links 21 November 2013 3 99 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Remove emergency glad hand from air coupling and stow on stowage coupler e Remove service air glad hand from air coupling and stow on stowage coupler CAUTION CAUTION Both the 12 and 24 volt cables must NOT be connected at the same time Only one cable can be hooked up during operation or damage to equipment will result f Install covers on air couplings g Remove 24 volt cable from receptacle on truck and close receptacle cover h Remove 24 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box 1 Remove 24 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box j Remove 12 volt cable on truck from receptacle and close receptacle cover k Remove 12 volt cable on trailer from receptacle and install cover on receptacle and stow in trailer stowage box 1 Remove load lock status line from truck receptacle and place on stowage hook m Install cover to receptacle n Lock rotation locking pin and check coupler to make sure it will not rotate o Lift up locking gate on coupler p Pull locking
266. g operating procedure SOP d Administers written test e Administers PMCS test f Administers vehicle control test 1 Only tests those examinees that have successfully passed the PMCS test 2 Records examinee performance on DA Form 6125 Road Test Score Sheet g Administers on the road test 1 Only tests those examinees that have successfully passed the vehicle control test 2 Records examinee performance on DA Form 6125 h Terminates the test on any examinee s that failed to achieve a passing score on any test 1 Records results on DA Form 6125 2 Conducts after action review for the examinee 6 Conduct equipment operator training instruction to include a Mechanical equipment required by regulation or command policy b Ground support equipment required by regulation or command policy 21 November 2013 3 327 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Night vision goggles if required d Special equipment required by regulation or command policy 7 Conduct equipment operator testing NOTE Only candidates that have received the complete course of instruction are to be tested a Ensure written examinations are administered according to regulatory guidance b Enforces vehicle safety and fire prevention measures c Verifies that all examinees have completed the course of instruction as stipulated by AR 600 55 and local authority SOP d Administers PMCS test e Administers equipment specific test 1 Only tests t
267. gine to fast idle 1 200 rpm for about 5 minutes before stopping to allow for gradual cooling of engine h Stopping engine if not used for refueling operations 1 Release throttle to low idle 2 Rotate engine switch to STOP i Engine operation High temperature 1 See that nothing obstructs the air flow to and from the engine oil cooler and the cylinder cooling fins 2 See that shrouds are properly installed and in good condition j Engine operation Low temperature 21 November 2013 3 155 STP 55 88M14 SM TG NOTE If operating in cold weather cover dust boot of fuel stop solenoid must be cut off Cover stiffens in cold temperatures and stops flow of fuel to engine 1 Ensure that engine has the proper oil and fuel for the existing temperatures 2 Keep batteries fully charged NOTE Entire cold weather starting procedures may not be required The colder the temperature the more pre heating and cranking will be required 3 When temperatures are below 30 degrees F perform the following a Pull throttle about half way out b Engage pre heater switch and leave turned on until engine has started approximately five minutes at coldest temperature c After 1 3 4 minutes move engine switch to RUN position Wait 15 seconds then engage starter switch to START position and crank engine for 15 seconds Disengage starter switch 4 Wait one minute and engage starter switch Crank for one minute or un
268. go 16 Hazardous Cargo Transportation Skill Level SL3 17 Accident Forms and Reporting 18 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 19 Motor Transport Supervision 20 Convoy Execution Defense 21 Motor Pool Management 22 Convoy Planning and Operation 23 Hazardous Cargo Transportation 24 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations Skill Level SL4 25 Motor Pool Management 26 Convoy Planning and Operation 27 Motor Transport Management 28 Logistics Automated Systems 21 November 2013 2 3 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 3 Part One Section II Duty Position Training Requirements SKILL LEVEL SLI SLI SLI SLI SLI SL2 SL2 SL2 512 SL3 SL3 SL4 SL4 SL4 SL4 SL4 SL4 2 4 DUTY POSITION VEHICLE DRIVER ASST VEHICLE DRIVER HEAVY VEHICLE DRIVER HET VEHICLE DRIVER SR VEH DRIVER DRIVER SR VEH DRIVER DISPATCHER HET VEHICLE DRIVER SQUAD LEADER SECTION SGT PLATOON SERGEANT ASST TRUCKMASTER TRUCKMASTER DETACHMENT SERGEANT OPERATIONS SERGEANT Fleet Management NCO SUBJECT AREAS EN i 2 9 9 9 10 16 10 16 10 16 1 9 12 2 24 24 T i 2 2 2 2 8 8 8 8 8 2 Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Sergeant Sergant Truckmaster Sergeant Truckmaster Sergeant Truckmaster Supervisor Sergeant Truckmaster Supervisor Truckmaster Operations Supervisor Sergeant Platoon Sergeant Senior Trans
269. h and or 34 inch link sizes all chains must be inventoried in the platform storage compartment prior to placing chains on platform Once chains are inventoried read and familiarize yourself with the information in steps a 20 a thru h of the semitrailer TM to determine tiedown needed to properly secure the payload or injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result 5 Assist in loading payload onto semitrailer a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 WARNING WARNINGS Two spotters are required for loading and unloading operations The payload operator must know the position of spotters at all times or injury to personnel may result Do not position a spotter or gooseneck if payload is to be backed onto semitrailer platform or injury to personnel may result Unnecessary personnel must stand well clear of the vehicles especially behind the payload engine turbine exhaust during loading operations At no time during any loading operation 3 258 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG while the payload is moving should personnel be on the semitrailer platform The payload operator must drive the payload slowly up the loading ramps and onto the platform or injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result Failure to set the payload parking brake could allow the payload to roll backward causing injury to personnel and damage to equipment b Adhere to all cautions and warnings in the semitrailer TM applicable to this operatio
270. hazardous materials b Placarding requirements c Handling loading and unloading hazardous materials d Regulations and procedures pertaining to transporting hazardous materials e Operation of emergency equipment to include fire extinguishers f Forms and records includes accident reporting g Blocking and bracing h Emergency response procedures for example spillage i Vehicle parking rules j Route selection k Host nation requirements if applicable 6 Ensure proper issue of learners permits a Verify that all candidates have received required training prior to issue b Verify candidate information is correct on OF Form 346 or DA Form 5984 E learner s permit c Verify presence of commander s signature on OF Form 346 or DA Form 5984 E d Annotate ledger with as issuing authority 1 Date of issue 2 Expiration date 21 November 2013 3 353 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 Permit number first letter of the last name and last four digits of social security number SSN of licensee 4 Name and SSN of licensee 5 Type of equipment qualified to operate 6 Remarks 7 If automated will include all information stated above 7 Confirm continuation of driver training in the following areas a Publications and blank forms b Vehicle inspection and preventive maintenance checks and services c Accident avoidance d Military convoy operations to include night driving e Off road operations f Self recove
271. he Assignments tab 5 Right click on the fleet name and select All Vehicle Time Display or All Vehicles Time Hide 1 Center the map on a vehicle 1 Right click on the map to get the pop up menu 2 Choose select vehicle 3 Click on the map with the mouse so that the Server Vehicle Kit Control window pops up 4 Select the Assignments tab 5 Open the control group right click on the vehicle you wish to find and select Center on Vehicle CAUTION Improper shut down of system may result in data loss 6 Perform power off procedures a Close all applications MTS Messenger TracerLink Vehicle Server TracerLink Map Viewer b Press CTRL and ESC keys at the same time or click the Start button in bottom left corner of the screen c Press the U key or select the Shut Down option d Press ENTER or select Shut Down and then click OK e The Magnus tablet will automatically power off Once this occurs flip the toggle switch on the power box to off This discontinues power going to the transceiver CAUTION CAUTIONS Failure to turn off the Power ON OFF button on the Control Box will allow the terminal to continue operation and drain the emergency battery Improper shutdown of system may result in data loss 3 90 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG f If using the Legacy System and have the PLGR ON press OFF and wait for the timer or press the OFF button two times to power down immediately Evaluation
272. he temperature h Gauge the compartment using the tank vehicle gauge stick provided with the tank vehicle i Repeat gauging procedure until two readings that are the same are obtained to ensure gauge is accurate and record on the gauge worksheet j Remove the thermometer after the required time and record the temperature on the gauge worksheet Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Applied risk management procedures 2 Performed before operation preparations 3 Conducted basic haul and fuel services operation NOT involving engine and pump 4 Gauged petroleum tank vehicles Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary FM 10 67 1 CONCEPTS AND EQUIPMENT OF PETROLEUM OPERATIONS FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF2 TRK CAR MTV 3 160 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 TM 9 2330 356 14 OPERATORS UNIT DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TANK 5000 GALLON BULK HAUL SELF LOAD UNLOAD M967 NSN 23
273. hecks at scheduled points and receives orders or changes in orders 21 November 2013 3 231 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Check weapons on the vehicles to make sure they are operational 1 Correct existing minor deficiencies on the spot 2 If major deficiencies exist have the weapon and vehicle returned to the parent unit and request an operational replacement f Check to ensure that the sandbags are installed correctly on the floor of the troop carrying vehicles and on the cab floors of all vehicles 1 Cover the floors of troop carrying vehicles with at least a double interlocking layer of sandbags 2 Cover the cab floors of all vehicles with a double layer of sandbags under the driver s seat g Check the cargo to ensure that it is secured and covered correctly 1 Cover the cargo to protect it from being damaged by prevailing weather conditions 2 Cover the cargo if necessary to deny intelligence information while providing protection from the elements h Brief the drivers on the rules of the road traffic laws and regulations speed limits time and distance gaps routing plans review schedules and march discipline i Give the signal order to start the engine j Give the signal order to move out 3 Enforce the correct driving procedures while the convoy is underway 4 Instruct drivers at halt checks duties a Inform the drivers of the details at halts Review the following 1 Time duration and purpose of conv
274. here to speed restrictions b Follow the applicable steps provided in the vehicle TM for fording streams 3 268 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Check the bottom to see how firm a support can be expected d Keep the cab door open when crossing frozen streams e After reaching dry land test brakes at a reduced speed by 1 Lightly applying and releasing brakes until normal braking is restored Non ABS only 2 Apply light steady pressure on brakes until normal braking is restored ABS only 4 Operate vehicle in extreme cold weather 32 degrees F to 24 degrees F and blowing snow a Start the vehicle using cold weather starting procedures referenced in the applicable vehicle TM b Turn on vehicle cab heater and adjust to defrost position to clear windows while engine is warming up c Remove ice and snow from windows d If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions e Place vehicle into motion by following general operating procedures in the applicable vehicle TM under operation under unusual conditions f Begin movement in second or third gear manual transmission rather than first of low Engage clutch gradually to prevent wheel spin g For automatic transmission vehicles use D2 range and gradually apply throttle h Avoid quick acceleration i Drive at reduced speed for better control and safer
275. hose examinees that have successfully passed the PMCS test 2 Records examinee performance on the equipment qualification record f Terminates the test on any examinee s that failed to achieve a passing score on any test 1 Records results on equipment qualification record 2 Conducts after action review for the examinee 8 Conduct sustainment and remedial training a Ensure sustainment training is conducted as required for active Army Soldiers b Ensure sustainment training is conducted as required for Reserve Component Soldiers c Ensure remedial training is conducted when required d Ensure refresher training is conducted when required 9 Control the issue of operator permits OF Form 346 DA Form 5984 E a Ensure standard permits are issued according to the regulations b Ensure special purpose permits are issued according to the regulations c Ensure renewals are issued according to the regulations d Ensure suspensions and revocations are controlled according to the regulations or local command policy e Ensure replacement permits are processed and issued according to the regulations 3 328 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures 1 Conducted preparations for driver operator selection training and testing 2 Conducted physical evaluation of driver candidates if required by regulation 3 Conducted review of examiner instructor and assistant instructor qualific
276. ht side causing skids Figure 3 25d Load Balancing OF WEBBING DOUBLE LINE OF WEBBING NDICATES fN LINE PLANE TO RATCHET WEBBING TO WEBBING CONTACT Figure 3 26 Web to Web Contact 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG THIS VIEW DEPICTS THE LOCATION OF THE FIXED MARK ON THE RATCHETING HANDLE WITH ANOTHER MATCHING MARK ON THE END OF THE TAKE UP SPOOL AFTER WEBBING IO WEBBING CONTACT HAS BEEN MADE MARK ON SIDE OF RATCHET HANDLE MARK ON END OF TAKE UP SPOOL Figure 3 27 Locking Latches a Check configuration of general cargo load 1 Ensure that cargo is placed on vehicle with the heaviest items on the bottom and spread evenly across the vehicle both longitudinally and laterally 2 Ensure items are not stacked too high to allow for the lowest center of gravity 3 If the load extends more than 4 feet beyond the end of the bed ensure that a red flag measuring not less than 12 x 12 inch square is attached to the load During nighttime use a red light if tactical situation permits 4 Check vehicle data plate and TM to ensure that vehicle weight and cube limitations have not been exceeded b Check configuration of ammunition on HEMTT and PLS flatrack 1 Ensure that cargo is placed on vehicle flatrack with the heaviest items on the bottom and spread evenly across the vehicle both longitudinally and laterally 2 Ensure items are not stacked too high to allow for the l
277. ic operations with FBCB2 a Identify battle command operations main screen b Employ map functions c Employ administrative functions d Perform message management e Prepare send combat messages f Employ application functions g Employ overlay functions 3 Employ FBCB2 a Perform before operation preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS b Perform start up procedures c Perform shut down procedures d Perform after operation PMCS 4 Identify BCS3 Capabilities a Providing a robust opportunity to standardize or create a Common Operating Picture COP in support of logistical operations b Provides a flexible logistics reporting process that includes bottom up and top down input capabilities as well as a web service interface to forecast logistics on the battlefield c Provides an extensive convoy operations support package that may include managing networks convoy movement request convoy tracking and proximity alerts d Provides the capabilities to support a commodity management using myriad of source interfaces such as Logistics Support Agency LOGSA LIW Logistic Information Warehouse MTS Defense Transportation Reporting and Control System D TRACS In Transit Visibility ITV Servers and Property Book Unit Supply Enhanced PBUSE e BCS3 offers a very good command and control tool that can really assist in any Reception Staging Onward Movement and Integration RSOD mission 3 378 21 Novemb
278. ical vehicle neutral north northings nose lift number Nuclear North Atlantic Treaty Organization nuclear biological and chemical noncommissioned officer noncommissioned officer in charge nontest ear not to exceed Non Tactical Equipment number outside the continental United States optional form observed fire operation plan operation order operations security 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG OVE PAM 1 PLGR PLS PMCS POC POD POL PTM PTO R RP RPM RR S 3 S4 SAT SEP SF SMCT SNCO SOP SP SSN STANAG STB STP TAACOM TAMMC TC TC ACCIS TC AIMS II TCMD TCP IP TDA TLO TOC ULLS US USB VAC WAN WHT WPS alt kg mm 21 November 2013 on vehicle equipment pamphlet precise lightweight global positioning system GPS receiver palletized load system preventive maintenance checks and services platoon operations center point of contact point of capture Principals of Conditioning port of debarkation point of distribution petroleum oils and lubricants indicates plain text message at a variable length pantilt mechanism Power Transfer Module Power Take Off reinforcing resistance reverse rally point reference point release point revolutions per minute rounds per minute receiving report rolling resistance Ready Reserve reroute release run ITU Radio Regulations railroad operations staff officer logistics officer below div
279. icle or equipment operational status as a result of after operation inspection c Prohibit any operator from operating any vehicle or equipment if the operation or inspection of this equipment is determined to be unsafe and or determined to be non mission capable NMC d Ensure the operator s make the required entries on the maintenance worksheet that reflects the completion of after operation checks 1 Operator signed and dated in appropriate block if deficiencies are found 2 Turns in worksheet to supervisor or maintenance personnel according to local SOP 3 Today s date entered in appropriate block if no deficiencies are found 4 Retains for further use until uncorrectable faults are noted e Ensures that operator adheres to all safety WARNINGS and CAUTIONS applicable to the maintenance procedures being performed 5 Ensure that all inspection worksheets are turned in to organizational maintenance in accordance with local maintenance SOP a Makes final check of entries made by operator of all maintenance worksheets b As supervisor signs inspection worksheet as necessary c Instructs driver to turn in maintenance worksheets as applicable 6 Ensure that all vehicles and equipment are secured upon completion of maintenance a Secure all OVM boxes b Stow all tools properly in stowage trays brackets c Secure all access covers and engine compartment hoods d If moving vehicle remove chocks and ensure ground guides are
280. ified loads are provided security prior to departure 2 Coordinate with platoons for personnel to provide convoy security 3 Coordinate with company headquarters for security support b Perimeter security Coordinate with platoons for personnel to occupy defensive positions c Review company SOP to ensure that provisions are present to man and secure motor pool area during normal operations and during enemy attack d Maintain communications and communications security COMSEC with company headquarters and between vehicles on commitment and motor pool operations e Ensure cover and concealment techniques are maximized 1 Cover glass and mirrors 2 Use camouflage screen and support systems 3 Enforce use of local vegetation and existing natural cover whenever possible 4 Disperse vehicles and platoons as much as possible and still maintain security Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Enforced safety and environmental guidelines 3 366 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 2 3 4 5 6 Enforced occupation and traffic plans for motor pool operations Coordinated for mission support Oversaw dispatching and commitment of company vehicles Enforced preventive maintenance procedures Enforced security and defense procedures Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS DA PAM 750 8 The Army Mainten
281. ight of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel 3 178 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Inspect that load locks have engaged and flatrack is fully down on truck Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN TRANS 3 Offload flatrack or CROP from truck tractor PLS only a Check for sufficient operating room at front and rear of truck Check overhead clearance and ground conditions b Apply the service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N c Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A d Move the joystick to UNLOAD until hook arm cylinders have fully extended Maintain engine speed at idle for approximately the first 18 inches 46 cm and last 6 inches 15 cm of movement e Release the joystick f Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F g Move the joystick to UNLOAD h When back edge of flatrack touches ground release service brake pedal allowing truck to be pushed straight from under flatrack i Continue off loading until front of flatrac
282. iler automatic mode 4 Loaded flatrack or CROP onto trailer manual mode 5 Unloaded flatrack or CROP from PLS trailer manual mode 6 Loaded flatrack or CROP onto the truck HEMTT LHS only automatic mode from PLST 7 Unload flatrack or CROP from the truck HEMTT LHS only automatic mode 8 Loaded flatrack or CROP onto trailer HEMTT LHS only manual mode from truck 9 Unloaded flatrack or CROP from truck HEMTT LHS only manual mode to trailer Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 10 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR THE PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P OPERATORS 3 206 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary ORGANIZATIONAL AND DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 21 November 2013 3 207 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1501 Perform Load Unload Operations in Automatic Mode Condition
283. illed sandbags rubber or fiber mats wood shoring material steel plates or any other locally available materials that may be used for vehicle hardening operational vehicle intercom system crew served weapon weapons mount and ammunition maintenance and dispatch forms individual field equipment TA 50 required for mission tactical radio set with frequencies or mounted Movement Tracking System MTS vehicle load plan mission load cargo or equipment and mission guidance Standards Configure the vehicle to best suit the upcoming tactical convoy mission by performing all required before operational maintenance and safety checks on the vehicle and securing an active unit dispatch If the vehicle is unarmored as required IAW Unit SOP harden the vehicle by placing protective materials over vital vulnerable areas such as fuel tanks in the cab and cargo passenger areas All preparations are not to interfere with the required normal operation of the vehicle and vehicle driver has full freedom of movement for control and maneuvering of vehicle If vehicle is armored all doors and hatches are configured according to mission requirements All communications equipment is mounted and secured and communications checks are to be performed operator is to enter the mission tactical radio net as required All combat locking mechanisms are placed in the proper configuration to begin mission as applicable All individual and crew served weapons are properl
284. in damage to the truck and flatrack f Release joystick CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result To avoid equipment damage ensure that main frame cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of automatic control electrical system Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result If LHS had previously been used in manual mode and not completely stowed in AUTO mode the hook arm cylinders must be completely extended or the LHS must be completely stowed using AUTO mode before the flatrack can be loaded Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment g Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F position h Move joystick to UNLOAD position and hold until lift hook has moved below level of flatrack hook bar 1 Apply service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Reverse R Back up truck to flatrack FRS aligning truck and flatrack FRS as straight as possible with lift hook to middle of hook bar j Stop truck when lift hook touches flatrack FRS k Set transmission range selector to Neutral N 21 November 2013 3 181 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CAUTION Ensure PARKING BRAKE control is pushed in released during load sequence or damage to equipmen
285. in kilometers nautical or statute miles h Select Reset to return the map to the view seen at startup 3 304 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 6 Review vehicle groups a Select Review Groups from the Options Menu of MTS Messenger b Select a group from the Select Control Group The vehicles assigned within the selected group will be displayed in the Vehicles in Group box c Modify Groups 1 Select Modify Groups from the MTS Control Station Messenger menu 2 Select the control group to be modified 3 Select vehicles and press the left or right arrow symbol to add or remove vehicles from the group Press the Shift and Ctrl together to select multiple vehicles d Add a new group NOTE Select Add New Group from the MTS Messenger control station menu The new group may add new MTS units Mobile units will be removed from their existing group and added to the new group while control stations will be added to the new group and remain in their existing group This allows the control station operator System Administrator or CSSAMO the ability to customize control groups to suit the mission 7 Promote Mobile to CS NOTE Under certain situations a mobile unit may need promotion to control station status a Select Control Station Promote Mobile to CS on the MTS Messenger menu bar b Select a control group c Identify and select the unit within the control group needing promotion and press Promote Mobile d
286. in status block 4 at the bottom when network registration completes NOTE The MTS Messenger status blocks found on the bottom of the display screen are numbered from left to right starting with block one 1 1 Status block one 1 displays the communication between the transceiver and the computer When the number is this queue reaches 40 restart MTS Messenger to clear the queue 3 86 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Status block two 2 contains the incoming messages queue which displays the number of unread messages 3 Status block three 3 contains MIL GPS status A FOM Figure of Merit displays as MILGPS 1 to 5 degrees when the SAASM receives a valid GPS Fix If the crypto keys are cleared or zeroed a unit will still receive commercial grade GPS position but ERROR will appear To check FOM simply go to the standard command reference through the Help menu A FOM of five 5 or below will allow the MTS to report the unit s position If using a MT2011 transceiver GPS status PLGR 1 5 displays 4 Status block four 4 contains the bumper number BN and the transceiver ID XCVR The BN will appear after the network registration response from the ground station has been received about 5 to 10 minutes 5 Status block five 5 contains the time in Universal Time Code UTC g Ensure that all three programs MTS Messenger TracerLink and Map Viewer are running on the laptop for the MTS to function 3 Read me
287. in the referenced vehicle or equipment technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given an operator and a mission ready cargo vehicle with or without a trailer or tractor semitrailer combination Hazardous sensitive cargo tiedown materials tarpaulin blocking and bracing materials as needed completed DD Form 626 Motor Vehicle Inspection Transporting Hazardous Materials DD Form 836 Dangerous Goods Shipping Paper Declaration and Emergency Response Information for Hazardous Materials Transported by Government Vehicles and Soldiers to assist in loading and ground guiding as needed to transport hazardous sensitive cargo As part of a vehicle convoy the operator is to conceal the load from casual observation throughout the movement Standards Direct crewmembers in preparation of the vehicle and hazardous sensitive cargo for transportation Cargo is to be positioned secured and covered as required Cargo is to be transported without incident or compromise of identity of cargo or constant custody Upon arrival cargo is offloaded to appropriate authority upon identification and disposition of all cargo documentation is assured Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has received a mission to transport hazardous sensitive cargo Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a risk assessment a Identify hazards associated with transport
288. ing information 4 Identified OPORD number code name 5 Identified references Listed the maps charts datum or other related documents the unit needs to understand the OPORD 6 Identified time zone used throughout OPORD 7 Listed Task Organization Described the allocation of forces to support the concept of operations Task organization may be placed in annex A if it is long or complicated 8 Described the Situation 9 Added the Mission Statement 10 Explained the Execution 11 Addressed service support as needed to clarify the service support concept 12 Identified Command and Signal 21 November 2013 3 333 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 13 Included instructions for the acknowledgement of the plan or order by addressees The word acknowledge may suffice or you may refer to the message reference number Acknowledgement of a plan or order means that it has been received and understood 14 Included last name of individual signing OPORD 15 Listed annexes by letter and title in sequence 16 Furnished distribution copies either for action or for information Listed in detail those who are to receive the order Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary ADP 5 0 THE OPERATIONS PROCESS ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT UNITS AND OPERATIONS 3 334 GO NO GO 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 3604 Prepare a Map Overlay Conditions Given a clear sheet of overla
289. ing this hazardous sensitive cargo 3 276 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Assess the hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls e Supervise f Evaluate 2 Direct preparation of the vehicle to transport hazardous sensitive cargo by ensuring the vehicle crew does the following a For shipping hazardous materials ensure additional vehicle inspections by shipper DD Form 626 have been performed and deficiencies corrected as applicable b Position vehicle near cargo to be loaded and shutdown engine unless needed to operate onboard MHE Set vehicle parking brakes and chock vehicle c Clean out cargo bed to allow room for cargo to be loaded d Tiedown materials are on hand to secure load to vehicle e Cargo canvas and bow assembly and any required tarpaulins are available to conceal and protect the cargo during transport If canvas is installed remove it for loading f If load is containerized check to see that the semitrailer hold down devices function properly and are placed in proper configuration to receive container g Applicable placarding materials are on hand that match the load characteristics and hazards h If necessary ensure all blocking and bracing materials are on hand to secure load i No smoking within 50 feet and no open flame within 100 feet of load j There are two 10 BC fire extinguishers are present and one is mounted on outside of cab on driver s side and
290. ioning is completed the take up spool locking latch must be checked to ensure that it is fully seated at both ends of the spool in the matching locking notches The scuff sleeve may have to be removed to allow tightening of tiedowns Secure loose ends of straps by suitable means 4 Reinforce sharp edges of cargo with suitable materials to prevent both crushing edges of the load when strap is tensioned and to prevent slicing into strap webbing c Lash the load and canvas to the truck NOTE Load lashing is done to protect the load and prevent casual observation for sensitive items 1 Fasten the end of one rope to one of the front lash hooks or rings A1 2 Pass the rope diagonally across the top of the load through or under the second rope support on the opposite side A2 3 Pass the rope diagonally back across the top of the load through or under the third rope support A3 Pull the rope tight 4 Continue this process until you reach the rear of the vehicle Secure the rope 5 With the second rope repeat the entire process starting at the front lash hook or ring B1 4 Secure ammunition to PLS HEMTT LHS flatrack using web straps NOTE The M1077 and M1 flatracks are applicable to this step Web straps are used to secure boxes pallets and off shaped cargo NOTE All items no matter how small should be secured in place Se Figure 3 30 Tiedown on Flatrack a Refer to flatrack data plate for particular characte
291. ior to starting the APU or serious damage to the hydraulic pump may result WARNING HEARING PROTECTION IS REQUIRED WITHIN 10 FEET 3M OF THE APU WHEN THE APU IS RUNNING OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL MAY RESULT CAUTIONS _ Oil pressure light must go out within 15 seconds If oil pressure light stays lit shut down the APU immediately or damage to equipment may result _ If the APU fails to start within 15 seconds release the switch from the START position to prevent overheating of the starter motor Allow the starter motor to cool 1 to 2 minutes before 21 November 2013 3 243 STP 55 88M14 SM TG trying again If the APU fails to start after four tries notify unit maintenance _ Do not rotate START switch to the START position while the starter motor is still turning from the previous try _ After starting the APU rotate switch to OFF position or damage to equipment may result _ Do not subject the APU to any load until it has warmed up properly or premature failure may occur and life of the engine may be shortened 2 Start the APU normal conditions Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 3 Start the APU cold weather starting Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 NOTE The following procedures apply when ambient temperatures range from 40 degrees F to 25 degrees F 4 degrees C to 31 degrees C When the temperature is below 25 degrees F 31 degrees C refer to Arctic APU Starting in paragraph 2 31 of the semitrailer TM 4 Shutdown the APU
292. isfy national objectives Each of these actions provides foundational experiences for soldier leader and unit development L The institutional domain focuses on educating and training soldiers and leaders on the key knowledge skills and attributes required to operate in any environment It includes individual unit and joint schools and advanced education The self development domain both structured and informal focuses on taking those actions necessary to reduce or eliminate the gap between operational and institutional experiences 1 2 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG TRAINED AND READY UNITS LED BY COMPETENT CONFIDENT LEADERS Figure 1 1 Army Training and Leader Development Model 3 Throughout this lifelong learning and experience process there is formal and informal assessment and feedback of performance to prepare leaders and soldiers for their next level of responsibility Assessment is the method used to determine the proficiency and potential of leaders against a known standard Feedback must be clear formative guidance directly related to the outcome of training events measured against standards c Leader Training and Leader Development 1 Competent and confident leaders are a prerequisite to the successful training of units It is important to understand that leader training and leader development are integral parts of unit readiness Leaders are inherently soldiers first and should be technically a
293. ision level security assistance team Saturday separate September Spherical Error of Probability Student Evaluation Plan special forces solid fiberboard Standard Form Soldier s Manual of Common Tasks senior noncommissioned officer standing operating procedure self propelled start point strongpoint Server Periodic Space i e the space bar on the keyboard attack submarine nuclear Social Security number space surveillance network standardization agreement NATO supertropical bleach Special Troops Battalion shielded twisted pair Soldier Training Publication spanning tree protocol Soldier training plan Theater Army Area Command Theater Army Materiel Management Center technical coordinator training circular track commander tank commander tactical commander technical configuration Transportation Coordinator s Automated Command and Control Information System Transportation Coordinator s Automated Information for Movement System transportation control movement document transmission control protocol with Internet protocol table of distribution and allowances Tactical Decision Aid terminal learning objective team technical manual trademark theater missile tympanic membrane target materials tactical operations center total organic carbon Unit Level Logistics System United States ultrasound unconditioned stimulus upper sideband universal serial bus volts alternating current west weekly wi
294. k is within 8 inches 203 2 cm off ground decrease engine speed to idle and apply service brake pedal j Continue off loading until flatrack is on ground and rear suspension is unloaded k Release joystick 1 Set transmission range selector to Drive D and release service brake pedal m Move the joystick to LOAD momentarily and then to UNLOAD to let lift hook disengage from hook bar Repeat step until lift hook disengages n Move the truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 meters Stop the truck and set the transmission range selector to Neutral N p Move the joystick to LOAD and hold in this position until mainframe cylinders are fully retracted q Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A r Hold the joystick in LOAD position until the hook arm cylinders are fully retracted s Release joystick 4 Load a flatrack or CROP onto truck tractor HEMTT LHS only a Set transmission range selector to Reverse R and back truck up to the flatrack Stop approximately 5 feet 1 5 m from hook bar Check for overhead obstructions and firmness of ground 21 November 2013 3 179 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CAUTION CAUTION Avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of automatic control electrical system and when loading FRS Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for corr
295. k to LOAD position momentarily and then to UNLOAD position to let lift hook disengage from hook bar Repeat step until hook disengages n Set transmission range selector to Drive D and move truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 m CAUTION CAUTION Never drive with LHS NO TRANSIT indicator illuminated An illuminated indicator means load locks are not engaged and LHS is not fully stowed NOTE Hook arm does not need to be fully stowed if more transfer operations are going to be made o Stop truck and set transmission range selector to Neutral N p Move joystick to LOAD position until LHS is in transit position LHS NO TRANSIT indicator will go out indicating LHS is in transport position q Release joystick r Turn hydraulic selector switch to OFF position s Put HYD ENABLE switch in OFF position Make sure MAIN HYD ENABLE indicator light goes off Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a HEMTT LHS PLS truck with flatrack or CROP and an assistant driver acting as spotter guide Brief Soldier You are required to position the vehicle and load then unload either a flatrack or a CROP from you vehicle Use ground guide for proper positioning and loading unloading operations Performance Measures GO NO GO Positioned PLS HEMTT LHS truck tractor for loading operation _ 2 Loaded flatrack or CROP onto truck tractor PLS only 3 Unloaded flatrack or CROP from truck tractor PLS only 4 Loaded
296. k with brakes set 2 Tractor semitrailer is chocked and loading ramps or spanners are emplaced as needed b For the payload vehicle ensure the following is accomplished 1 Vehicle has not shifted out of position on semitrailer which would make removal a hazard 2 Removal and stowage of all tiedown materials from payload vehicle 3 Movement of payload vehicle from the semitrailer and positioned as directed in loading area parked with brakes set Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a truck tractor coupled to a flatbed semitrailer M915 M872 and payload vehicle to load unload payload vehicle operator tractor semitrailer driver assistant loading dock tiedown materials measuring device wheel chocks spanner Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a risk assessment 2 Ensured preparations were completed for the load unload operation 3 Ensured the payload vehicle was aligned properly for loading 4 Directed the loading of payload vehicle on semitrailer 5 Ensured that height and weight of semitrailer with load did not exceed route restrictions CONUS or OCONUS 6 Ensured that payload vehicle was secured to semitrailer 7 Ensured that payload vehicle was unloaded from semitrailer Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly Referen
297. king steering adjustments To keep semitrailer tracking straight counter sideways movement of semitrailer by steering in opposite direction as needed b Stop at designated point 6 Park the semitrailer a Align the tractor in a straight line with the semitrailer b Back the semitrailer if required into the desired position c Apply the parking brake d Shut off the engine Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures Prepared to operate the tractor 2 Set the vehicle in motion 3 Backed the semitrailer to the left 4 Backed the semitrailer to the right 5 Backed the semitrailer without turning straight line 6 Parked the semitrailer Evaluation Guidance None 3 56 GO NO GO 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 302 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR LINE HAUL 52 000 GVWR 6X4 M915A3 NSN 2320 01 432 4847 TM 9 2330 331 14 amp P OPERATOR S ORGANIZATIONAL DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1384 Perform as Wheeled Vehicle Ground Guide Day or Night Conditions During daylight and darkness given a flashlight assistant ground guide s vehicle with driver an area to maneuver and hearing protection as needed Standards You are to position yourself and successfully portray each visual hand signal that correctly
298. ks duties a Ensure that before operations checks have been performed Check the following 1 Air hose couplings for proper connection and leakage 2 Oil and lubrication levels 3 Cooling systems for proper coolant level and leakage 4 Brakes 5 Tires for cuts and general condition 6 Check batteries for obvious defect such as cracked case burnt broken or loose battery terminals b Check the lineup of vehicles to ensure that march column regardless of size have three parts 1 The head is the first task vehicle of the column in the order of march 2 The main body of the column follows immediately after the first task vehicle 3 The trail is the last element of the march column c Check to see that vehicles are properly marked as follows 1 A blue flag on the front of the first task vehicle 2 A green flag on the rear vehicle 3 A black and white flag on the convoy commander or serial commander vehicle 4 A convoy follows sign on the front of the first task vehicle 5 A convoy ahead sign on the rear of the last vehicle 6 A convoy commander sign on the front and rear of the convoy commander s vehicle d Select the pacesetter 1 This is normally an officer or senior noncommissioned officer SNCO at the head to ensure that the column is following the proper route 2 The pacesetter rides in the first vehicle and sets the pace necessary to meet the travel schedule 3 This officer or SNCO also c
299. l equipment and supplies b Provides visibility data of those forces from factory to fighting position b Movement Tracking System MTS 1 Install satellite tracking system on all common user logistic transport vehicles selected tactical wheeled vehicles and Army watercraft 2 Integrate MTS with TC AIMS IL 3 Facilitates movement control elements and distribution terminal locations c Maintenance Standard Army Maintenance System SAMS 1 and SAMS 2 1 SAMS 1 a Maintenance management system that automates shop operations within FSC MCS BSC MCS AMC MCS and ASMC MCS b Provides shop management control of workload manpower and supply c Capable of automatically producing work orders requisitions repair parts manage shop and bench stock and provide detailed labor costs related to a specific work order d SAMS 1 information is passed to the SAMS 2 located in respective support operations sections e SAMS 1 interfaces with ULLS A ULLS G SAMS 2 SAMS I TDA SARSS 1 and SARSS GW 2 SAMS 2 a Provides mid level maintenance management and readiness visibility at the support operations level through selected maintenance equipment readiness and equipment performance reports b Produces management reports related to work orders shop capabilities production backlog manpower and parts costs 21 November 2013 3 381 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Supply Unit Level Logistics System Ground ULLS
300. l Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical Manual for the type of equipment involved You must ensure injury or damage to the equipment or personnel do not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel do not occur Conditions You are assigned duties as a platoon sergeant You are given platoon assets consisting of Soldiers and vehicles assigned to your platoon You are also provided with all technical manuals TMs issued for each vehicle basic issue items lubricants access to company maintenance personnel and maintenance facilities maintenance worksheets and maintenance records Some replacement parts are available Standards You will manage the performance of preventive maintenance checks and services of your platoon vehicles You will provide proper instructions to your squad leaders in the performance of their roles during the vehicle inspection process During the conduct of platoon preventive maintenance checks and services your platoon under your guidance will identify all deficiencies according to each TM and make corrections on the spot or record the deficiency properly on the maintenance inspection worksheet All forms will be complet
301. l at flatrack hook bar h Set transmission range selector to Reverse R and release service brake pedal Back up truck until lift hook contacts hook bar 1 Pull out PARKING BRAKE control j Check that trailer bumper is under flange of truck bumper stop k Push in PARKING BRAKE control and move joystick to LOAD position and engage hook bar 1 Continue to load in MAN M F mode until the main frame cylinders are fully retracted WARNING WARNING Never drive with LHS NO TRANSIT indicator illuminated An illuminated indicator means LHS is not fully stowed The load could break looks causing serious injury or death to personnel 21 November 2013 3 205 STP 55 88M14 SM TG m Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position n Hold the joystick in LOAD position until hook arm cylinders are fully retracted o Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN TRANS position p Put PTO ENGAGE switch in OFF position Make sure indicator light goes off q Inspect that load locks are engaged and flatrack is fully loaded on truck Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a HEMTT LHS PLS truck and flatrack or CROP and PLS trailer Brief Soldier You are to transfer a flatrack or CROP from the truck to the PLS trailer and back Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Positioned truck and trailer for loading unloading operation 2 Loaded flatrack or CROP onto PLS trailer automatic mode 3 Unloaded flatrack or CROP from tra
302. l automated communications systems and weapons when they are mounted on the vehicle Performs vehicle self recovery and field expedients to include towing vehicles Corrects or reports all vehicle deficiencies supports mechanics where necessary Prepares vehicle for movement shipment by air rail or vessel 4 2 Military Occupational Specialty 88M20 Supervises and provides technical guidance to subordinate in accomplishing their duties Organizes and participates in convoys Dispatches vehicles verifies vehicle logbooks Receives and fills requests from authorized persons for motor transport Compiles time mileage and load data Operates the Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Transport HEMTT Heavy Equipment Transporter HET and Palletized Loading System PLS 4 3 Military Occupational Specialty 88M30 Supervises drivers performing preventive maintenance checks and services PMCS on vehicles Operate in the truck terminal as a squad leader Trains new drivers and manages the driver sustainment training program Plans organizes and operates a motor vehicle convoy Perform convoy route reconnaissance Commands a convoy or convoy security element Prepares OPORD OPLAN CONOP and overlays Supervise transporting of all types of cargo Posts and controls guards used to prevent pilferage and vandalism of cargo and equipment Takes charge of vehicle recovery Supervise personnel preparing vehicles for deployment 4 4 Military Occupational Specialty
303. l or taller refer to and comply with TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P paragraph 2 10 5 subparagraph b pages 2 82 113 to 2 82 123 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM applicable to this procedure 6 Load container 46 inches tall or taller onto the HEMTT LHS PLS truck using the ECHU a Refer to and comply with steps in TB 9 3950 253 13 amp P WP0008 Page 0008 8 to 0008 15 for loading and securing container using the ECHU b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TB applicable to this procedure 7 Unload container 48 inches tall or taller from the HEMTT LHS PLS Truck using the ECHU a Refer to and comply with TB 9 3950 253 13 amp P WP 0008 Pages 0008 16 to 0008 25 Steps include releasing transport twistlocks and unloading container b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TB applicable to this procedure 21 November 2013 3 173 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation SETUP Provide for the Soldier a HEMTT LHS or PLS truck tractor CHU flatrack or CROP hearing protection work gloves and assistance from assistant operator serving as spotter ground guide and area to conduct operations Performance Measures 1 Prepared PLS truck tractor M1075 only or HEMTT LHS truck tractor for container mode Loaded container onto a PLS truck using the CHU Unloaded a container from a PLS truck using the CHU Loaded container onto HEMTT LHS truck tractor using the CHU Unloaded container from the HEMTT LH
304. lank By order of the Secretary of the Army Official 8 e GERALD B O KEEFE Administrative Assistant to the Secretary of the Army 1306601 DISTRIBUTION STP 55 88M14 SM TG 21 November 2013 RAYMOND T ODIERNO General United States Army Chief of Staff Active Army Army National Guard and United States Army Reserve Not to be distributed electronic media only PIN 081858 000
305. le solution Severe chemical burns can result if personnel fail to observe all safety precautions Ds2 can severely injure eyes and skin and if inhaled can cause illness Ds2 can damage the nbc protective overgarment Long term contact with ds2 can damage the nbc protective gloves hood and overboots f Move through the area as quickly as all safety rules will allow 3 Decontaminate self vehicle and equipment immediate decontamination a Proceed as directed to the decontamination point upon leaving contaminated area b Report reactionary indication of M8 detector paper to supervisor c Perform skin decontamination using M258A1 or M291 Kits d Perform personal wipe down personal equipment using M291 Kit e Perform operator s spray down vehicle components needed to operate until unit deliberate decontamination can be affected Evaluation Preparation 21 November 2013 3 107 STP 55 88M14 SM TG None Performance Measures GO Prepared for entering a contaminated area 2 Exercised precautions to prevent contamination while operating in a contaminated area 3 Decontaminated exposed skin personal equipment and vehicle components immediate decontamination Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary FM 3 11 Updated 1 Jul 2011 MULTISERVICE TACTICS TECHNIQUES AND PROCEDURES FOR NUCLEAR BIOLOGICAL AND CHEMICAL DEFENSE OPERATIONS FM 3 11 5 Multiservice Tactics Techniques and Procedures
306. licable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules Additionally all precautions should be taken with respect to proper uniform and MOPP level along with all required detection devices before such travel is attempted WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements relevant to the dangers of a contaminated area and the operation of any detection and decontamination equipment used Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements relevant to the dangers of a contaminated area and the operation of any detection and decontamination equipment used Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment as the operator of a tactical wheeled vehicle required to support a convoy mission traveling through a contaminated area You and your vehicle will be exposed to chemical agents Given a mission ready tactical wheeled vehicle an M40A1 protective mask protective clothing and vehicle mounted M11 or M13 Decontamination Apparatus and either an M291 or an M258A1 Skin Decontamination Kit Standards Operate your vehicle within the contaminated area Upon exiting the contaminated area you are to perf
307. ll the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC BR2 TM 9 2330 394 13 amp P OPERATOR S FIELD LEVEL MANUAL FOR THE M1082 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 21 November 2013 3 43 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1363 Operate Vehicle With or Without Trailer Semitrailer Under Blackout Conditions Conditions Given a mission ready 5 ton cargo vehicle with or without a trailer or a truck tractor with semitrailer hearing protection and a lead vehicle and guidance over a controlled driving route or range Standards You are to operate the vehicle under blackout conditions at night using only blackout operating lights as directed to maintain proper vehicle distance without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is required to conduct a convoy during nighttime for a resupply mission Note Soldier must be allowed proper time for nighttime sight transition prior to being obliga
308. lled components as applicable Evaluation Guidance None References Required DA FORM 5987 E MOTOR EQUIPMENT DISPATCH EGA DA FORM 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet DA PAM 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Users Manual TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 21 November 2013 Primary NO GO TM 9 2320 345 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR 3 7 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required 3 8 Primary TRUCK LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM LHS W AND W O WINCH 8X8 M1120A4 NSN 2320 01 534 1872 EIC BG7 THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0288 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 1350 Interpret the Preventive Maintenance Process DANGER There are no inherant dangers associated with the performance of this task WARNING Adhere to all statements referred to in this task CAUTION Adhere to all statements referred to in this task Conditions In an operational environment provided applicable TMs DA Form 5988 E and DA Form 2404 DA Form 5987 E and DD Form 1970 and instruction on PMCS procedures methods and techniques Standards Evaluate the physical condition of a vehicle or item of equipment by following step by
309. llowable speed for each setting When an increase in speed is required maintain the lower speed until the tires are reinflated to the correct pressure to prevent damage to tire h Release service brake pedal and slowly press down on throttle until vehicle reaches desired speed NOTE Check vehicle indicators often during vehicle operations 1 Accelerate brake and steer as required CAUTION DO NOT SHIFT light will illuminate when there is a problem with the transmission that can cause serious damage and possible failure of the transmission j Check gauges and indicators 4 Operate vehicle on steep grades TM 9 2320 364 10 WP0041 a Drive up moderate to steep grades b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the reference TM WARNING Speed limits posted on curves reflect speeds that are considered safe for automobiles Heavy vehicles with a high center of gravity can roll over at these speed limits Use care and reduce your speed below the posted limit prior to entering a curve Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel CAUTION Before starting over the road operation make sure that the Hydraulic Selector Switch WP 0021 is set to OFF and HYD ENABLE Switch WP 0020 is set to off position If AUTO circuits have failed and manual load operation was used set Hydraulic Selector Switch to MAN TRANS WP 0021 position Do not move TRANSFER CASE shift lever when vehicle is moving or when trans
310. ls and stow in appropriate location raise and secure tailgate or trailer semitrailer ramps as applicable 19 Shutdown the vehicle at the destination unless told otherwise 20 Once convoy has closed on destination and or RP perform after operation preventive maintenance checks a Maintain situational awareness b Refer to the vehicle TM for proper procedures c Follow additional guidance from the supervisor or serial march unit commander 21 Turn in vehicle dispatch maintenance worksheets and load documentation as required to the supervisor or convoy chain of command as directed Evaluation Preparation None GO NO GO Performance Measures 1 Loaded cargo onto trailer semitrailer 2 Secured cargo onto trailer semitrailer 21 November 2013 3 145 STP 55 88M14 SM TG GO NO GO Performance Measures 3 Moved the vehicle into position in according to the convoy order of march 4 Conducted final pre departure checks 5 Started the vehicle on signal or order from the serial march unit or convoy commander 6 Signalled by convoy commander set the vehicle in motion slowly without placing undue strain on the vehicle 7 Maintained convoy speed and vehicle interval during movement 8 Maintained a high state of situational awareness during movement 9 Acknowledged hand and arm signals by adjusting vehicle speed interval and position 10 Positioned the vehicle as directed during halt 11 Shutdown the vehicle during
311. m and prepare the disabled bogie to allow semitrailer movement without damaging equipment or injuring personnel Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You must move your disabled M1000 Semitrailer to a safe location where repairs can be made Note None Performance Steps Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls and make risk decisions d Implement controls e Supervise and evaluate CAUTION CAUTION The tractor semitrailer combination loaded or unloaded is limited to operating with only one disabled bogie The following procedure specifically identifies how to prepare the semitrailer for transport If this procedure is not strictly followed severe damage to equipment may result 2 Perform all steps required to cage the brakes of the affected bogie a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 b Adhere to all listed WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM for this operation 3 Lower semitrailer platform until suspension bogie is completely compressed Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 4 Prepare disabled bogie to allow semitrailer movement 3 238 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and CAUTIONS in the TM for this operation Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a HETS that has a disabled bogie level ground to operate Brief Soldier You are to c
312. mage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is required to transport some heavy loads and you must prepare for movement Note See description Performance Steps 1 Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls e Supervise 21 November 2013 3 255 STP 55 88M14 SM TG f Evaluate 2 Adjust loading ramps Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps 3 Lower ramps Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps 4 Raise ramps Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a composite risk assessment 2 Adjusted loading ramps 3 Lowered ramps 4 Raised ramps Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC B5C REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAV Y EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 3 256 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88M 2376 Load Unload a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle onto a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET Conditions Given a HET M1070 a Heavy Equipment Transport Semitrailer HETS M100
313. mal Zoom In Zoom Out Move Change Center Measure Reset Configure Map Window Units Add Kit Save Map Window Save TracerLink Save TracerLink As NIMA Raster Kit Vehicle Tracerlink right click menu io X632 0 7a 11 abet 3 84 Server Vehicle Kit Control Window 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Besos ol o mmo rwe T dw hew yra iene 1 gz N wairs du COME Hewes fo Wd ae Server Vehicle Kit Bar Menu on the right WARNING WARNINGS A driver should never operate MTS equipment while the vehicle is moving Only a passenger should operate the components in a moving vehicle Driver operation of the MTS computer in a moving vehicle could cause an accident injuring the driver and passenger s as well as damaging the vehicle Use of engineer tape or some other medium to mark the equipment s location is advised if the equipment appears to affect a soldier s normal interaction with the vehicle The ruggedized computer v2 has a small 10 5 screen and keyboard the screen can cause eyestrain if used for extended periods without breaks Soldiers should only use the system when necessary The function of the computer is to send operational messages or view maps and not for playing games or sending personal messages The term low voltage can be misleading Voltage measures as low as 50 volts may cause death under certai
314. mander to train or instruct on an authorized type of vehicle c Test examiners must be qualified in proper driving techniques and completely impartial in all examination procedures d Instructors have appropriate instructor experience e Instructors have adequate technical knowledge f Instructors have the personality and desire to instruct 2 Verify that DA Form 348 Equipment Operator s Qualification Record Except Aircraft or DA Form 5984 E Operator s Permit Record automated is completed properly for each driver or driver candidate if duties are assigned a Review all driving records on file annually for 1 Safety awards 2 Expiration of permits 3 Accidents and moving traffic violations 4 Remedial required or refresher training 5 Re examination 6 License suspension b Issue new DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E automated when individual is first examined c All DA Forms 348 are original cannot be photocopied d When individuals are transferred or released from regular driver or operator duties ensure all the following information has been properly posted on DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E automated 1 Information on official qualifications 2 Background and experience 3 Examination findings 4 Performance record 5 Driver or operator awards 3 Ensure preparations are made for driver training and testing 21 November 2013 3 351 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Coordinate with company t
315. mbly area e Ensure that all vehicles are positioned in the assembly area as to facilitate security and for off loading operations as necessary f Instruct serial march unit commanders squad leaders to conduct sensitive items checks and supervise after operations maintenance on vehicles g Ensure that vehicles with hazardous cargo are positioned away from facilities according to regulations DA Pamphlet 385 64 paragraph 11 15 h Maintain contact with trail trail maintenance officer for closure through RP 1 Facilitate the recovery of damaged or other non operational vehicles upon arrival at the assembly area j Coordinate with trail trail maintenance officer for information regarding any vehicle accident reports that may be necessary DA Form 285 U S Army Accident Report k Report closure and convoy status to higher headquarters according to the unit SOP 1 If required submit convoy commander s report to higher headquarters according to FM 55 15 Chapter 3 and ATP 4 11 3 316 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed Composite Risk Management 2 Prepared a Risk Assessment 3 Planned the convoy movement 4 Prepared for convoy movement 5 Conducted the convoy movement 6 Conducted convoy closure operations Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary ADP 5 0 THE OPERATIONS PROCESS AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program RAR 0
316. ments in reference to Technical Manuals and regulations to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involved WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manuals for the type of equipment utilized You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions You have been assigned as the truckmaster given ATP 4 11 and a requirement to conduct company motor transport operations under the supervision of the company commander Standards You will conduct motor transport company operation and ensure each job area of moving vehicles personnel accountability vehicle status and maintenance of vehicles is properly executed Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You have been assigned as the truckmaster given ATP 4 11 and a requirement to conduct company motor transport operations under the supervision of the company commander Note None Performance Steps 1 Review and prepare operations SOPs 2 Maintains visibility over all employed company assets and personnel and current roadnet data 3 Maintains operational readiness data for all platoons in the company 4 Maintains operational records and statistical reports 5 Conducts liaison with supported units 6 Inspects operation
317. mission is in gear Severe damage to drive line will result 3 220 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 5 Operate Vehicle On Road HEMTT LHS TM 9 2320 345 10 WP 0048 a Set TRANSFER CASE shift lever to HI b Set transmission range selector to D drive c Push in PARKING BRAKE control CAUTION Never let engine exceed maximum no load governed engine speed approximately 2170 rpm or maximum governed engine speed under load approximately 2150 rpm If engine is allowed to go over governed engine speeds serious engine damage may result d Slowly depress throttle pedal until vehicle reaches desired speed Tachometer should read 1650 2100 rpm e Accelerate brake and steer as required f Check that fuel gauge shows enough fuel to complete mission g Check that engine oil pressure gauge reads 40 to 88 psi between 1200 2100 rpm h Check that transmission temperature gauge reads 160 to 220 F 1 If transmission temperature indicator illuminates red this indicates that the transmission temperature is above 250 F 121 C or torque converter temperature is above 350 177 C park vehicle WP 0052 and allow transmission to cool Notify field level maintenance upon completion of mission j If check transmission indicator illuminates amber there is a potential problem with the transmission and or the transmission may need to be serviced Check for correct oil level and or high transmission oil temperature
318. mmander 2 Serial march unit commanders 3 Pacesetter 4 Trail officer 5 Trail maintenance officer m Delegate responsibility to construct strip maps for all drivers n Determine if and how many route guides are necessary o Determine time distance factors Consider driver limitations maximum driving time per shift and co drivers p Coordinate with squad leaders and maintenance sergeant and other platoon sergeants on availability of vehicles to support the movement q Determine the preparation timeline for the following 1 Loading of vehicles 2 Marshaling vehicles r Determine the makeup and duties of the advance quartering party to be performed at the destination as applicable Consider the following 1 NCOIC 2 Other key personnel 3 Ensuring that the convoy is able to move quickly off the route and into the marshaling area 4 Positioning of vehicles within the marshaling area 4 Prepare for convoy movement NOTE The convoy commander must perform specific actions to prepare the convoy A limited amount of time is available to accomplish the following select and reconnoiter the route submit a movement bid if required DD Form 1265 effect coordination for en route security give instructions to subordinate element commanders and other supervisory personnel inspect personnel and vehicles and brief convoy personnel a Submit a request for convoy clearance and oversized vehicle load permits if
319. mmunication has been established between company headquarters and the motor pool Mission commitments and perimeter defense plans are provided Note None Performance Steps 1 Enforce safety and environmental guidelines a Ensure safety precautions are implemented and understood 3 364 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 During preventive maintenance 2 During refueling operations 3 During vehicle movement within the motor pool 4 Ensure adherence to establish no smoking areas b Spot check locations around motor pool to ensure platoons are complying with established safety rules while working in and around vehicles or equipment c Ensure every effort is made to reduce or eliminate damage to environment 1 Ensure that all petroleum oils and lubricants POL products are stored in designated storage areas 2 Ensure that spillage is recovered immediately d If so stated in unit SOP ensure that drip pans are placed under vehicles when parked e Enforce the use of ground guides in motor pool f Enforce the speed limits 2 Enforce occupation and traffic plans for motor pool operations a Coordinate with platoons to ensure that traffic plan is adhered to b Designate entry and exit points c Designate emergency exits and guidelines for using them 3 Coordinate for mission support a With platoon leaders and platoon sergeants for available vehicles b With platoon leaders and platoon sergeants for av
320. mn lists the duty positions of the MOS by skill level which have different training requirements e Subject Area Column This column lists by numerical key see Section I the subject areas a soldier must be proficient in to perform in that duty position e Cross Train Column This column lists the recommended duty position for which soldiers should be Cross trained e Train up Merger Column This column lists the corresponding duty position for the next higher skill level or MOSC the soldier will merge into on promotion Part Two lists by general subject areas the critical tasks to be trained in an MOS and the type of training required resident integration or sustainment e Subject Area Column This column lists the subject area number and title in the same order as Section I Part One of the MTP e Task Number Column This column lists the task numbers for all tasks included in the subject area e Title Column This column lists the task title for each task in the subject area e Training Location Column This column identifies the training location where the task is first trained to soldier training publications standards If the task is first trained to standard in the unit the word Unit will be in this column If the task is first trained to standard in the training base it will identify by brevity code ALC SLC etc the resident course where the task was taught Figure 2 1 contains a list of training locations and their
321. n 6 Assist in securing payload to semitrailer a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 CAUTION The streetside angle rear payload tiedown chain must cross over the top of the curbside rear payload tiedown chain or the chains will interfere with each other and damage to equipment may result CAUTION Beacon warning light must be raised or loading ramps adjusted or damage to equipment will occur b Adhere to all cautions and warnings in the semitrailer TM applicable to this operation Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a HET with HETS able or disabled payload vehicle level ground to operate assistance from another crew member Brief Soldier You are to load an able disabled tracked wheeled vehicle onto the Heavy Equipment Transporter HET You are to use assistance as provided and will complete all required steps from the TMs without injury to personnel or damage to system or payload vehicle Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Performed a composite risk assessment 2 Assisted in preparing the M1070 M1000 HETS for loading operation 3 Assisted in aligning the semitrailer using the tractor as close as possible to payload 4 Assisted in the preparation of the semitrailer to receive payload 5 Assisted in loading payload onto semitrailer 6 Assisted in securing payload onto semitrailer 21 November 2013 3 259 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are pas
322. n Lock elevation locking mechanism 5 Maneuver vehicle while relying on DVE for terrain negotiation a Operate the vehicle while monitoring the DVE screen b Adjust vehicle speed as necessary while DVE is making auto adjustments to conditions c Exercise increased caution when operating vehicle using DVE for navigation 6 Shutdown DVE a Press FORWARD POSITION switch b Visually verify sensor is in the straight ahead and level position Set SENSOR LEVEL and GAIN controls to full AUTO detent position d With the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully rotate the knob approximately 4 turn cw e Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position f Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position g Set POWER switch to OFF position down h Swing the DVE viewer screen up and out of view 7 Shutdown vehicle Refer to vehicle TM for proper shutdown procedures Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed PMCS 2 Started vehicle 3 150 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 3 Performed initial set up of DVE 4 Placed DVE into operation 5 Operated vehicle while relying on DVE for terrain negotiation 6 Shutdown DVE 7 Shutdown vehicle Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D TM 11 5855 306 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR MONOCULAR NIGHT VISION DEVICE MNVD AN PVS 14 NS
323. n conditions Failure to power the control station from a grounded 110 220 ac outlet may result in serious injury see section on control station installation Never touch an exposed wire if a piece of equipment appears damaged do not touch it inform your system administrator sustainment automation maintenance officer cssamo or a comtech field service representative fsr immediately A FSR will need to repair replace the system Be careful not to have fingers under the bracket while attaching to the mount Hold transceiver on the sides with fingers spread as if you were holding a hot dinner plate 21 November 2013 3 85 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Conduct V2 configuration power on procedures a Power on the V2 control box Flip the power switch to ON in order to power up the unit The LED light on the control box will illuminate green The LEDs on the satellite transceiver if connected will also illuminate b Power on the ruggedized computer 1 The computer will power on when the control box switch is on Wait for the computer to load initialize software 2 When prompted press CTRL ALT DEL to login If the system does not have a keyboard users will follow this function on the virtual keyboard loaded on the tablet 3 A security window similar to the one below will appear Read over the text in the window and click OK with agreement to the terms 4 Enter username and password and then click OK The Windows desktop
324. n reverse gear with engine at idle NOTE Ensure parking brake is not applied during unload sequence or damage to equipment may result Do not use Reverse R to back up truck while hook arm is attached to flatrack or damage to LHS will E Move joystick to LOAD to engage lift hook and hook bar If lift hook fails to engage hook bar 1 Release joystick 2 Set transmission range selector to Drive D release service brake pedal and move truck forward just clear of flatrack 3 Move joystick to UNLOAD until lift hook is below level of hook bar 4 Repeat steps j and k NOTE When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or downgrades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death could result Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel m Set transmission range selector to Neutral N and release service brake pedal NOTE If LHS overload lamp illuminates but loading operation continues operator is cautioned that LHS is nearing maximum capacity In this situation operator should determine if payload is evenly distributed on flatrack or if flatrack load exceeds 16 5 tons 14 969 kg If any of these conditions exist operator 21 November 2013 3 177 STP 55 88M14 SM TG must redistribute or reduce payload or damage to equipment may r
325. nd rear tires NOTE DO NOT use the CTIS to attempt to maintain air pressure in a flat tire 2 Remove defective flat tire wheel assembly from vehicle or trailer a If CTIS equipped remove system lines and fittings as directed in the applicable TM b Using a lifting device slightly raise vehicle or trailer until weight is off the tire but tire still contacts the ground NOTE Depending on consistency of ground surface it may be necessary to support lifting jack with a solid object such as thick boarding or plating that can sustain the partial weight of the vehicle or trailer semitrailer c Using lug wrench slightly loosen lug nuts in a crisscross pattern d Raise vehicle or trailer high enough to remove and replace wheel tire assembly Use hydraulic jack BID or other suitable lifting device If using hydraulic jack be sure base of jack is supported by thick wood or other materials so that jack will not sink into the ground under vehicle weight e Block support vehicle before handling tire using jack stands or any suitable item that will support vehicle weight f Finish loosening lug nuts and remove wheel tire assembly g Lay disabled wheel tire assembly out of the way in such a manner that will prevent it from falling and injuring personnel or damaging other equipment h Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure 3 Replace tire wheel assembly a With assistance lift spare tire
326. nd Operation 351 88M 4401 Manage a Convoy J J T 551 88M 4333 Coordinate External Support Requirements to Support a iamponsiontiwaborortanrovonpicongr 551 88M 4334 Conduct Transportation Batallion Support Operations TT Subject Area 27 Motor Transport Management 351 88M 4323 Manage 551 88 4325 Establish Transportation Safety Program TT 551 88 4404 Perform Logistics Planning using MDMP_ 2 8 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CRITICAL TASKS Task Number Title Training Sust Sust Freq Subject Area 28 Logistics Automated Systems 551 88M 4402 Manage Tactical Automation Systems T f 551 88M 4403 Use Logistics Automation Systems to Manage Unit Equipment 21 November 2013 2 9 This page intentionally left blank STP 55 88M14 SM TG CHAPTER 3 MOS Skill Level Tasks Skill Level SL1 Subject Area 1 Accident Forms and Reporting 551 88M 1388 Complete DD Form 518 and SF Form 91 DANGER There are no associated dangers applicable to the performance of this task WARNING There are no associated warnings associated with the performance of this task CAUTION There are no associated cautions associated with the performance of this task Conditions In an operational environment you have been involved in a vehicle traffic accident Given an accident situation sheet DD Form 518 Accident Identification Card
327. nd tactically proficient in basic soldier skills They are also adaptive capable of sensing their environment adjusting the plan when appropriate and properly applying the proficiency acquired through training 2 Leader training is an expansion of these skills that qualifies them to lead other soldiers As such doctrine and principles of training require the same level of attention of senior commanders Leader training occurs in the Institutional Army the unit the CTCs and through self development Leader training is just one portion of leader development 3 Leader development is the deliberate continuous sequential and progressive process grounded in Army values that grows soldiers and civilians into competent and confident leaders capable of decisive action Leader development is achieved through the life long synthesis of the knowledge skills and experiences gained through institutional training and education organizational training operational experience and self development Commanders play the key roll in leader development that ideally produces tactically and technically competent confident and adaptive leaders who act with boldness and initiative in dynamic complex situations to execute mission type orders achieving the commander s intent 4 life cycle management diagram for soldiers is on page 1 5 You can find more information and check for updates at http das cs amedd army mil ooc htm scroll down to LIFE CYCLE
328. nd training device is available and in working condition 1 Perform trial test to familiarize with equipment and to ensure it is working condition 2 Construct equivalent testing instruments in lieu of availability of testing and training device must be made to accurately measure the same physical characteristics e Conduct a risk analysis of the training to be conducted f Setup the assigned driving range 3 324 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG g Testing site should include 1 Forward stop 2 Straight line backing 3 Right turn 4 Alley dock 5 Eight left and eight right turns 6 Straight section of urban business street 7 Two through intersections and two intersections requiring stop 8 Two railway crossings 9 Two curves one left one right 10 A two lane rural or semi rural road 11 A section of expressway 12 A downgrade 13 An upgrade 14 A downgrade for stopping 15 An upgrade for stopping 16 An underpass or low clearance and one bridge 2 Conduct physical evaluation of driver candidates if required by regulation a Ensure all candidates have been interviewed and selected by the commander or their designated representative b Ensure all candidates possess a valid civilian driver s license required if they are vehicle operators and will be required to drive off post c Ensure the purpose and objective of physical evaluation if used is un
329. nel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death could result c Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A d Move joystick to UNLOAD and hold until hook arm cylinders are fully extended 3 176 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CAUTION CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result To avoid equipment damage ensure that mainframe cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of control electrical system Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result If LHS had previously been used in Manual Mode and not completely stowed in Auto Mode the hook arm cylinders must be completely extended or the LHS must be completely stowed using Auto Mode before the flatrack can be loaded Failure to comply may result in damage to the truck and flatrack e Release joystick f Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F g Move joystick to UNLOAD and hold until lift hook has moved below level of flatrack hook bar h Apply service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Reverse R and back truck up to flatrack aligning truck and flatrack as straight as possible with lift hook to the middle of hook bar 1 Stop truck when lift hook touches flatrack j Leave truck i
330. neven ground side slope or downgrades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death could result Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 ft two in 5 22 m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations or serious injury or death could result CAUTION CAUTION There must be sufficient pressure in trailer air system to retract locks or damage to flatrack can occur while attempting to load flatrack or trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract flatrack use manual flatrack lock retract procedures TM 9 2330 385 10 Ensure both flatrack locks are fully retracted or damage to equipment may result Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result CAUTION Load must be evenly distributed on flatrack Uneven load distribution may cause LHS overload indicator to give false signals and cause LHS to operate incorrectly Instructors must ensure that operators of tactical wheeled vehicles are trained IAW AR 600 55 AR 385 10 Chapter 11 vehicle training circulars TC and TC 21 305 20 When training on a specific vehicle the instruction will include all safety hazards and
331. ng and servicing of vehicles complying with spill prevention guidelines 5 Command and signal a Convoy commander s location b Assistant convoy commander s designation succession of command c Actions of security force commander d Serial commander s responsibilities e Arm and hand signals f Other prearranged signals g Radio frequencies and call signs for control personnel security force commanders fire support elements reserve security elements and medical evacuation 6 Safety a Hazards of the route b Weather conditions 3 314 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Defensive driving 7 Environmental protection a Spill prevention b Transporting HAZMAT 5 Conduct the convoy movement NOTE Convoy commander should maintain a log of events during the convoy that may be required in the convoy commander s report upon completing the convoy movement The convoy commander must be able to monitor and control all aspects of vehicle operations within the convoy The convoy commander is ultimately responsible for ensuring that all assets arrive safely at the destination with a minimal amount of losses The convoy commander s ability to delegate authority and enforce march discipline are key factors in mission accomplishment a Conduct a communications check of all systems in the convoy radio net Correct all communications deficiencies on the spot b Signal all drivers to start engines c Give
332. ng straight ahead when operating the vehicle Manually verify forward and lock position prior to operating the vehicle Helmets must always be worn when driving with the dve installed The dve display should be removed from its mount when not in use for extended driving operations to minimize the risk of head strike injuries a Rotate Sensor Assembly azimuth and elevation to straight ahead and level 00 detent positions b Set DVE POWER switch to OFF down position c Set VIDEO switch to SENSOR up position d Set POLARITY switch to WHT HOT up position e With DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control turned fully Counterclockwise ccw rotate knob approximately turn Clockwise cw f Set SENSOR LEVEL and SENSOR GAIN controls to full AUTO detent position 4 Place DVE into operation a Set POWER to ON position up Allow 5 minutes for system electronics to stabilize for maximum image clarity b Leave the VIDEO switch in the SENSOR up position for sensing input from the Sensor Assembly to the display For external input to display set switch to EXT down position c Adjust the seat height and or Display module to place the display at eye level NOTE If the display becomes degraded while driving the vehicle such as the presence of dead pixels and or video noise that prevents the driver from performing his her mission then immediately bring the vehicle to a safe stop to avoid a collision If the problem cannot be fixed
333. ng while operating any government vehicle g Refueling vehicles will be properly grounded when parked and grounded and bonded when refueling h All refueling vehicles will have the fire extinguisher un mounted and at point of use during refueling operations 2 Vehicle Operations a Use ground guides whenever a vehicle is being moved in the motor pool or company operational location b Use two ground guides when backing a vehicle c Ground guides and vehicle operators must be visible to each other at all times The front ground guide must be visible to the driver at all times d Ground guides must know the proper hand and arm signals e Ground guides must never stand between a moving vehicle and a stationary object f When ground guiding at night guide will have a clearly observable flashlight or chemical light that can be seen by vehicle operator when tactically permitted When direct line of sight is broken driver will halt vehicle immediately g Do not leave vehicles unattended with the engine running h Make no mention of tracked vehicles Placement of personnel during transport with respect to cargo loads will be reflective of Unit Commanders guidance and Army regulations 21 November 2013 3 369 STP 55 88M14 SM TG i Use personnel safety straps when transporting personnel in vehicle cargo beds j Personnel will only be transported in vehicles equipped with fixed troop seating in the cargo
334. niques by integrating the wholesale and retail supply systems into a single seamless supply system b Provides for the same day processing of requests for issue c Provides visibility of all assets d System includes a Gateway computer system in St Louis MO and all units operating a logistics STAMIS e Communications SARSS GATEWAYCOMM BLAST links the existing five STAMIS ULLS DS4 SAMS 1 SAILS and SARSS O to the SARSS Gateway using the defense data network DDN 21 November 2013 3 383 STP 55 88M14 SM TG h Standard Property Book System Revised SPBS R 1 Interactive menu driven property accountability system 2 Operates in both centralized and decentralized mode 3 Provides asset visibility wherever the requirement exists 4 Interfaces with ULLS S4 SARSS 1 Tactical Unit Financial Management System TUFMIS and CSSCS i Standard Army Ammunition System Modified SAAS MOD Consolidates three levels of operations into a single software baseline 1 Theater support command material management center TSC MMC CMMC ammunition supply point and division ammunition office DAO 2 Designed to manage conventional ammunition guided missiles and large rockets and related crating packing materials 3 Provides formal stock record accountability asset visibility in transit visibility management control and automatic reporting capabilities for ammunition stored at the retail level 4 Suppor
335. nly tactically and technically competent on their training tasks but also understand how the training relates to the organization s METL Properly prepared trainers evaluators and leaders project confidence and enthusiasm to those being trained Trainer and leader training is a critical event in the preparation phase of training These individuals must demonstrate proficiency on the selected tasks prior to the conduct of training 3 Commanders with their subordinate leaders and trainers conduct site reconnaissance identify additional training support requirements and refine and issue the training execution plan The training plan should identify all those elements necessary to ensure the conduct of training to standard Rehearsals are essential to the execution of good training Realistic standards based performance oriented training requires rehearsals for trainers support personnel and evaluators Preparing for training in Reserve Component RC organizations can require complex pre execution checks RC trainers must often conduct detailed coordination to obtain equipment training support system products and ammunition from distant locations In addition RC pre execution checks may be required to coordinate Active Component assistance from the numbered CONUSA training support divisions and directed training affiliations b Conduct of Training Ideally training is executed using the crawl walk run approach This allows and promotes an
336. ns on platform Once chains are inventoried read and familiarize yourself with the information in steps 20 a thru h to determine tiedown needed to properly secure the payload or injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result WARNING Two spotters are required for loading and unloading operations The payload operator must know the position of spotters at all times or injury to personnel may result WARNING Do not position a spotter on gooseneck if payload is to be backed onto semitrailer platform or injury to personnel may result WARNING Unnecessary personnel must stand well clear of the vehicles especially behind the payload engine turbine exhaust during loading operations At no time during any loading operation while the payload is moving should personnel be on the semitrailer platform The payload operator must drive the payload slowly up the loading ramps and onto the platform or injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result WARNING Payload adjustments side to side turning must be kept to a minimum or serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment may result WARNING Failure to set the payload parking brake could allow the payload to roll backward causing injury to personnel and damage to equipment CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions Given an able disabled tracked
337. nsure that the forms are turned in to the unit commander or his her designated representative Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue None Note None Performance Steps 1 Review SF Form 91 for operator entries pages 1 2 and 3 NOTE Verify by asking driver that DD Form 518 Accident Identification Card has been completed and provided to the other driver s involved in the accident at the accident scene NOTE This form is used to record vital information about the accident and given to the commander of the person s involved in the accident a Ensure that sections I through IX are filled out by the vehicle operator Information must be entered clearly accurately and completely Sections follow I Federal Vehicle Data Self explanatory see form II Other Vehicle Data Self explanatory see form III Killed or Injured Self explanatory see form IV Accident Time and Location Follow instructions on form V Witness Passenger Self explanatory see form VI Property Damage Self explanatory see form VII Police Information Self explanatory see form VIII Extra Details Self explanatory see form Use this section if needed but be clear and detailed in providing information and indicate which section you refer from IX Federal Driver s Certification Driver will read the privacy act statement and sign the form indicating information provided is correct b Ensure inform
338. nts of any STP are the soldier s manual SM and trainer s guide TG Each gives leaders important information to help implement the battle focused training process The trainer s guide relates soldier and leader tasks in the MOS and skill level to duty positions and equipment It states where the task is trained how often training should occur to sustain proficiency and who in the unit should be trained As leaders assess and plan training they should rely on the trainer s guide to help identify training needs 1 Leaders conduct and evaluate training based on Army wide training objectives and on the task standards published in the soldier s manual task summaries or in the Reimer Digital Library The task summaries ensure that C Trainers in every unit and location define task standards the same way LC Trainers evaluate all soldiers to the same standards 2 Figure 1 2 shows how battle focused training relates to the trainer s guide and soldier s manual Theleft column shows the steps involved in training soldiers The right column shows how the STP supports each of these steps BATTLE FOCUS PROCESS STP SUPPORT PROCESS Select supporting soldier tasks se TG to relate tasks to METL Conduct training assessment se TG to define what soldier tasks to assess Determine strategy plan for training se TG to relate soldier tasks to strategy Conduct pre execution checks se SM task summary as source for task performance
339. o be completed by the recipient and returned to the originator e Establish radio communications link with security team as applicable 3 278 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 5 Direct operator conducting movement with classified sensitive cargo to a Notify security personnel of start of movement b Follow designated route to destination c Notify chain of command as each route checkpoint is passed d Maintain positive control of classified sensitive cargo throughout movement e Allow no unauthorized person s visual or physical access to cargo during movement f Upon reaching destination relinquish custody of classified sensitive cargo to authorized personnel with proper identification g Obtain authorized signature from recipient on custody receipt if cargo is classified as SECRET or TOP SECRET h Upon return to origin ensure custody receipt is given to originator if cargo is classified SECRET or TOP SECRET i Transfer DD Form 836 to recipient of cargo as applicable Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide everything stated in conditions statement Brief Soldier You are required to supervise an operator assuming custody of a hazardous sensitive shipment of cargo You are to supervise the loading concealing and transporting the cargo while maintaining security at all times At no time will the operator allow any unauthorized person s access to cargo while in their possession Supervise the transfer of cu
340. o a flatbed semitrailer by guiding payload vehicle operator using visual hand and arm signals With proper tiedown configuration secure the payload vehicle to the semitrailer for transport and measure the height and width of load Once the payload configuration has been inspected by supervisor and deemed safe for transport and meets height and width restrictions you are to remove all tiedown devices and unload the payload vehicle from the semitrailer by providing hand and arm visual signals to payload vehicle operator All procedures must be performed without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is required to transport several wheeled vehicles to a new location Note None Performance Steps 1 Prepare for loading operations a Guide payload vehicle into position on loading dock in a line that is centered both on the payload vehicle and the semitrailer b Remove semitrailer sideboards if installed c Place centering marks on the semitrailer to use as a reference when positioning payload vehicle d Clean semitrailer of all obstructions nails or any foreign objects that may interfere with payload vehicle e Prepare payload vehicle for loading 1 Reduce the payload outer dimensions by folding in outside rearview mirrors lowering or removing antenna s and removing crew served weapon if mounted 2 Check payload vehicle canvas
341. o equipment and assess the damage and report the assessment to your supervisor Special Condition This is a two person operation Assistance is required under the supervision of the person being evaluated for this task Task is to be conducted under NCO supervision Special Standards Vehicle is to be rigged for recovery and NCO supervisor is to check and approve the rigging prior to vehicle movement Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has been travelling along the approved convoy route Note None Performance Steps 21 November 2013 3 23 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 24 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 21 November 2013 3 25 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 26 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG HEADLIGHT BRACKET REMOVED FOR CLARITY HEADLIGHT BRACKET REMOVED FOR CLARITY 21 November 2013 3 27 STP 55 88M14 SM TG ayy ee ae a a a A i z mM SS P Ai A 4 3 28 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 21 November 2013 3 29 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 30 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG D TAE a IA igen E E rers mus fa aa ta p H1 Bh ga _ ee Rem Ld EUER UR arum e oO nl 21 November 2013 3 31 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 32 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 21 November 2013 3 33 STP 55 88M14 SM TG EL Sd oF K
342. of operations Task organization may be placed in annex A if it is long or complicated 8 Describe the Situation to include a Enemy Forces 21 November 2013 3 331 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Friendly Forces c Environment 1 Terrain 2 Weather 3 Civil Considerations d Attachments and Detachments 9 Add the Mission statement A mission statement contains no subparagraphs The mission statement covers on order missions 10 Explain the Execution a State the commander s intent b Add the concept of operation 1 The concept of operations describes how the commander sees the actions of subordinate units fitting together to accomplish the mission As a minimum the concept of operations includes the scheme of maneuver and concept of fires 2 Fires Describe the scheme of fires State which unit has priority of fires Include the purpose of priorities for allocation of and restrictions for fire support 3 Maneuver State the scheme of maneuver Be sure this paragraph is consistent with the operation overlay c Explain Coordinating instructions 1 Identify time or condition when a plan or an order becomes effective 2 List commander s critical information requirements 3 List risk reduction control measures that are unique to this operation and not included in unit SOPs 4 Identify Rules of engagement ROE 5 Identify environmental considerations 11 Address service support as needed to
343. of sight location for ground guiding 21 November 2013 3 63 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Does not position as ground guide directly in front of or behind vehicle e Ensure driver knows exact position of all ground guides before movement f Ensure the driver knows to sound horn if tactically permitted before backing g Use a blue screened flashlight to guide vehicle at night h Ensure that vehicle does NOT open either vehicle door while backing vehicle 2 Reconnoiter the area the vehicle will be traveling through a Ensure area of travel is large enough to accommodate size of vehicle b Ensure path of travel is free of obstacles that would impede movement of both ground guide and vehicle such as 1 Deep gullies 2 Fallen trees 3 Submerged areas unless known to support vehicle travel 4 Overhead obstructions 5 Steep downgrades or upgrades 6 Restricted areas c Inform driver if any obstacles that must be negotiated or any operational precautions use 4 wheel drive or low range to take before movement 3 Employ visual hand signals to guide vehicle movement 3 64 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG As You Were Daytime Nighttime le To give this signal raise both arms and cross wrists above the head fingers and thumbs extended and joined palms facing forward Move the hands from left to right bending at the wrist only Figure 3 5 As You Were 21 November 2013 3 65 STP 55 88M
344. on of maintenance checks 1 Report evidence of vehicle abuse or neglect to platoon sergeant 2 Ensure all vehicle operators are fully qualified to operate assigned vehicles a Coordinate with the commander s designated records reviewer on accuracy of DA Form 348 Equipment Operator s Qualification Record Except Aircraft or DA Form 5983 E b Ensure all newly assigned drivers are scheduled to attend drivers training course c Ensure driving records are updated to reflect current operator performance and completed driver training d Ensure that newly licensed operators are familiarized and if possible assigned a vehicle of responsibility within the squad e Ensure that all operators receive recognition for outstanding performance and submit recommendations to platoon sergeant for all applicable driving awards 3 Ensure availability of vehicles and operators for mission support a Coordinate with platoon sergeant for requirements of vehicles and operators for mission support b If vehicles are to be loaded ensure loads are properly placed and secured to vehicle Ensure placarding is properly placed if cargo is hazardous c Ensure proper number and type vehicles are available and dispatched d Ensure that all squad vehicle operators are familiar with mission route and destination e Inspects and if necessary corrects the trip records maintained by operators 3 320 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 4 Ensure s
345. onfigure the HET combination in such a manner as to allow you to operate the system coupled tractor semitrailer with a disabled bogie on the semitrailer You are to make any adjustments according to the TM without damaging the equipment or injuring personnel Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed all steps required to cage the brakes of the affected bogie 2 Lowered semitrailer platform until suspension bogie is completely compressed 3 Prepared disabled bogie to allow semitrailer movement Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 9 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR THE HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER SYSTEM TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC BSC REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAVY EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 21 November 2013 3 239 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 551 88 2301 Operate the Gas Particulate Filter Unit on the M1070 Tractor DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot s
346. or to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel h Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel WARNING WARNING _ Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death to personnel could result _ Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations or serious injury or death to personnel could result CAUTIONS Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result Ensure air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P 21 November 2013 3 199 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Both trailer bumper points must be under the truck bumper stop flange and at least one of the bumper points must contact the bumper stop The trailer bumper point not contacting the truck bumper stop cannot exceed 0 5 in 12 7 mm or flatrack will miss main rail guides and equipment damage may result 6 Load flatrack or CROP onto the truck HEMTT LHS only automatic mode from PLST a Back up truck so that trailer bumper 1 is under flange and contacts truck bumper stop 2 WARNING WARNING _ When oper
347. orm skin decontamination a wipe down of your personal equipment and then an operator s spray down of vehicle components without succumbing to the affects of the contaminates Decontamination procedures performed are in preparation for unit deliberate decontamination Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is required to conduct a convoy movement through a known contaminated area Note None Performance Steps 1 Prepare for entering a contaminated area 3 106 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Stop the vehicle b Don protective mask and protective clothing assume a MOPP 4 posture c Ensure that M8 M9 paper is placed on clothing and equipment d Ensure that chemical alarms if available are serviced and mounted on the vehicle e Ensure M11 or M13 Decontamination Apparatus DAP is serviced filled and mounted on vehicle f Acquire an M291 or M258A1 kit 2 Exercise precautions to prevent contamination a Use a hard surface road if available b Operate the vehicle safely through the contaminated area c Avoid unnecessary splashing if roads are muddy d Guard against splashes from tree branches e Move through the area at extended intervals if in a convoy WARNING WARNING Use extreme caution at all times when handling ds2 Do not mix ds2 and stb because it will cause a fire Do not allow ds2 to spray on personnel or protective clothing Ds2 is combustib
348. ortunities for leader development AARs with trainers and evaluators provide additional opportunities for leader development 1 6 Training Assessment Assessment is the commander s responsibility It is the commander s judgment of the organization s ability to accomplish its wartime operational mission Assessment is a continuous process that includes evaluating individual training conducting an organizational assessment and preparing a training assessment The commander uses his experience feedback from training evaluations and other evaluations and reports to arrive at his assessment Assessment is both the end and the beginning of the training management process Training assessment is more than just training evaluation and encompasses a wide variety of inputs Assessments include such diverse systems as training force integration logistics and personnel and provide the link between the unit s performance and the Army standard Evaluation of training is however a major component of assessment Training evaluations provide the commander with feedback on the demonstrated training proficiency of soldiers leaders battle staffs and units Commanders cannot personally observe all training in their organization and therefore gather feedback from their senior staff officers and NCOs 1 8 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Evaluation of Training Training evaluations are a critical component of any training assessment Evaluation me
349. orward more than three inches 76 2 mm to prevent flatrack from pulling away from stops WARNING WARNING Never drive with any type of transit light illumination An illuminated light means LHS is not fully stowed The load could break loose causing serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result 3 192 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG NOTE Hook arm does not need to be fully stowed if more transfer operations are going to be made 2 Load flatrack or CROP onto PLS trailer automatic mode PLS only from truck a Push in on knob and retract flatrack locks on trailer b Inspect that both flatrack locks are fully retracted c Turn hydraulic selector switch to AUTO NOTE When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or downgrades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death could result Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation If LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 22 m with ISO container serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations or serious injury or death could result Load must be evenly distributed on flatrack Uneven load distribution may cause LHS overload indic
350. ou must operate your assigned weapon and engage targets consistent with active or passive defense measures You are to react to supervisory instructions or target engagement and actions to take in case of enemy attack on convoy Performance Measures GO NO GO Implemented procedures to counter sniper fire 2 Implemented procedures to react to ambush maintain movement 3 Implemented procedures to react to ambush forced to stop 4 Implemented procedures to react to unexploded IED 5 Implemented procedures to react to exploded IED Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary 21 November 2013 3 237 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 12 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations 551 88M 2300 Operate the M1070 M1000 Semitrailer Combination with Disabled Bogie Conditions Given an M1000 HET semitrailer with simulated or actual disabled bogie and the mission to use the semitrailer for transport semitrailer basic issue items BII to include the axle isolation chain assembly necessary tools to cage the brakes of the effected bogie assistance from other crewmen as necessary and a level area to park the semitrailer to perform operation Standards Properly cage the brakes of the disabled bogie lower the platfor
351. owest center of gravity 3 Ensure that load does not extend past vehicle cargo area perimeters and that cargo truck tailgate is raised and locked in place 4 Check vehicle data plate and TM to ensure that vehicle weight and cube limitations have not been exceeded c Check configuration of vehicle payload 1 Ensure that payload vehicle center of gravity is located over the desired point on the semitrailer Center of gravity marking should be legible on both sides of payload vehicle CAUTION CAUTION Do not use bumperettes axles towing pintles or towing hooks as points of attachment for chains 2 Ensure that all shackles are on the vehicle 21 November 2013 3 119 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 3 Remove or band canvas and bows to prevent wind damage as applicable 4 Protect windshield of payload vehicle if needed 5 Ensure that fuel tank of payload vehicle is no more than three quarters full 6 Reduce payload vehicle to lowest height configuration consistent with the operational requirement and unit SOP 7 Secure any materials or equipment loaded in the beds of cargo vehicles by banding chains or cargo straps 8 Remove all sensitive or pilferable items that cannot be secured 9 Ensure that vehicle antennae are tied down or removed in accordance with local SOP d Ensure containerized cargo is properly placed on the HEMTT LHS PLS truck 2 Inspect tiedown materials a Chains and load binders used for
352. oy operation d Dismiss drivers Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a Risk Assessment 2 Performed pre departure checks duties 3 Enforced the correct driving procedures while the convoy was underway 4 Instructed drivers at halt checks duties 5 Performed all required checks duties at the release point Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 21 November 2013 3 233 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary FM 21 10 FIELD HYGIENE AND SANITATION FM 21 60 Visual Signals TM 9 2320 279 10 1 Operators Manual for M977 Series 8X8 Heavy Expanded Mobility Tactical Trucks HEMTT Truck Cargo With Winch M977 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2 Truck Cargo With Winch M977A2R1 Truck Cargo Without Winch M977 Truck Cargo TM 9 2320 280 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 M998 NSN 2320 01 107 7155 EIC BBD M998A1 2320 01 371 9577 EIC BBN TRUCK UTILITY CARGO TROOP CARRIER 1 1 4 TON 4X4 TM 9 2320 366 10 1OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 TM 9 2320 366 10 20PERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 2 OF 2 CAR MTV M1083 W WN 2320 01 360 1895 E
353. oy operations 2 The location of the convoy 3 The duties of personnel during the convoy b Control activities of the drivers Tell the drivers 1 To inspect their vehicles and loads 2 To perform at halt maintenance c Check to see that the drivers are performing during operation checks Tell the drivers 1 To perform necessary during operation checks using the appropriate 10 series technical manual TM 3 232 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 To check for and have items repaired fill fluid levels or adjust drive belts or other items d Check the security of the loads e Check to see that the area is policed before moving out f Give the signal order to re form and start engines g Give the signal order to move out 5 Perform all required checks duties at the release point a Update the drivers on additional orders instructions from the convoy commander 1 Instruct the drivers to comply with the standing operating procedure SOP in dispersing their vehicles 2 Inform the drivers of the time and place to assemble for the return trip b Check to see that after operation checks are performed Tell the drivers 1 To perform necessary after operation checks using the appropriate 10 series TM 2 To check for and have repaired all discrepancies found fill fluid levels or adjust drive belts or other items c Recommend disciplinary action for those drivers who violated driving rules during the conv
354. p the menu select Move The cursor becomes a hand Click on the map and hold down the left mouse button then drag the map to the desired position When you release the mouse the map will redraw in the new position 6 Measure Distance on a Map Right click on the map and then select Measure Click and drag the cursor from point A to point B on the map Before releasing the button look at the scale display at the bottom of the map window It displays the distance in kilometers nautical miles or statute miles Once you release the mouse the distance measurement will disappear 7 Reset Map to Initial View Right click on the map and select Reset 3 88 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 8 Units Changing Units of Measure Right click on the map and select Unit Select whether you want the map in Kilometers Nautical Miles or Statute Miles c Navigate through the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window Use the Server Vehicle Kit Control Window to trace a vehicle s route hide a vehicle or display a vehicle that was previously hidden or hide display a vehicle s name and last position report time 1 Display the Server Kit Control Window a Method One Right click the mouse and choose Select Vehicle on the popup menu This will change your cursor into a hand with a pointed finger Left click on the map with the hand whether over a vehicle s icon or over a bare spot If you clicked over a vehicle s icon the vehicle kit window will
355. pected 3 Class III Leakage of fluid great enough to cause drops to drip from item being checked c Correct all deficiencies faults within the operator s level of maintenance d Record all vehicle deficiencies correctly by replacing parts under corrective action of DA Form 5988 E DA Form 2404 e Record all uncorrectable deficiencies under fault description of DA Form 5988 E or in item 10c Deficiencies and Shortcomings of DA Form 2404 f When a deficiency or shortcoming is found using DA Form 5988 E the operator or supervisor enters a signature and time For DA Form 2404 the operator or supervisor signs and enters the rank 3 After performing before operation checks and vehicle has no NMC faults the vehicle may be dispatched for mission NOTE Make operator entries on DA Form 5987 E a Operator and supervisor reviews SERVICE DUE DATA on DA Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 Motor Equipment Utilization Record and takes appropriate action b Operator and dispatcher reviews entries on DD Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 for accuracy Dispatcher signs the DA Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 c Operator signs DA Form 5987 E DD Form 1970 in the operator s signature block 4 Perform during operation inspection as listed in the appropriate vehicle operator s TM 10 series TM a If no deficiencies are noted make no entries b If deficiencies are noted follow step 2 above 5 Perform after operation inspection as listed in the appropriate v
356. per readings refer to TM f Ensure that vehicle air system low air pressure warning buzzer has stopped as applicable 2 Set the vehicle in motion a Check gauges to make sure the vehicle is ready for operation 3 52 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Place transmission in Reverse R c Release the parking brake d Depress the accelerator 3 Back the semitrailer to the left a Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the right until the trailer is headed in the desired direction b Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the left to put the tractor in the line of travel as semitrailer 4 Back the semitrailer to the right a Turn the tractor s steering wheel to left until the trailer is headed in the desired direction b Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the right to put the tractor in line of travel as semitrailer 5 Back semitrailer without turning straight line a Use vehicle mirrors to aid in making steering adjustments To keep semitrailer tracking straight counter sideways movement of semitrailer by steering in opposite direction as needed b Stop at designated point 6 Park the semitrailer a Align the tractor in a straight line with the semitrailer b Back the semitrailer if required into the desired position c Apply the parking brake d Shut off the engine Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Prepared to operate the tractor 2 Set the vehicle in motion 3 Backed the
357. portation Supervisor 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 4 Part Two Critical Tasks List MOS TRAINING PLAN MOS 88M CRITICAL TASKS CRITICAL TASKS Task Number Title Training Sust Sust Location Tng Tng Freq SI Skill Level SL1 Subject Area 1 Accident Forms and Reporting 551 88M 1388 Complete DD Form 518 andSFForm91 Subject Area 2 Motor Vehicle Operator Maintenance 551 88 1352 Perform Preventive Maintenance Checks ICTL 19010 Calvary Scout Version 00 ICTL 19K10 Armor Crewman Version 1 00 551 88M 1350 Interpret the Preventive Maintenance Process o J J Subject Area 3 Motor Vehicle Operations 551 88M 1314 Perform Coupling Operations T p ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator 551 88M 1364 Operate Vehicle with Standard Automatic Semiautomatic EON Transmission 551 88M 1661 Perform Wheeled Vehicle Hasty Self Recovery and BDAR on a es Wheeled Vehicle 551 88 1662 Change Tire Wheeled Vehicle and Trailer 551 88M 1363 Operate Vehicle With or Without Trailer Semitrailer Under Blackout Conditions od ICTL Military Policeman SLI _ ICTL Internment Resettlement Specialist SLI ICTL MOS 74D Chemical Operations Specialist SLI ee em E NE Transmission 551 88M 1367 Back Vehicle with Semitrailer Soo So ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator 551 88M 1367 551
358. pport channel parallels and complements the chain of command It is a channel of communication and supervision from the Command Sergeant Major CSM to the First Sergeants 1SGs and then to other NCOs and enlisted personnel NCOs train soldiers to the non negotiable standards published in STPs Commanders delegate authority to NCOs in the support channel as the primary trainers of individual crew and small team training Commanders hold NCOs responsible for conducting standards based performance oriented battle focused training and providing feedback on individual crew and team proficiency Commanders define responsibilities and authority of their NCOs to their staffs and subordinates b NCOs continue the Soldierization process of newly assigned enlisted soldiers and begin their professional development NCOs are responsible for conducting standards based performance oriented battle focused training They identify specific individual crew and small team tasks that support the unit s collective mission essential tasks plan prepare rehearse and execute training and evaluate training and conduct after action reviews AARs to provide feedback to the commander on individual crew and small team proficiency Senior NCOs coach junior NCOs to master a wide range of individual tasks 3 Soldier Responsibility Each soldier is responsible for performing individual tasks identified by the first line supervisor based on the unit s mission
359. ps and measures to evaluate the task Ensure appropriate references are used for specific applicable steps Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is moving to another tactical location Note This task is applicable to vehicle operations with either the Palletized Load System Truck M1075 or HEMTT LHS Truck M1120A4 Performance Steps Prepare vehicle for movement both models a Remove and stow wheel chocks 3 218 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Ensure hydraulic selector valve is in correct position for mission HEMTT LHS c Ensure LHS is secured in stowed position and cargo is secured HEMTT LHS d Ensure air suspension dump valve control is pinned in service position HEMTT LHS e Ensure all four suspension ball valves are open HEMTT LHS f Ensure tire carrier is secure in the raised position HEMTT LHS g Change vehicle weight indicator as needed h Install or stow foot rest i Adjust driver seat j Operate seat belt k Adjust rearview mirrors as required 2 Operate vehicle on road PLS Refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 WP0039 NOTE Comply with all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding these procedures a Drive vehicle on improved roads b Drive vehicle in Reverse backing the vehicle NOTE Note Ensure that any backing operation includes the use of a dismounted ground guide Operations with any HEMTT include a minimum of 2 persons c Drive vehicl
360. quad assigned area within motor pool is maintained a All vehicles are positioned according to motor pool layout b All vehicles have drip pans positioned properly c All vehicles are properly parked and chocked to prevent accidental movement d Vehicle canvas and bow assemblies are properly installed and secured e Ensure that all vehicles are properly grounded as applicable f Ensure that all assigned tools vehicle BIL and equipment is accounted for kept clean and serviceable and secured in squad building or CONEX when not being used by squad personnel g Ensure that all vehicles not on dispatch are properly secured as designated in unit SOP h Ensure all vehicle equipment record folders and maintenance worksheets are turned in to unit maintenance personnel guidance in accordance with unit SOP i Keep platoon sergeant informed as to status of squad personnel vehicles and equipment Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Supervised squad vehicle operators performing organizational maintenance of assigned vehicles 2 Ensured all vehicle operators are fully qualified to operate assigned vehicles 3 Ensured availability of vehicles and operators for mission support 4 Ensured squad assigned area within motor pool is maintained Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program RAR 004 10 04 2011 AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND OPERATOR STANDARDIZA
361. quipment may result b Apply service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N c Put HYD ENABLE switch in ON position Make sure MAIN HYD ENABLE indicator light illuminates WARNING WARNINGS when loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or downgrades up to 5 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck rollaway or severe 3 214 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG injury or death to personnel could result _ check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting lhs operation Lhs reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 23 m with iso container Serious injury or death to personnel could result from contact with electrical power lines _ check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel _ prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death to personnel could result CAUTION CAUTIONS Check that ground conditions where flatrack will be placed can support the flatrack weight or damage to flatrack or LHS may result Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment
362. r injury to personnel does not occur Conditions You have been assigned duties as the company truckmaster Your unit has established a tactical motor pool site for mission support You are provided with company assets consisting of unit vehicles assigned operators support from company platoon sergeants and their platoons and company maintenance section Facilities have been erected to support motor pool operations Communication has been established between company headquarters and the motor pool Mission commitments and perimeter defense plans are provided Standards You must manage motor pool operations to facilitate mission support You will ensure your maintenance and dispatch operations are effective and you will accurately account for vehicle movement and accountability and mission readiness All necessary vehicle status reporting will be according to regulation and unit standing operating procedure SOP Perimeter security must be enforced Special Condition Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPPA Special Standards None Special Equipment MOPP4 Cue You have been assigned duties as the company truckmaster Your unit has established a tactical motor pool site for mission support You are provided with company assets consisting of unit vehicles assigned operators support from company platoon sergeants and their platoons and company maintenance section Facilities have been erected to support motor pool operations Co
363. r light goes off WARNING Do not reduce tire pressure when loaded with FRS or container Highway tire pressure 60 psi 414 kPa front and 83 psi 572 kPa rear is required at all times when loaded with FRS or container Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment Maximum side slope when loaded with an FRS or container is 3096 Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel and damage to equipment When loaded with FRS or container the center of gravity is moved up and toward rear of vehicle Use extreme care when turning and ascending or descending on a grade Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel 5 Unload a flatrack or CROP from truck tractor HEMTT LHS only a Check for sufficient operating room at front and rear of truck Check overhead clearance and ground conditions 21 November 2013 3 183 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CAUTION CAUTION Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of automatic control electrical system and when unloading an FRS Greater care must be exercised during operation of manual mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result b Apply service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N c Put HYD ENABLE switch in ON position Make sure MAIN HYD ENABLE indicator light comes on WARNING WARNINGS Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attemp
364. r s to supervise either DA Form 2404 Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet or DA Form 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet black ink pen applicable 10 series technical manual TM hearing protection vehicles trailers or equipment to perform the maintenance on local maintenance standing operating procedure SOP and any other tools organizational vehicle maintenance OVM basic issue items BH additional authorization list AAL or cleaning items needed Standards Perform preventive maintenance according to the applicable TM and with 100 accuracy by detecting all faults on the equipment immediately fixing correctable detected faults annotating uncorrectable faults on available forms DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5988 E and notifying their supervisor as required The operators should perform all applicable maintenance checks without injury to personnel or damage to tools equipment or vehicles Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is preparing to move to a new location and all vehicles must receive a maintenance inspection prior to movement Note None Performance Steps 1 Ensure that Soldier s are prepared to begin preventive maintenance inspection 21 November 2013 3 225 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a All forms DA Form 2404 or DA Form 5987 E are available and filled out properly in accordance with DA Pamphlet 750 8 b The applicable and current T
365. r this reason the navigator must maintain constant communication with the commander The navigator must inform the commander when checkpoints are reached when a change in direction of movement is required and how much distance is traveled 3 294 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Orient the map a First technique 1 With the map in a horizontal position take the straightedge on the left side of the compass and place it alongside the north south grid line with the cover of the compass pointing toward the top of the map This procedure places the fixed black index line of the compass parallel to north south grid lines of the map 2 Keeping the compass aligned as directed above rotate the map and compass together until the magnetic arrow is below the fixed black index line on the compass At this time the map is close to being oriented 3 Rotate the map and compass in the direction of the declination diagram 4 If the magnetic north arrow on the map is to the left of the grid north check the compass reading to see if it equals the grid magnetic GM angle given in the declination diagram b Second technique 1 Determine the direction of the declination diagram and its value from the declination diagram 2 Using any north south on the map as a base draw a magnetic azimuth equal to the GM angle given in the declination diagram with the protractor 3 If the declination is easterly right the drawn line is eq
366. rack is within 8 inches of ground decrease engine speed to idle and apply service brake pedal CAUTION Once suspension has been relieved of flatrack load do not continue in UNLOAD position or rear of vehicle could jack up with hook arm and equipment damage may result k Continue off loading until flatrack is on ground and rear suspension is unloaded 1 Release joystick m Set transmission range selector to D drive and release service brake pedal Set transmission range selector to N neutral n Move joystick to LOAD position momentarily and then to UNLOAD position to let lift hook disengage from hook bar Repeat step until lift hook disengages Move truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 m p Stop truck and set transmission range selector to Neutral N CAUTION To avoid equipment damage visually check that main frame cylinders have completed full retraction Reduce speed to idle in last 1 ft 31 cm of travel to prevent damage to cylinders q Move joystick to LOAD position and hold in this position until main frame cylinders are fully retracted r Turn hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position s Hold joystick in LOAD position until the hook arm cylinders are fully retracted WARNING WARNING Never drive with LHS NO TRANSIT indicator illuminated An illuminated indicator means LHS is not fully stowed The load could break loose causing serious injury or death to personnel t Release
367. rack locks use manual flatrack lock retract procedure TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P CAUTIONS 3 194 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Ensure air lines and cables are properly stowed to prevent damage to equipment TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P Ensure that trailer drawbar is down against the ground during transfer operations or damage to equipment may result c Push the knob on trailer to retract flatrack locks WARNING WARNINGS Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting Ihs operation If Ihs reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 22 m with iso container serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations or serious injury or death could result CAUTIONS Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment d Inspect
368. rations 1 If available always use a ground guide one or more to maneuver vehicle into position 2 Chock vehicle wheels 3 Set parking brake as required 4 Prepare Load Handling System LHS for uploading 2 Load flatrack or CROP onto truck tractor PLS only a Set the transmission range selector to Reverse R and back truck up to the flatrack Stop approximately 5 feet 1 5 meters from hook bar Check for overhead obstructions and firmness of ground CAUTION CAUTIONS To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Manual mode is used mainly in event of a failure of control electrical system Greater care must be exercised during operation of MANUAL mode for correct cycle of events to occur or damage to equipment may result b Apply the service brake pedal and set transmission range selector to Neutral N WARNING WARNINGS Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation If LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 22 meters with ISO container serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all person
369. re is intended to be 21 November 2013 3 295 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Military symbols are added to give additional significance to the military application at the time the map is used Refer to FM 1 02 for friendly and enemy unit symbols b Identify terrain features on the map c Determine grid coordinates using the military grid reference system d Determine distance on the map from one point to another 4 Explain the details of a road map NOTE These are maps of a region in which the main means of transportation and areas of interest are shown Some of these maps show secondary networks of roads historic sites museums and beaches in detail They may contain road and time distance between points Careful consideration should be exercised about the scale when using these maps a Scale of the map if different than a topographic map Determine to the best extent possible what the scale is of the map you are using b Origin and destination c Selected routes d Cities and towns e Four lane divided highways principle highways and other thruways and roads f Width and height of bridges and overpasses g Rest and service areas h Distance miles kilometers from point of origin to destination i Map symbols j Special features on the map k Alternate route s 5 Explain the details of a strip map NOTE A strip map is an unscaled drawing of routes or a march including the critical points along those route
370. re to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment you are operating WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are operating You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment do not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions Given Soldiers to supervise vehicle mounted crane basic issue items BID load to lift hearing protection and flat surface to operate Standards Your supervision will result in a successful operation of the vehicle mounted crane to transfer a load to or from the vehicle to the ground or another vehicle Operation must be conducted without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You are tasked by your unit to tranfer cargo either from one vehicle to the ground or from one vehicle to another using the vehicle mounted crane You must ensure the operator keeps the ground guide in sight at all times and that the operator obeys all hand and arm signals from the guide Note None Performance Steps 1 Supervise starting procedures a Ensure that operator is wearing hearing protection as applicable b Ensure
371. reas e If convoys will be traveling at night the convoy commander should make every effort to keep the convoy small use secured routes if at all possible that the drivers know and have rehearsed Tell drivers to make maximum use of night vision devices and conduct leader reconnaissance whenever possible before the convoy begins f In the event of an air attack the convoy commander must prescribe alarm signals give instructions for actions to take while under attack prescribe actions to take in the absence of orders ensure that defense procedures are rehearsed and review procedures with convoy personnel before the convoy moves out g In the event of sniper fire extreme caution must be taken to ensure that return fire does not enter a no fire zone h In the event of an ambush parts of the convoy not trapped in the kill zone must take up defensive position and await instructions from the convoy commander They must not rush into the kill zone i Decide between an open and closed column defense lineup in convoys j Prepare for terrain obstacles through map studies and route reconnaissance If the area that you will be traveling through is open to attack prepare alternate routes 9 Personnel Movement a When more than one person besides the driver is transported in a cargo truck there must be adequate fixed seating b Before starting the engine drivers transporting passengers in cargo trucks will make sure all
372. red in SAMS E check operator OF Form 346 U S Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card 2 Issue dispatch equipment record folder to operator Folder should contain a DA Form 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet automated b DA Form 5987 E dispatch printout c DD Form 518 Accident Identification Card and SF Form 91 Motor Vehicle Accident Report vehicle accident forms 3 Ensure operator makes required entries and signs dispatch printout 4 Dispatcher and operator check for services due 5 Dispatcher verifies through operator that before operational maintenance checks have been completed and vehicle is ready for dispatch b For dispatch in return from dispatch 1 Collect dispatch equipment record folder from operator 2 Verify the following entries on DA Form 5982 E within SAMS E with the following information a Fuel and oil added b Date and time of return c Released by signature 21 November 2013 3 263 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Miles and hours c Check remarks section of dispatch for operator entries requiring maintenance support Report information to maintenance section d Log vehicle in from dispatch through SAMS E on DA Form 5982 E e Report discrepancies in trip records to truckmaster f Annotate type cargo and tons moved as applicable g File trip records in accordance with local directives Evaluation Preparation SETUP Provide
373. rees that are wide enough for your vehicle Military vehicles are designed to climb 60 percent slopes on a dry firm surface 4 Determine slope by referring to map sheet A typical road map will not have contour lines therefore refer to topographic maps a Check selected route on the map Determine the slope by checking to see if there is a contour line in any 100 meters of map distance If so it is a 10 percent slope If there are two contour lines it is a 20 percent slope and so forth b Side slope is even more important than the slope you can climb Normally a 30 percent slope is the maximum in good weather If you traverse a side slope do it slowly and without turns c Recheck your progress along the route by comparing the map s terrain features and plotted checkpoints Note any discrepancies that conflict with intelligence or reconnaissance reports and notify higher headquarters in accordance with local SOP Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Defined mounted navigator assistant driver duties 2 Oriented the map 3 Explained the details of a topographic map 4 Explained the details of a road map 5 Explained the details of a strip map 6 Prepared a strip map 3 300 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 7 Conducted mounted vehicular movement Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary FM 1 02 Operational Terms and Graphics MCRP 5 1
374. repared estimates plans and directives 10 Received requests for motor transport support commitments 11 Assigned workloads and specific operational tasks to subordinate platoons 12 Maintained contact and exchanged information with security and intelligence personnel of higher and adjacent units 13 Made security inspections NO GO 3 362 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures 14 Requested road clearance for convoys and movement of oversize loads 15 Advised the commander on operational security and training matters 16 Assessed unit environmental risk assessments and advised the commander on their status and outcome Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 21 November 2013 GO NO GO 3 363 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 27 Motor Transport Management 551 88M 4323 Manage Transportation Operations DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment being operated WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are PMCSing You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment o
375. report the situation to higher level of maintenance d Adjust the DISPLAY BRIGHTNESS control until the scene brightness is suitable for operator viewing e Select either the AUTO LEVEL or the MANUAL LEVEL position WARNING WARNINGS The auto level and auto gain modes do not react instantly to rapidly changing scenery shade to sun sun to shade The auto level and auto gain modes require one or two seconds to compensate The automatic gain and level features will adjust faster than manual adjustments If necessary slow vehicle 21 November 2013 3 149 STP 55 88M14 SM TG There are two short periods each day called crossover periods or diurnal cycle when most natural objects are about the same temperature This is when they have cooled down at night and as they are heating up in the early morning Since objects are near the same temperature there is not much temperature difference for the dve to use degrading the image display quality This is also what happens when a heavy rain makes all natural objects close to the same temperature f Adjust the SENSOR GAIN control to automatic or manual position The AUTO GAIN mode should normally be used while driving the vehicle g Set scene POLARITY switch to either WHT HOT up position or BLK HOT down position h Set azimuth position by rotating Pan Tilt Mechanism PTM to desired setting Lock azimuth locking mechanism i Set elevation position to desired positio
376. retracted t Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN TRANS u Inspect that flatrack is completely seated and load locks are engaged v Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F w Move the joystick to UNLOAD until flatrack rollers contact trailer stops and front of flatrack guides are seated on trailer x Release the joystick y Inspect that rear flatrack rollers on flatrack have contacted trailer stops Z Apply the service brake pedal a Release truck parking brakes b Move the joystick to LOAD to allow top of lift hook to clear hook bar c Release the service brake pedal and place transmission range selector in Drive D and move truck forward approximately 3 inches 76 2 mm Apply service brake pedal d Move the joystick to UNLOAD to disengage lift hook from hook bar e Set the transmission range selector to Neutral N and apply the parking brakes f Inspect that rear flatrack rollers have contacted trailer stops g Pull knob and engage flatrack locks h Inspect that flatrack locks are engaged 1 Release the parking brake j Set the transmission range selector to Drive D k Move the truck forward approximately 5 feet 1 5 m CAUTION CAUTION There must be sufficient pressure in trailer air system to retract locks or damage to flatrack can occur while attempting to load flatrack or trailer If not use truck to charge trailer air system using trailer air charging hose If air system cannot retract
377. risks of operating or working with the vehicle Conditions In an operational environment your unit is given a supply mission Given a mission ready Palletized Loading System PLS or HEMTT LHS truck tractor with flatrack or Container Roll In Roll Out Platform CROP empty PLS Trailer PLST hearing protection work gloves and an area to maneuver vehicle with trailer and ground guide assistance Standards Transfer a flatrack or CROP from the PLS or HEMTT LHS truck tractor to the PLS trailer PLST and then reload the flatrack or CROP from the PLST onto the truck without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition Special Conditions If the PLS truck tractor is used performance steps and measures 1 and 5 are applicable If the HEMTT LHS M1120A2 is used performance steps and measures 1 6 and 9 are applicable Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is given a supply mission 21 November 2013 3 191 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Note Operation of this vehicle system requires two persons One primary person as the operator and the other as a spotter guide Performance Steps 1 Position truck and trailer for loading unloading operation either model NOTE Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of LHS and flatrack or serious injury or death could result to personnel Trailer wheels must be chocked during transfer operations or serious injury or
378. ristics regarding the flatrack you are using 3 122 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Use small tiedown rings for cargo no heavier than 10 000 pounds c Use large tiedown rings for cargo no heavier than 25 000 pounds d Check for proper center of gravity CG mark on flatrack and use as basis for load positioning CG markings on the M1077 and M1 are different 1 CG for the M1077 is 106 inches from front edge of flatrack 2 CG for the M1 is 116 inches from front edge of flatrack e Attach all web strap tiedown to load 1 Ensure all strap hooks are completely engaged and safety latches are completely closed around tiedown anchor point 2 Ensure that strap is tensioned to form at least 1 1 2 turns on the take up spool This is accomplished after web to web contact has been made on the take up spool To prevent movement of cargo each tiedown must be tightened until about equal tension is applied throughout the tiedown arrangement 3 After tensioning is completed the take up spool locking latch must be checked to ensure that it is fully seated at both ends of the spool in the matching locking notches The scuff sleeve may have to be removed to allow tightening of tiedowns Secure loose ends of straps by suitable means WARNING WARNING Extremely hazardous handling behavior can occur if payloads near the gross load rating are loaded in such a way that their CG falls rearward of the longitudinal center of the flatr
379. rked vehicles with the engine or heater running is prohibited 7 Transport of Hazardous Material a All drivers tasked with transporting hazardous material will be trained and certified to do so They must have certification card on their person b Bilingual placards that comply with Part 171 Title 49 Code of Federal Regulation will be placed on all sides of transports of hazardous materials Loads will be blocked and braced to prevent shifting c Drivers will follow a preplanned route that minimizes exposure in densely populated areas and park in areas where exposure to inhabited buildings and public gatherings is limited d Not necessary in tactical environment No person s will be allowed to ride on or in the cargo compartment of a vehicle transporting hazardous materials e Explosives will not be transported in the passenger compartment of vehicles f An assistant must be used when transporting hazardous materials g Trucks hauling passengers will be separated from any vehicle hauling hazardous cargo by at least one buffer vehicle hauling general cargo 8 Convoy Operations a Reconnaissance will be performed in advance for oversized vehicles b Do not place a passenger vehicle in a convoy as the last vehicle 21 November 2013 3 371 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Drivers will not back any type of vehicle before first checking for clearance and giving warning d Ground guides will be used in congested a
380. ront wheels to be violently jerked to one side or another As a precaution vehicle operator should steer the vehicle by placing hands only on outside rim Placing hands or fingers on a steering wheel spoke when the steering wheel is violently jerked to one side or the other may cause serious personal injury WARNING When operating vehicle over gullies ravines or ditches vehicle operator should grasp steering wheel only by the outside rim Grasping by a spoke in steering wheel may cause personnel injury when front wheels encounter a large rock rut or other obstacle and spins steering wheel CAUTION Road surfaces are especially slick just after the rain or drizzle begins Loosed grease and oil mix with raindrops quickly covering the surface with a slippery film Conditions In an operational environment your unit is moving through an area that is undergoing significant adverse weather conditions that range from extreme heat desert extreme cold mountainous terrain 32 degress F to 24 degrees F heavy rain blowing sand or snow in which vehicle performance is considered to be under unusual conditions as defined in the vehicle TM You are given mission ready tactical wheeled vehicle with radiator cover goggles face mask gloves seasonal uniform and mission requirement to travel under these conditions as part of a convoy movement Standards Operate the vehicle using cold weather starting and operating procedures according to the
381. rpm d Use service brake as needed to control speed 3 222 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Use engine brake as needed CAUTION Do not allow speed to go above 2100 RPM when driving downhill or damage to engine can result 8 Drive vehicle in slippery conditions HEMTT LHS TM 9 2320 345 10 WP 0051 NOTE After TRACTION CONTROL lever is shifted let vehicle creep forward several feet to allow shift collars to fully engage a If TRANSFER CASE shift lever is set to LO 8X8 DRIVE is automatically engaged and indicator light will illuminate Set TRACTION CONTROL lever to INTER AXLE DIFF LOCK Indicator light will illuminate CAUTION Do not shift TRACTION CONTROL lever while vehicle is moving Damage to drive line may result b If TRANSFER CASE shift lever is set to HI set TRACTION CONTROL lever to 8X8 DRIVE Indicator light will illuminate NOTE After TRACTION CONTROL lever is set to OFF position let vehicle creep forward several feet to allow shift collars to fully disengage c When vehicle gets good traction again stop vehicle and set TRACTION CONTROL lever to OFF Indicator light will go out Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO Prepared vehicle for movement 2 Operated vehicle on road 3 Operated vehicle off road 4 Operated vehicle on steep grades 5 Operated the HEMTT LHS truck on road 6 Operated the HEMTT LHS truck off road 7 Operated vehicle on steep gra
382. rrain All maneuvers are to be completed with 100 accuracy and without personnel injury damage to equipment or surroundings Special Condition Training institution must ensure adequate transition from illumination to darkness is accomplished to maximize the Soldiers ability to use the night vision devices Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Inclement Weather Note Each Soldier is to alternately operate the vehicle while using either the Driver s Vision Enhancer screen down without wearing NVGs and the Night Vision Goggles without the DVE screen up Performance Steps 1 Perform Before operation preventive maintenance checks a Refer to TM 11 5855 306 10 PMCS table 2 2 page 2 9 for Before operation preventive maintenance checks b Record any uncorrectable faults on maintence inspect worksheet or faults that render item Not Mission Capable 2 Start the vehicle Refer to the applicable vehicle TM for proper starting procedures 3 Perform initial setup procedures for the DVE DO NOT attempt to operate vehicle using both the NVGs and the DVE Remove NVGs FIRST NOTE Before powering up the unit ensure that the following control positions are as indicated in the following steps 3 148 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING WARNINGS Before operating the vehicle ensure that the dve azimuth and elevation controls are in the locked positions This will ensure that the dve is looki
383. rsonnel or damage to vehicle Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You have received a mission to operate a tactical wheeled vehicle with a standard or automatic semiautomatic transmission Note None Performance Steps 1 Prepare for vehicle operation a Ensure all operator maintenance dispatch and accident documentation is present in equipment records folder b Depress throttle and merge into roadway c Adjust the seats as needed d Adjust driving mirrors as needed e Fasten seat belt f Ensure the parking brake is applied g On vehicles with winch ensure that power takeoff is disengaged 21 November 2013 3 19 STP 55 88M14 SM TG h Insert hearing protection prior to starting vehicle i Start vehicle engine refer to TM j Observe all instruments and warning lights and buzzers for proper operation k Allow engine to warm up and brake system air tank warning buzzer to go off as applicable 2 Set the vehicle in motion a Turn on lights as required b Check for approaching traffic c Signal to indicate your direction of movement if tactically permitted d Release parking brake 3 Shift the gears as applicable Bring vehicle to desired speed by shifting as necessary through the gear pattern manual transmission or selecting different gear ranges automatic transmission 4 Turn the vehicle a Prepare to turn full turn 1 Signal a right
384. rt required Has it been requested 32 Have times been established for unloading trucks 33 Has time been established for releasing trucks Who is responsible 34 Is there a carefully conceived plan known to all convoy personnel that can be used in case of an attack 35 Is a written OPORD if required on hand 36 Will a log of road movement be required at the end of the trip Are necessary forms on hand 37 Has a weather forecast been obtained 38 Do all personnel have proper clothing and equipment 16 Are spare trucks available for emergencies 17 Are vehicles fully serviced and ready for loading 41 Have vehicles containing HAZMAT been placed at appropriate locations within the convoy to reduce residual damage in case of enemy attack 3 312 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 42 Has every effort been made to camouflage vehicles to the extent possible during movement At halts 20 Is the convoy marked front and rear of each march unit With convoy number when required Is each vehicle marked Are convoy flags on the vehicles 21 Are guides in place Have arrangements been made to post and recover them 22 Are blackout lights functioning 23 Have maintenance services been alerted 24 Is the maintenance truck in the rear Are medics in the rear 25 Are all interested parties advised of the estimated time of arrival ETA 26 Is the officer at the rear of the convoy ready to take necessar
385. rtation S51 89M 1659 Transport HazardouSensitve Cargo Subject Area 9 HEMTT LHS PLS Operations 551 8M 1505 Conduct Load Unload Operations using CHU J J J UNIT SSLSSM IS04 Conduct Load Unload Operations in Manual Mode f ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator TAIT MO 12 SaaS le ec Operations SSLSSMEISOS Transfer Flatrack To From PLS Trailer using LHS f 551 88M 1501 Perform Load Unload Operations in Automatic Mode TT 351 88M 1500 Operate the PLS HEMTT LHS Truck Skill Level SL2 Subject Area 10 Motor Transport Supervision 551 88M 2334 Supervise Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services Subject Area 11 Convoy Execution Defense 551 88M 2348 Perform Duties as Serial March UnitCommander_ ET 2 6 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CRITICAL TASKS Task Number Title Training Sust Sust Location Tng Tng 551 88M 2408 Implement Defensive Procedures When Under Attack Ambush in a NE ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator UNIT 2 3 Subject Area 12 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations 551 88M 2300 Operate the M1070 M1000 Semitrailer Combination With Disabled mE Bogie v ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator UNIT 551 88M 2376 Load Unload a Tracked Wheeled Vehicle Onto a Heavy Equipment Transporter HET ICTL MOS 88M Motor Transport Operator 551 88M 2301 Operate the Gas Particulate
386. ruckmasters first sergeants for driver candidates b Instructors interview all driver candidates if duties include as assigned should consider the following areas in accordance with AR 600 55 paragraph 5 1 subparagraph c 1 Maturity 2 Attitude 3 Past driving record 4 Hearing 5 Extreme nervousness 6 Any abnormal characteristics 7 Medication if used on regular basis c Cadre check with appropriate medical personnel regarding doubts or concerns about medications that are taken by driver candidates on a regular basis d Verify individual possesses a valid state driver s license if candidate is to operate vehicle off post and that will not expire prior to completion of training e Instructors counsel those driver candidates that fail the interview process f Instructors assistant instructors and other cadre prepare all facilities equipment training materials vehicles ranges and testing area prior to start of training 1 Facilities Ensure classrooms for training and testing driving ranges and maneuver stations motor park for storage of vehicles and preventive maintenance and maintenance shop are ready and will support training load 2 Training materials Ensure all training materials to include lesson plans slide material applicable training circulars TC Army regulations AR Field Manuals FM Technical Manuals TM or student handouts are up to date and structured to contain lesson
387. ry methods g Operation of vehicle at driving range as set up by local commands 8 Ensure driver testing is conducted in the following areas a Written examination Candidate must pass to continue with testing b PMCS examination Candidate must pass to continue with testing c Road test Candidate must pass d Maintain custody of examination materials in accordance with AR 611 5 Chapter 2 9 Ensure conduct of remedial driver training a For drivers of at halt accidents b Traffic violations c Misuse of vehicle d Other demonstrated need for additional training Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Verified all driver training cadre were fully qualified and certified by the commander to train or instruct 3 354 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 2 Verified that DA Form 348 or DA Form 5984 E was completed properly for each driver candidate 3 Ensured preparations were made for driver training and testing 4 Confirmed driver candidates prior to issuance of OF Form 346 US Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card or DA Form 5984 R automated learners permit received instruction and evaluation in required areas 5 Ensured that drivers received instruction on HAZMAT as required 6 Ensured proper issue of learner s permits 7 Confirmed continuation of driver training in the required areas 8 Ensured driver testing was conducted in
388. s ee 1 2 3 5 Figure 3 36b Strip Map Symbols 1 21 November 2013 3 163 STP 55 88M14 SM TG RR ABOVE RRBELOW GRADE Figure 3 37 Crossings A B 12 Figure 3 38 Bridges a Primary road s b Secondary road s c Other surfaced road s d Dirt road s e Trail s f Impassable section of road s g Main supply road s h Single track railroad broad gauge i Single track railroad narrow gauge j Double track railroad standard gauge k Crossings 1 Bridges 1 Highway 2 Railroad 2 Identify mission information 3 164 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Start Point SP This is the point established as the beginning of the convoy s timeline tracking May be the start of the convoy from origin or a point along the designated route in which convoy elements are to merge for the mission b Release Point RP This point is designated as release of convoy responsibility of all or part of the convoy elements May or may not be convoy destination c Check point or critical point CP This is a point along the convoy route that may serve as a navigational aid point of possible enemy ambush critical point or designated as a halt point This designation may apply to points along route identifying narrow roadways or other conditions that warrant special concern by convoy vehicle drivers d Mileage between routes Distance Kilometers Miles between check points or critical point
389. s In an operational environment your unit is given a supply mission Given an M1120A4 HEMTT LHS or an M1075 PLS Truck Tractor with before operation performed BII loaded flatrack hearing protection and work gloves Standards Perform Load unloading operations with a flatrack or CROP using the HEMTT LHS or PLS Truck Tractor in automatic mode without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is given a supply mission Note There are two model variations that may be used in the execution of this tasks One is an M1120A4 HEMTT LHS and the other an M1075 PLS truck without the MHC Each are capable of being used to perform this task Either the M1 or the M1077 Flatrack or the M3 or M3A1 CROP may also be used Performance Steps WARNING WARNING Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 M with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines 1 Position vehicle for loading operation either model a Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack Any ground instability beneath wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel CAUTION CAUTION Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to
390. s It may be prepared either as an overlay or as a schematic of the map itself It is similar to a route overlay but not to scale The purpose of a strip map is to graphically portray a routes of movement over a distance that may exceed standard military map sheets of that requires multiple map sheets a Explain the following regarding strip maps 1 Origin and destination 2 Start Point SP and Release Point RP if different from 4a above 3 Routes and route numbers 4 Major towns 3 296 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 5 Major roads and crossroads 6 Mileage between points 7 Bivouac rest halt and refuel point 8 Directional arrows 9 Legend transferred from the map onto the strip map 10 Alternate route s 11 Critical point s b Present the following information concerning characteristics of a strip map 1 A strip map may be prepared from a route overlay a route reconnaissance report or a map reconnaissance It is drawn on a standard sheet of paper to give the user the necessary information to reach his her destination 2 A strip map is generally distributed to squad leaders convoy commanders drivers or route guides and normally shows only one route 3 A strip map used as an appendix or annex could have many routes on it and could include bypasses for each route 4 A strip map may indicate a sketch of a march which may or may not be drawn to scale 6 Prepare a strip map
391. s along the convoy route a navigational aid e Routes and route numbers Usually normal road or highway numbers that are used to delineate the route plotted for convoy travel f Major cities and towns Usually indicated on route to ensure awareness navigation checking or if a specific location within the city or town is shown may be a checkpoint along the convoy route g Rest and service areas halt areas Usually designated as one of the checkpoints or may be an additional point along the route due to availability of space to accommodate vehicles h Primary and alternate routes Both should be indicated on map and strip map Usually colored differently or have a specific name assigned i Unit designations as applicable Indicates a unit s that are located along route or could be one of the destinations for convoy j Legend information Definitive information regarding the strip map in regards to the mission or unit NOTE If there are any additional unit specific symbols or information applicable to the mission it should be identified on the strip map and defined in the legend Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the Soldier with a strip map with mission situational information Brief Soldier You are to read the strip map to define key symbols and information that will guide you to your destination without a military grid reference map Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Identified strip map symbols 2 Identified mis
392. s slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given an M1000 semitrailer with basic issue items BID and operational auxiliary power unit APU hearing protection and work gloves Special Conditions If semitrailer is loaded the semitrailer must be coupled to tractor to perform height adjustments See semitrailer technical manual TM for details Standards Adjust platform height to the height of the semitrailer with 100 accuracy and without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a requirement to transport heavy loads Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls 21 November 2013 3 247 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Supervise f Evaluate 2 Start the APU a Refer to TM 9
393. s a manual movement of the trailer Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls 3 250 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Supervise f Evaluate 2 Start the APU Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 3 Prepare semitrailer for manual steering operation Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps 4 Steer bogie s manually in desired direction Reference TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps 5 Prepare semitrailer for travel Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps 6 Shutdown the APU Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a coupled M1070 M1000 HET System on solid level ground Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a composite risk assessment 2 Started the APU 3 Prepared semitrailer for manual steering operation 4 Steered bogie s manually in desired direction 5 Prepared semitrailer for travel 6 Shutdown the APU Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUA
394. s before the planned move 7 Determine the convoy route c Conduct a map and route reconnaissance of the convoy route Use engineer reconnaissance report information DA Form 1711 Engineer Reconnaissance Report if available to determine route characteristics that may play a key part in your convoy mission 1 Select an alternate route if possible 2 Determine all critical points check points 3 Determine situational requirements 4 Determine choke points along the route that may endanger the mission 5 Plot all necessary items on a map 6 Plot scheduled halts d Perform a risk management in accordance with FM 5 19 e Determine the size of serial march units f Determine march rate if not covered by the SOP g Determine the vehicle march order interval and location of key vehicles within the convoy h Determine the pre departure assembly area Seek command guidance if information is not provided in OPORD i Determine security requirements Consider the following 1 Noise and light discipline 2 Front flank and rear security 3 Security during halts 4 Air cover 5 Fire support 6 Communications security 7 Deception j Determine necessity and availability of spare vehicle bobtails for recovery 21 November 2013 3 309 STP 55 88M14 SM TG k Determine maintenance support 1 Determine key convoy chain of command duty positions Include the following 1 Assistant convoy co
395. s field will let you know if the intended recipient is on line or off line The unit location field will indicate the position of unit 5 Type the message into the message text field 6 Press send once the message is complete Press cancel button to return to the main window without sending Press recall button to load the last sent message into the message box Press clear to clear 7 Go to read messages review sent messages to see if the recipient received the message does not mean they have read it 21 November 2013 3 87 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Send a message to all members of a control group 1 Select send messages to group or press F4 to send a message to all members of the control group except the sender Mobile units will only see one control group while control stations might be members of several control groups 2 Enter the text in the message text field and press the send button Pressing the recall button will load the message box with the text from the last message sent To close the window without sending a message press the cancel button To erase any text in the message text field press the clear button 3 After sending message go to read messages review sent messages to see if any group members received the message 5 Start TracerLink program a Double click on the TracerLink icon located on the desktop to start the TracerLink application TracerLink connects to the MTS Messenger program o
396. s occupied to allow for quick removal in case of vehicle rollover or other accident If the Movement Tracking System or other satellite based communications tracking system is installed ensure that system is powered up and operational 3 134 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG k Check vehicle intercom system if installed to ensure all components are present and in working order 1 If the Driver s Vision Enhancer DVE is installed on vehicle ensure that the system is operational m If vehicle is a cargo carrying vehicle and is to be loaded for mission ensure that it is loaded according to vehicle load plan by placing large heavier items on bottom weight is distributed evenly and total of load does not exceed vehicle load limitations Ensure load compatibility prior to loading Load must be secured properly using appropriate serviceable tiedown devices n If vehicle is a prime mover ensure that the trailer or semitrailer is prepared in accordance with items la b c d f and 1 above o Ensure that convoy control number is displayed on all sides of vehicle in accordance with convoy commander s guidance 2 Harden the vehicle vehicle without armor kit as required a Ensure all armor kit components are installed properly as required by mission b Ensure all combat locks if installed are configured as required by SOP for mission c If directed harden the fuel tank by inserting steel plates under the straps d Harden
397. s soon as the vehicle begins to straighten out turn the wheel back the other way so that the vehicle will not turn too far 4 Continue to correct your steering left and right until you recover from the skid 21 November 2013 3 129 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 5 Turn back to straight ahead 2 Operate vehicle in extremely hot dusty desert environment NOTE As a general rule vehicles in a convoy should not follow directly behind one another due to high concentrations of dust in the air Visibility may be reduced to zero facilitating a vehicle accident a Don protective goggles and other facial protection if available b If CTIS equipped select mode for this type of terrain watch for indicator showing correct mode selection on CTIS panel and adhere to speed restrictions c Select a gear or range that will start you with a minimum of or no clutch slippage manual transmission and wheel spinning d Use rear wheel drive if possible due to the front wheels tendency to dig into the sand e Accelerate slowly f Check instrument panel gauges more frequently while operating vehicle to prevent a mechanical failure due to extremely hot temperatures g Maintain a steady and even rate of movement h Avoid unnecessary shifting of gears manual transmission i Anticipate difficult spots and bypass if possible j Approach a dune from the windward side slope at a 90 degree angle k Follow the track of preceding vehicle or break a new p
398. sed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC B5C REPRINTED W BASIC INCL 1 3 TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAV Y EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC CXU THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0049 3 260 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 13 Motor Vehicle Operations 551 88M 2371 Perform Dispatcher Duties DANGER There are no inherent dangers associated with dispatcher duties WARNING Not applicable CAUTION Not applicable Conditions In an operational environment under the supervision of the truckmaster given a request for a vehicle or equipment to be dispatched DA Form 2401 Organization Control Record for Equipment or DA Form 5982 E Dispatch Control Log DD Form 1970 Motor Equipment Utilization Record or DA Form 5987 E Motor Equipment Dispatch pencil Standard Army Maintenance System Enhanced SAMS E workstation if unit is so equipped a list of drivers and their qualifications vehicle status board and a copy of unit standing operating procedure SOP Standards Complete dispatcher entries on DA Form 2401 DD Form 1970 or DA Form
399. sent in the equipment records folder located in the vehicle cab Operator possesses a valid operator s permit with required endorsements to transport hazardous materials and an ammunition handler s card as required Hazardous Cargo Defined A material or substance capable of posing an unreasonable risk to health safety and property when transported Hazardous cargo compatibility issues are not applicable to this task Composite Risk Assessment This CRM when completed by the Soldier s supervisor should be made available to inform Soldier of identified control measures in place to mitigate risk for this task Special Standards None 21 November 2013 3 167 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Special Equipment Cue Your unit has a mission to transport hazardous sensitive cargo Note None Performance Steps 1 Prepare vehicle to transport hazardous sensitive cargo a For shipping hazardous materials ensure additional vehicle inspections by shipper DD Form 626 have been performed and deficiencies corrected as applicable b Position vehicle near cargo to be loaded and shutdown engine unless needed to operate onboard MHE Set vehicle parking brakes and chock vehicle c Clean out cargo bed to allow room for cargo to be loaded d Ensure tiedown materials are on hand to secure load to vehicle e Ensure cargo canvas and bow assembly and any required tarpaulins are available to conceal and protect the cargo during transport If canvas is install
400. serious injury or death to personnel q Pull out PARKING BRAKE control and set the transmission range selector to Neutral N r Move the joystick to LOAD position and hold in this position until main frame cylinders are fully retracted s Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN position t Hold the joystick in LOAD position until the hook arm cylinders are fully retracted u Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN TRANS position v Put PTO ENGAGE switch in OFF position Make sure indicator light goes off w Inspect that flatrack is completely seated and load locks are engaged x Turn the hydraulic selector switch to MAN M F position y Move the joystick to UNLOAD position until flatrack rollers contact trailer stops and front of flatrack guides are seated on trailer z Release the joystick a Inspect that rear flatrack rollers on flatrack have contacted trailer stops b Apply the service brake pedal c Push in truck PARKING BRAKE control d Move the joystick to UNLOAD position to allow top of lift hook to clear hook bar e Release the service brake pedal and place transmission range selector in Drive D and move truck forward approximately 3 inches 76 2 mm Apply service brake pedal f Move the joystick to UNLOAD position to disengage lift hook from hook bar g Set the transmission range selector to Neutral N and pull out PARKING BRAKE control h Inspect that rear flatrack rollers have contacte
401. shed standards in the vehicle or equipment TM while performing after operation inspection 5 Ensured that all inspection worksheets were turned in to organizational maintenance in accordance with local maintenance SOP 6 Ensured that all vehicles and equipment were secured upon completion of maintenance Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary DA FORM 2404 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE WORKSHEET DA FORM 2408 14 UNCORRECTED FAULT RECORD DA FORM 5987 E MOTOR EQUIPMENT DISPATCH EGA DA FORM 5988 E Equipment Inspection Maintenance Worksheet 3 228 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS DA PAM 750 8 The Army Maintenance Management System TAMMS Users Manual 21 November 2013 3 229 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 11 Convoy Execution Defense 551 88 2348 Perform Duties as Serial March Unit Commander DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take ever
402. side of semitrailer 6 Unload payload vehicle from semitrailer a Provide hand and arm visual signals to payload vehicle operator to guide payload vehicle off the semitrailer and onto the loading dock 21 November 2013 3 111 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Signals payload vehicle operator to stop vehicle once in position on loading dock Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a coupled truck tractor with semitrailer combination to include all necessary tiedown devices chock blocks load measuring tools hearing protection work gloves alley or loading dock and payload vehicle with operator Brief Soldier You are required to load the payload vehicle onto the semitrailer using the loading dock by providing the payload vehicle operator the necessary visual hand and arm signals You are to position yourself in such a manner as to afford a clear field of view at all times while guiding You are to position the payload vehicle properly using the centerline of the semitrailer with the centerline of the payload vehicle and guide the payload vehicle forward until properly positioned for transport Once positioned you are to secure the payload vehicle to the semitrailer using available tiedown devices Once secure you are to measure the height and width of the payload and semitrailer to ensure it does not exceed route restrictions Once measurements are taken you are to provide this information to your supervisor Once supervisor has
403. sion information Evaluation Guidance Score the soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References 21 November 2013 3 165 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required FM 1 02 Operational Terms and Graphics MCRP 5 12 This item is included on EM 0205 FM 3 25 26 MAP READING AND LAND NAVIGATION 3 166 Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 D 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 8 Hazardous Cargo Transportation 551 88M 1659 Transport Hazardous Sensitive Cargo DANGER Soldiers must be aware of the inherent dangers of working in and around tactical wheeled vehicles Hot surfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNINGs applicable to both the vehicle trailer semitrailer and the associated cargo CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTIONS applicable to both the vehicle trailer semitailer and the associated cargo Conditions In an operational environment as a vehicle operator assign
404. ssages NOTE When the incoming messages queue indicator in status block two 2 contains unread messages the bottom bar will turn YELLOW until all messages are read If the bottom bar turns RED a distress signal has been sent out by another unit and is in the message queue a Select Read Messages then Read Current Press F1 or press ALT and R sequentially to read messages b In the Read Messages screen click the message number you wish to read It will default to the most recent message received The text of the message will appear in the Message Text Field Click the Reply button to return a message to the sender or the Done button to go back to the main window Use the up and down arrow keys to move between messages NOTE If you have not received messages for example right after you started MTS Messenger and you selected Read Messages Read Current via the pull down menu pressing F1 or by pressing the ALT and R keys sequentially this dialog box will display 4 Send messages a To an individual unit 1 Select the send messages pull down menu or use the F2 or F3 function keys on the keyboard 2 Send message to control station CS select send message to CS or press F2 3 Send a message to a mobile unit select send message to mobile or press F3 Send message to a Control Station 4 Choose recipient for your message by choosing a unit from select unit list Before you type a message check the unit status field Thi
405. stody to the designated person authorized receipt of property Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a Risk Assessment t EDD 2 Directed preparation of vehicle to transport hazardous sensitive cargo 3 Directed preparation of hazardous sensitive cargo for shipment 4 Directed loading cargo onto into vehicle trailer semitrailer for movement 5 Directed the movement and custody transfer of the hazardous sensitive cargo Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed If any performance measure is failed tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to do it correctly References Required Primary 21 November 2013 3 279 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary FM 5 19 COMPOSITE RISK MANAGEMENT PAM 385 64 AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVES SAFETY STANDARDS DD FORM 626 MOTOR VEHICLE INSPECTION TRANSPORTING HAZARDOUS MATERIALS DA FORM 5988 E EQUIPMENT INSPECTION MAINTENANCE WORKSHEET TC 21 305 20 MANUAL FOR THE WHEELED VEHICLE OPERATOR AFMAN 24 306 D AR 190 11 PHYSICAL SECURITY OF ARMS AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVES RAR 001 06 28 2011 TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC W O WN 2320 01 254 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TO
406. stops j Display turn signals earlier than usual if tactical situation permits k Maintain at least double the normal following distance from the vehicle ahead 1 Pump brakes to give early warning to those following of your intention to stop Non ABS m Apply steady brake pressure earlier when stopping for warn others of your intentions ABS only n Descend moderate grades in the gear normally used to climb the same grade Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide the Soldier with a tactical wheeled vehicle winterization kit and all other items required for inclement weather preparations Brief Soldier You are required to prepare your vehicle for inclement weather operation by installing adjusting AAL issued items with your vehicle and use procedures covered under operation under unusual conditions in the reference TM 21 November 2013 3 269 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Operated vehicle in rain 2 Operated vehicle in extremely hot dusty desert environment 3 Operated vehicle through streams 4 Operated vehicle in extreme cold weather 32 degrees F to 24 degrees F and blowing snow Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS FM 90 3 Desert Operations TC
407. sure all items are secured on inside of vehicle 4 Check payload vehicle tire pressure wheeled and inflate or deflate to proper pressure 3 Ensure that payload vehicle is properly aligned to allow driver to drive straight onto the semitrailer a Note shifting of weight and width of payload vehicle as compared to semitrailer width 3 272 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b If payload vehicle appears to be loaded improperly or is characteristically unbalanced do not allow loading 4 Direct loading of payload vehicle onto semitrailer a Position yourself to clearly view movement of payload vehicle onto semitrailer b Ensure vehicle ground guides are positioned properly so that the payload vehicle driver has a clear field of view c Direct that payload vehicle is shutdown and brakes are set by vehicle operator d Ensure vehicle is guided into position on semitrailer by closely monitoring weight shifting and direction of travel e For tracked vehicles ensure that any payload vehicle overhang is evenly distributed on both sides of the semitrailer 5 Once payload vehicle is loaded ensure that there are no height and width violations a Ensure that drive uses a suitable measuring device such as a retractable measuring tape 25ft or telescoping rod pole with measuring graduations CAUTION Ensure that point from which measurements are taken on the ground is at the same level as the semitrailer wheels Failure
408. sure operator chocks vehicle and semitrailer wheels as needed c Ensure operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements listed in technical reference for this operation 2 Supervise Loading able tracked wheeled vehicle payload a Ensure operator refers to TM 9 2330 381 13 b Ensure operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the reference manual for this operation 3 Supervise loading disabled tracked wheeled vehicle payload a Ensure operator refers to TM 9 2330 381 13 detailed procedures in unloading vehicle payload b Ensure operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the reference manual for this operation Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Supervised preparation of Heavy Equipment Transporter System HETS for loading operation 2 Supervised loading able tracked wheeled vehicle payload 3 Supervised loading disabled tracked wheeled vehicle payload 3 348 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Evaluation Guidance None References Required FM 21 60 Visual Signals TC 21 305 9 TRAINING PROGRAM FOR THE HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER SYSTEM TM 9 2320 360 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1070 8X8 HEAVY EQUIPMENT TRANSPORTER HET NSN 2320 01 318 9902 EIC BSC REPRINTED W BASIC INCL C1 3 TM 9 2330 381 13 OPERATOR AND FIELD MAINTENANCE MANUAL FOR SEMITRAILER TRANSPORTER HEAVY EQUIPMENT 70 TON M1000 NSN 2330 01 303 8832 EIC
409. t for proper indications part of during operation maintenance e Maintain vehicle awareness to include 1 Unusual engine noises or vibration 2 Unusual handling characteristics or erratic behavior 3 Vehicle position on the roadway 4 Upcoming obstacles that may hinder vehicle progress f Negotiate tractor semitrailer combination throught e following obstacles 1 Right and left turns 21 November 2013 3 253 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Heavy traffic areas 3 Over bridges 4 Through underpasses watch overhead restrictions in width and height 5 Steep upgrades or downgrades 6 Curves in the roadway 7 Intersections for stopping and not stopping 5 Shutdown vehicle Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 12g pages 2 139 and 2 140 Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier a mission ready coupled HET System and assistant driver and a designated route Brief Soldier Instruct the Soldier to mount the vehicle make the necessary driver adjustments and follow the designated route to destination All vehicle operations must occur without injury to any personnel or damage to vehicle or surroundings Performance Measures GO NO GO Performed a risk assessment and idenfied all hazards associated with the vehicle movement 2 Prepared HET and HETS for operation 3 Placed coupled HET into motion 4 Navigated HET with HETS through normal traffic situations and road conditions 5 Parked and shut
410. t LHS rear rollers correctly Failure to contact flatrack runners correctly could result in serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment Overload warning light may illuminate when lifting flatrack from unusual conditions CAUTION Reduce engine speed to idle before flatrack main rails contact rear rollers or damage to flatrack may result Engine speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result Hydraulic selector switch must be in OFF position before driving or hydraulic system could overheat c Ensure that parking brake is not applied before starting load sequence or damage to equipment may occur CAUTION CAUTIONS Engine idle speed must be at idle before using hydraulic selector switch or damage to equipment may result Ensure parking brake is not applied during unload sequence or damage to equipment may result WARNING 21 November 2013 3 209 STP 55 88M14 SM TG When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or down grades up to 10 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck roll away or severe injury or death could result 3 Off load flatrack from truck tractor PLS only a Check for overhead power lines or other obstructions before attempting LHS operation LHS reaches a height of 17 feet two inches 5 22 m with ISO container Serious injury or death could result from contact with electrical power lines
411. t may result Do not use R reverse to back up vehicle while hook arm is attached to flatrack or damage to LHS will occur 1 Move joystick to LOAD position to engage lift hook and hook bar NOTE No additional equipment can be stowed on or in FRS during loading unloading Additional equipment could OVERLOAD LHS due to weight of FRS m If lift hook fails to engage hook bar 1 Release joystick 2 Set transmission range selector to Drive D release service brake pedal 3 and move truck forward just clear of flatrack 3 Move joystick to UNLOAD position until lift hook is below level of hook bar 4 Repeat steps i though 1 n Move joystick to LOAD position allowing truck to be pulled under flatrack WARNING Ensure trailer air system is pressurized prior to beginning transfer or flatrack locks may not properly engage disengage Failure to comply may result in injury or death to personnel CAUTION Reduce engine speed to idle before flatrack main rails contact rear rollers Damage to flatrack may result Before flatrack contacts rear rollers reduce engine speed and apply service brake pedal NOTE As load is lifted vehicle will be pulled under the flatrack Some steering adjustment may have to be made to ensure that flatrack runners will contact rear rollers p Release joystick Set hydraulic selector switch to MAN H A position q Move joystick to LOAD position until flatrack FRS is approximately 2 feet 0
412. tandards None Special Equipment None Cue You have arrived at your destination with your able disabled track vehicle loaded on your HET You must ensure that it is unloaded without injury to personnel damage to the vehicle payload semitrailer or physical surroundings Note None Performance Steps 1 Supervise preparation of Heavy Equipment Transporter System HETS for unloading operation a Ensure operator positions HET on level ground or within 10 percent offset or 10 degrees difference between tractor and semitrailer Follow hand and arm signals from ground guide b Ensure operator chocks vehicle and semitrailer wheels as needed c Ensure operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements listed in technical reference for this operation 21 November 2013 3 345 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Supervise Unloading of able tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET a Ensure operator refers to TM 9 2330 381 13 b Ensure operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the reference manual for this operation 3 Supervise unloading disabled tracked wheeled vehicle payload from HET a Ensure operator refers to TM 9 2330 381 13 for detailed procedures in unloading disabled vehicle payload b Ensure operator adheres to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the reference manual for this operation Evaluation Preparation None Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Supervised preparation HETS for unloading operation
413. task title and 10 digit number from the STP task summary In Column a enter the performance measure numbers from the task summary In Column b enter the performance measure corresponding to the number in Column a you may abbreviate this information if necessary Locally reproduce the partially completed form when evaluating more than one Soldier on the task or when evaluating the same Soldier more than once During evaluation Enter the date just before the Soldier s task performance Enter the evaluator s name the Soldier s name and the unit For each performance measure in Column b enter a check in Column c PASS or Column d FAIL as appropriate Compare the number of performance measures the Soldier passes and if necessary which ones against the task standards specified in the task summary If the standards are met or exceeded check the GO block under STATUS otherwise check the NO GO block 21 November 2013 Appendix A 1 This page intentionally left blank STP 551 88M14 SM TG APPENDIX B Appendix B DA Form 5165 Appendix B Sample DA Form 5165 R Field Expedient Squad Book DA Form 5165 R Field Expedient Squad Book allows the trainer to keep a record of task proficiency for a group of Soldiers Before evaluation Obtain a blank copy of DA Form 5165 R which you may locally reproduce on 8 x 12 paper Locally reproduce the partially completed form if you are evaluating more than nine Soldiers D
414. tation Regulation Part III Mobility FM 55 60 ARMY TERMINAL OPERATIONS TC 4 13 17 CARGO SPECIALISTS HANDBOOK 3 344 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 24 Heavy Equipment Transport HET Operations 551 88M 3346 Unload Able Disabled Tracked Wheeled Vehicle from a Heavy Equipment Transporter DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment you are operating WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment that you are operating You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions As a heavy vehicle operator given a coupled HET with before operational maintenance performed assistance from other crew members chock blocks vehicle and semitrailer basic issue items BID and an able disabled tracked or wheeled vehicle payload Standards You will supervise the safe completion of the unloading operation of an able disabled tracked wheeled vehicle from your HET semitrailer without injury to personnel damaging the vehicle payload semitrailer or physical surroundings Special Condition This task requires at least two persons Special S
415. ted to conduct this task Performance Steps 1 Ensure the proper operation of all blackout lights and markers a Check blackout marker lights on both front and rear of vehicle b Check blackout drive lights c Check blackout stop light d Ensure all lenses are free of dirt mud or paint 2 Operate vehicle at a low speed 5 to 10 MPH 8 to 16 KMPH or as directed during blackout operations WARNING WARNING When operating in an assembly area use dismounted ground guides for safety Follow nighttime hand and arm signals guide using flashlight as necessary 3 Maintain a proper interval 60 to 180 feet from the vehicle ahead If you are following the correct distance each pair of blackout lights appears as one red light Evaluation Preparation Setup Provide for the Soldier 5 ton cargo truck with or without a trailer or a Truck tractor with semitrailer that has operational blackout drive and marker lights a lead tactical vehicle equipped with blackout marker lights to be operated during blackout conditions at night There should be little or no ambient light in the vicinity of the controlled driving area 3 44 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Brief Soldier Instruct the Soldier to operate the vehicle using blackout drive lights only over a designated controlled route at nighttime Soldier is not to use any night vision enhancement device and to follow the lead vehicle at the prescribed following distance Soldier
416. tension load binders must not bear against an object 3 124 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Attach chains and load binders to front and rear of vehicle NOTE It is not possible to illustrate all possible configurations in this step of tying down a vehicle on the M872 semitrailer The vehicle included is the M998 HMMWV 1 1 4 ton vehicle Similar vehicles may be used as substitute d The following restrictions apply to this procedure NTE Not To Exceed 1 Vehicle payload NTE 12 000 Ibs Use 3 8 inch chain One chain required for each corner of vehicle 2 Vehicle payload NTE 17 000 Ibs Use 3 8 inch chain One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right of rear corners of vehicle 3 Vehicle payload NTE 19 000 Ibs Use 7 16 inch chain One chain for each front corner of vehicle payload Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload 4 Vehicle payload NTE 27 000 Ibs Use 7 16 inch chain One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload 5 Vehicle payload NTE 48 000 Ibs Use 3 4 inch chains One chain for left and right front corners of payload vehicle Two chains required for left and right rear corners of vehicle payload CAUTION CAUTION All chains are attached to the cargo tiedown rings DO NOT use the outside stake pockets of the
417. tential dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given an M1000 semitrailer with basic issue items BID and functional auxiliary power unit APU hearing protection and work gloves Standards Raise or lower the gooseneck with 100 accuracy without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a mission to transport some heavy loads Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls and make risk decisions d Implement controls e Supervise f Evaluate 21 November 2013 3 245 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 2 Start the APU a Uncouple the semitrailer from the tractor if coupled b Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 for applicable steps WARNING WARNING Wear hearing protection while apu is running Ensure that tractor is uncoupled from semitrailer before beginning op
418. th Watt wide area network white Worldwide Port System alternate altitude alanine transaminase counterclockwise kilogram s millimeter Glossary C STP 55 88M14 SM TG mph MPH miles per hour psi pounds per square inch the amount of pressure exerted on one square inch of surface often stated as PSIA or PSIG signifying absolute or gauge pressure Section II Terms MILVAN A military owned demountable container conforming to US and international standards operated in a centrally controlled fleet for the movement of military cargo OK okay Ibs pounds m mechanized graphics mech mechanized Glossary D 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG REFERENCES Required Publications Required publications are sources that users must read in order to understand or to comply with this publication Army Publications ADP 5 0 THE OPERATIONS PROCESS 17 May 2012 ADRP 7 0 TRAINING UNITS AND DEVELOPING LEADERS 23 August 2012 AR 190 11 PHYSICAL SECURITY OF ARMS AMMUNITION AND EXPLOSIVES RAR 001 06 28 2011 5 September 2013 AR 25 1 ARMY KNOWLEDGE MANAGEMENT AND INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY 25 June 2013 AR 25 2 INFORMATION ASSURANCE 24 October 2007 AR 25 50 PREPARING AND MANAGING CORRESPONDENCE 17 May 2013 AR 380 5 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY INFORMATION SECURITY PROGRAM 29 September 2000 AR 385 10 THE ARMY SAFETY PROGRAM RAR 004 10 04 2011 23 August 2007 AR 55 162 PERMITS FOR OVERSIZE OVERWEIGHT OR OTH
419. the following areas 9 Ensured conduct of remedial driver training Evaluation Guidance None References Required Primary AR 385 10 The Army Safety Program RAR 004 10 04 2011 AR 600 55 THE ARMY DRIVER AND OPERATOR STANDARDIZATION PROGRAM SELECTION TRAINING TESTING AND LICENSING AR 611 5 PERSONNEL AND CLASSIFICATION TESTING DA FORM 2404 EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE WORKSHEET DA FORM 2408 14 UNCORRECTED FAULT RECORD DA FORM 348 Equipment Operators Qualification Record Except Aircraft DA FORM 5984 E OPERATORS PERMIT RECORD EGA ATP 4 11 ARMY MOTOR TRANSPORT OPERATIONS 21 November 2013 3 355 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary OF FORM 346 US Government Motor Vehicle Operator s Identification Card 3 356 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Subject Area 26 Convoy Planning and Operation 551 88M 4401 Manage a Convoy Manifest DANGER Adhere to all Danger statements in reference to the vehicles Technical Manual to ensure you are aware of the possible dangers involving the different types of equipment WARNING Adhere to all Warning statements referenced in the Technical manual for the type of equipment You must ensure injury to personnel or damage to the equipment does not occur CAUTION Be aware of all Caution statements referenced in the equipment Technical Manuals to ensure damage to equipment or injury to personnel does not occur Conditions As an operations s
420. the ground and configured for appropriate container Standards Load and unload with the aid of a ground guide spotter an International Standard Organization ISO container using the PLS or HEMTT LHS truck tractor using the CHU Front Lift Adapter or ECHU without injury to personnel or damage to equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has received an order to transport numerous containers from the port of entry to a forward operating base Note The Soldier will perform this task using either the PLS or HEMTT LHS systems The reference publication will be consulted for proper operational steps Use of the technical manual is not required during execution of this task However all steps MUST be adhered to as well as compliance with all listed safety related precautions Assistance is only allowed by a ground guide to position vehicle Performance Steps 1 Prepare PLS truck tractor M1075 only and HEMTT LHS truck tractor for container mode NOTE This task is abbreviated and all performance steps and performance measures required are referred to in the applicable reference publication Due to the considerable length of this operation all actions to be performed and evaluated are to be taken directly from the reference publication sited in each 3 172 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG step Operator must make the necessary adjustments to equipment to accommodate the di
421. the signal to begin movement and depart the assembly area at the time designated in movement order Use the closed column formation until entry onto the main convoy route If expressways are used instruct drivers to close to approximately 20 meter vehicle interval when entering the acceleration ramp d Ensure that the convoy reaches the SP according to the established timeline e Monitor radio traffic f Ensure that the trail officer relays passing the SP on the established timeline g Ensure that the pacesetter maintains established speed h Signal drivers to adjust speed and interval accordingly i Notify higher headquarters upon passing each check critical point on the route as directed by the SOP or commander j During halts ensure that serial march unit commanders if entire convoy is at halt complete halt checks on personnel vehicles and loads 1 Ensure that vehicles are staged so as to facilitate rapid movement Vehicles should remain in the same order of march as during movement 2 Ensure that security is posted to prevent pilferage or compromise by enemy forces 3 Exchange drivers if operating limits have been reached Do not exceed authorized driving times as listed in AR 385 10 paragraph 11 4 k As terrain dictates direct the column into open or closed formations Movement through urban areas will facilitate closing the formation to established vehicle intervals 21 November 2013 3 315 STP 55 88M14
422. the vehicle operator adheres to all procedural steps listed in the appropriate vehicle technical manual TM for engine starting c Ensure the vehicle operator adheres to all SAFETY and WARNING statements in the vehicle TM for this procedure 2 Supervise preparation of crane for use 21 November 2013 3 289 STP 55 88M14 SM TG a Ensure that operator is wearing hearing protection as applicable b Ensure that operator adheres to all steps listing in the TM for this procedure c Ensure that the operator has chocked the vehicle wheels prior to operation d Ensure that load to be lifted is positioned and prepared and does not exceed weight limitations of the crane 1 For M977 M985 vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 279 10 1 2 For M1074 vehicle refer to TM 9 2320 364 10 3 For M1078 light medium tactical vehicle LMTV vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 365 10 4 For M1083 medium tactical vehicle MTV vehicles refer to TM 9 2320 366 10 1 e Never allow personnel to stand under a suspended load Supervise the operation of the crane a Ensure operator follows visual hand and arm signals b Ensure that crane lifting hook is properly connected to the load being lifted c Ensure that operator maintains control of crane and load during movement d Ensure that operator places load as directed e Never allow personnel to stand under a suspended load Supervise stowage of crane a Ensure that operator completes all steps
423. til running Engine should be firing Disengage starter switch 5 If engine still has not started engage starter switch and crank for 1 minute Engine should be firing Disengage starter switch when engine is increasing speed 6 Turn off pre heater switch WARNING WARNING Top loading should only be done when bottom loading is not possible Bottom loading minimizes the level of static electricity buildup When top loading through fill cover there is no automatic shutdown Man the loading hose to avoid fuel spillage Use capacity indicator gauge and dipstick gauge to determine amount of fuel loaded Failure to follow this warning may result in uncontrolled fuel spillage and a fire or explosion hazard Ladder has narrow tread be careful when climbing 3 Conduct basic haul and fuel services operation NOT involving engine and pump 3 156 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG EMERGENCY VALVE VALVE BOTTOM LOAD MANIFOLD B PRECHECK VALVE upe OPERATION BEGINS RT AND ENDS WITH ALL VALVES CLOSED EN Foe NOTE m i SELECTOR VALVE Figure 3 35 Self Load Flow Diagram a Top Loading the product is not filtered or metered by the vehicle 1 Ensure all valves are closed 2 Ground and bond the semitrailer before opening the fill cover 3 Place fire extinguishers at point of operation 4 Slowly open fill cover Insert hose far enough to keep the end of the hose in contact with the bot
424. ting LHS operation If LHS reaches a height of 17 feet 2 inches 5 23 m with ISO container serious injury or death to personnel could result from contact with electrical power lines Check ground conditions for firmness and extreme sideways inclination before picking up or off loading a flatrack any ground instability beneath road wheels could cause serious injury or death to personnel Prior to and during any load or unload cycle all personnel should stay clear of Ihs and flatrack or serious injury or death to personnel could result CAUTIONS Reduce speed to idle for approximately the first 18 inches 46 cm of travel and again when flatrack is 2 feet 61 cm above ground to prevent damage to cylinder To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engine speeds above idle Ensure rail transport locking pins are disengaged before unloading flatrack Rail transport locking pins are used for rail transport only Failure to comply may result in damage to equipment NOTES LHS OVERLOAD indicator may come on when engine is at idle speed When unloading an FRS engine speed must be at 1 500 rpm CAUTION Reduce speed to idle for approximately the first 18 inches 46 cm of travel and again when flatrack is 2 feet 61 cm above ground to prevent damage to cylinder To avoid equipment damage ensure that hook arm cylinders do not complete full extension while operating at engin
425. tinues operator is cautioned that LHS is nearing maximum capacity In this situation operator should determine if payload is evenly distributed on flatrack or if flatrack load exceeds 25 000 Ibs 11 340 kg for LHS or 24 000 Ibs 10 886 kg for LHS with CHU kit If any of these conditions exist operator must redistribute or reduce the payload or damage to equipment may occur Load must be evenly distributed on the pallet Uneven load distribution may cause LHS OVER LOAD indicator to give false signals and cause LHS to operate incorrectly Damage to equipment may result If LHS OVER LOAD indicator illuminates and normal operation has stopped return load to original position and redistribute or reduce payload weight or equipment damage may occur Ensure that parking brake is not applied before starting load sequence or damage to equipment may occur k When correctly engaged set the transmission range selector to Neutral N and release service brake pedal 3 212 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING WARNING Ensure that flatrack runners contact Ihs rear rollers correctly Failure to contact flatrack runners correctly could result in serious injury or death to personnel and damage to Equipment 1 Move joystick to LOAD position allowing truck to be pulled under flatrack CAUTION CAUTION Reduce engine speed to idle before flatrack main rails contact rear rollers or damage to flatrack may result m As lo
426. to FM 3 11 4 b Refer to TM 3 4240 280 10 for wear of the M24 protective mask c Refer to TM 3 4240 300 10 2 for the M42 protective mask 3 Perform all operational steps to operate the GPFU a Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 20 subparagraph c to perform steps 1 through 7 on pages 2 173 through 2 175 b Adhere to all WARNINGS and notes in the vehicle TM for this operation 4 Remove the gas particulate filter hose a Upon receiving the all clear signal or when required to exit the vehicle perform unmasking procedures b Refer to TM 9 2320 360 10 paragraph 2 20 subparagraph d to perform steps 1 through 5 on pages 2 176 and 2 177 Evaluation Preparation Provide the Soldier with a mission ready M1070 HET Truck Tractor with a functional GPFU Complete J suit and M42 or M25 protective mask Performance Measures GO NO GO 1 Assumed a MOPP level 4 status 2 Performed all operational steps to operate the GPFU 3 Removed the gas particulate filter hose Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary FM 3 11 4 Multiservice Tactics Techniques and Procedures for Nuclear Biological and Chemical NBC Protection TM 3 4240 280 10 Rescinded for active Army OPERATORS MANUAL FOR MASK CHEMICAL BIOLOGICAL AI
427. to comply could result in an inaccurate measurement Measure at least two times in each direction vertically and horizontally b Ensure the height is measured from level ground on side of semitrailer to the highest point of the payload vehicle Height should not exceed 13 feet 5 inches in CONUS and 13 feet 1 inch OCONUS A minimum of two measurements are required c Ensure that the width measurement is taken from the widest point of the load Measure at least twice d Compare measurements to any route restrictions Reduce or reject load if this restriction is exceeded 6 Ensure that payload vehicle is secured to semitrailer a Position yourself to clearly view personnel securing the payload vehicle b Ensure the selection of appropriate tiedown anchor points on semitrailer and tiedown clevises on payload vehicle c Ensure that all tiedown devices are routed properly and attached to appropriate anchor points d Ensure that all tiedown devices are securely tightened e Ensure that any loose ends of tiedown devices are secured 21 November 2013 3 273 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 7 Ensure preparations are made for unloading of payload vehicle from semitrailer Position yourself so that you can see all aspect of the unloading process to include ground guide signalling and movement of the payload vehicle a For the tractor semitrailer ensure the following is accomplished 1 Tractor semitrailer is parked against the loading doc
428. to ensure all loose ends are secured Canvas may have to be removed if it interferes with height width restrictions WARNING 21 November 2013 3 109 STP 55 88M14 SM TG WARNING Ensure all tires are inflated to proper pressure and that no tire is leaking If any tire prematurely deflates during movement the payload vehicle will become unstable and may shift or fall from semitrailer causing serious injury or death to personnel and severe damage to equipment 3 If payload vehicle is combat loaded with assistance from payload vehicle operator ensure all items are secured on inside of vehicle or removed prior to transport 4 Have payload vehicle operator check tire pressure on all tires to ensure proper inflation 5 Check total load of payload vehicle with combat load or not to ensure that it does not exceed load capacity of semitrailer before loading 6 Ensure payload vehicle center of gravity is clearly marked on both sides to include load if combat loaded CAUTION CAUTION Ensure that weight of payload vehicle whether combat loaded or not does not exceed load capacity of semitrailer Failure to comply may damage the semitrailer 2 Position payload vehicle onto semitrailer a Position yourself on the ground to the driver side of the semitrailer in a clear line of sight to the payload vehicle operator to guide the payload vehicle onto the semitrailer b Slowly guide payload vehicle onto semitrailer
429. tom of the tank 5 Slowly begin the flow and fill the tank no further than to the bottom of the capacity indicator one person at storage tank valve or other fuel source and other holding fill tube into semitrailer 6 Remove fill hose Close and secure the manhole cover 21 November 2013 3 157 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 7 Drain accumulated water Close all valves Put the container under the manifold drain in the piping control cabinet Open the emergency operator valve Slowly open the system drain valves 8 Remove the grounding wires and store fire extinguishers b Bottom loading the product is not filtered or metered by the vehicle 1 Ensure all valves are closed 2 Ground and bond the vehicle 3 Remove cover from the bottom loading connection and connect the bottom loading hose to the bottom loading connection 4 Remove the fire extinguishers and bring to point of operation 5 On the M967 put the selector valve in the LOAD position 6 Open the emergency valve operator WARNING WARNING When filling the tanks by means of bottom loading a test of the pre check valve is mandatory If this system is not functioning stop all operations Determine the problem and have it corrected by a qualified technician Failure of automatic shut off to function may result in uncontrolled fuel spillage and danger of fire and explosion 7 Begin the flow from the outside source 8 After the flow has begun open th
430. tor valve fuel outlet valve and the manifold outlet valve 10 Shortly after the flow has started open the pre check valve to pre check the shutoff float After about 20 to 25 seconds the flow should stop to let you know the float is working properly If it is not working stop all operations and notify higher maintenance 11 Close the pre check valve Flow will resume in about 20 seconds WARNING WARNING In an emergency close the operator s valve or pull the emergency valve shutoff on the opposite side of the semitrailer 12 When tank is full the flow should stop automatically 13 At the end of operation idle down the engine 14 Close all valves see Figures 3 33a 3 33b and 3 34 15 Disconnect the 4 inch bulk fuel hose and put in the hose trough Secure the hose trough latches 16 Stop the engine 17 Drain accumulated water in the same manner as with top loading 18 Remove the ground wires 19 Recover and stow fire extinguishers 4 Gauge petroleum tank vehicles a Position tank vehicle b Position fire extinguishers within 5 to 10 feet of operation 21 November 2013 3 159 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Review shipping document to verify the type of fuel in the tank vehicle d Ground and bond the vehicle e Ground self from static electricity f Open the manhole cover with the wind at your back to avoid breathing fuel vapor g Insert thermometer as soon as each hatch is opened to measure t
431. trigger task performance such as a chemical attack or identification of a threat vehicle d Standards The task standards describe how well and to what level the task must be performed under wartime conditions Standards are typically described in terms of accuracy completeness and speed e Performance Steps This section includes a detailed outline of information on how to perform the task Additionally some task summaries include safety statements and notes Safety statements danger warning and caution alert users to the possibility of immediate death personal injury or damage to equipment Notes provide a small extra supportive explanation or hint relative to the performance steps f Evaluation Preparation when used This subsection indicates necessary modifications to task performance in order to train and evaluate a task that cannot be trained to the wartime standard under wartime conditions It may also include special training and evaluation preparation instructions to accommodate these modifications and any instructions that should be given to the soldier before evaluation g Performance Measures This evaluation guide identifies the specific actions that the soldier must do to successfully complete the task These actions are listed in a GO NO GO format for easy evaluation Each evaluation guide contains an evaluation guidance statement that indicates the requirements for receiving a GO on the evaluation h References
432. truck from PLS trailer Evaluation Guidance Score the Soldier GO if all performance measures are passed Score the Soldier NO GO if any performance measure is failed Tell the Soldier what was done wrong and how to perform it correctly References Required Primary TC 21 305 20 Manual for the Wheeled Vehicle Operator AFMAN 24 306 1 TM 9 2320 304 14 amp P OPERATORS ORGANIZATIONAL AND DIRECT SUPPORT AND GENERAL SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL INCLUDING REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST FOR LOAD HANDLING SYSTEM HEAVY EXPANDED MOBILITY TACTICAL TRUCKS HEM TM 9 2320 364 10 OPERATORS MANUAL FOR TRUCK TRACTOR M1074 AND M1075 PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS NSN 2320 01 304 2277 2320 01 304 2278 TM 9 2320 364 14 amp P INTERACTIVE TECHNICAL MANUAL FOR THE PALLETIZED LOAD SYSTEM PLS M1074 M1075 M1076 M1077 THIS ITEM IS INCLUDED ON EM 0206 TM 9 2320 365 10 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS 21 November 2013 3 101 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Required Primary MANUAL FOR M1078 SERIES 2 1 2 TON 4X4 LIGHT MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES LMTV TRK CAR LMTV M1078 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1898 EIC BHH W O WN 2320 01 354 3385 EIC BHD TRK TM 9 2320 366 10 1 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES 5 TON 6X6 MEDIUM TACTICAL VEHICLES MTV VOLUME NO 1 OF 2 TRK CAR MTV M1083 W WN NSN 2320 01 360 1895 EIC BT3 W O WN 2320 01 354 3386 EIC B TM 9 2320 366 10 2 OPERATORS INSTRUCTIONS MANUAL FOR M1083 SERIES
433. ts basic load war reserve and operational stock management 5 Supports Class V conventional ammunition missions for units ranging in size from a brigade size task force to theater 6 Located at the Class V branch of general supply office division support operations section 7 Interfaces with SASS Commodity Command Standard System CCSS LOGSA Worldwide Ammunition Reporting System WARS SPBS R DAMMS ULLS S4 and CSSCS 1 Medical Medical Communication for Combat Casualty Care MC4 1 Theater level automated combat health system CHS 2 Receives stores processes transmits and reports C2 medical surveillance patient movement tracking medical treatment medical situational understanding and CHL data across all echelons of care 3 Consists of three basic components a Software the Joint Theater Medical Information Program TMIP b Supports Army unique requirements c Interfaces with GCSS A CSSCS FBCB2 warrior programs and the MTS 4 Hardware consists of commercial off the shelf COTS automation equipment 3 384 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 5 Communications Relies on current and proposed Army solutions for tactical operational and strategic telecommunications systems to transmit and receive a Brigade and below will utilize tactical internet b Above brigade will utilize WIN architecture 2 Prioritize requirements and ensure appropriate system is used to manage equipm
434. ual to the value of the GM angle Then align the straightedge which is on the left side of the compass alongside the drawn line on the map Rotate the map and compass until the magnetic arrow of the compass is below the fixed black index line The map is now oriented c Using terrain association A map can be oriented by terrain association when a compass is not available or when the user has to make many quick references as he she moves across country Using this method requires careful examination of the map and the ground and the user must know his her approximate location 3 Explain the details of a topographic map NOTE This is a map that portrays terrain features in a measurable way usually through use of contour lines as well as the horizontal positions of the features represented The vertical positions or relied are normally represented by contour lines on military maps On maps showing relief the elevations and contours that are measured from a specific vertical datum plane usually mean sea level This is the military map that is most commonly used by maneuvering units to navigate The standard scale is 1 50 000 a Identify and or determine topographic symbols such as 1 The map s legend It normally contains the symbols used in a particular series or on that specific map sheet Therefore the legend should be referred to each time a new map sheet is used The symbol should reflect as closely as possible what the featu
435. uarters and for use on your convoy movement Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue You have been tasked to conduct a Convoy road reconnaissance in support of an upcoming convoy movement You are the convoy commander and have received operations order information and general areacontaining several possible routes You have the necessary vehicle equipment and personnel to conduct the Reconnaissance You must completely and thoroughly conduct the reconnaissance identifying all necessary information to successfully brief the convoy on the chosen route Note None Performance Steps 1 Conduct reconnaissance preparations a If convoy route has already been selected obtain overlay information from commander or battalion Operations and Training Officer S 3 If not obtain guidance from commander operations order OPORD b Select personnel vehicles and equipment involved in reconnaissance effort and provide this information to the commander prior to departure c Conduct a map reconnaissance of selected route d Select a tentative route if not selected by S 3 based on the following 1 Time Distance factors 2 Current and expected enemy activities 3 Availability of security forces 4 Fire support along the selected route 5 Trafficability of roadbed 6 Restrictions of transporting hazardous cargo through populated areas 21 November 2013 3 339 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 7 Tentative ch
436. uipment records folder Standards Load or assist in loading a tactical cargo vehicle and operate the vehicle on and off road as part of a tactical convoy movement according to specific instructions from the convoy or serial march unit commander Your load must be properly positioned and secured for transport You are required to secure and complete all maintenance and operational documents associated with your vehicle and load prior to movement Exercise heightened situational awareness by performing required scanning procedures to detect enemy threats to convoy during convoy movement Be situationally aware of the status of your load during movement Correctly maintain established convoy interval speed and vehicle position within the convoy Perform all at halt checks on vehicle and load and correctly react to and relay any hand and arm signals used during the convoy Upon reaching destination unload or assist in unloading cargo and complete any required documentation portraying custody of load Perform all requirements without injury to Soldiers or damage to the equipment Special Condition Special Conditions Convoy is operating in an OE tactical environment Defensive preparations are applicable Mission ready vehicle is defined as a vehicle that has been hardened as appropriate has all preventive maintenance checks completed and is in operational condition This includes any installed communications or navigation equipment and armaments as applic
437. unit has a mission to transport general cargo Note Use of ground guides is only stressed during training of this task but not during evaluation Use of vehicle rear view mirrors is an absolute necessity to successful completion of this task Performance Steps 1 Prepare to operate the vehicle a Adjust the rear view mirrors to obtain a clear view to both sides of the vehicle b Adjust driver s seat as needed c Fasten seat belt d Start the tractor refer to TM e Check the vehicle instruments for proper readings refer to TM f Ensure that vehicle air system low air pressure warning buzzer has stopped as applicable 2 Set the vehicle in motion a Check gauges to make sure the vehicle is ready for operation 21 November 2013 3 55 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Place transmission in Reverse R c Release the parking brake d Depress the accelerator 3 Back the semitrailer to the left a Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the right until the trailer is headed in the desired direction b Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the left to put the tractor in the line of travel as semitrailer 4 Back the semitrailer to the right a Turn the tractor s steering wheel to left until the trailer is headed in the desired direction b Turn the tractor s steering wheel to the right to put the tractor in line of travel as semitrailer 5 Back semitrailer without turning straight line a Use vehicle mirrors to aid in ma
438. urfaces sharp moving objects such as fan blades slippery surfaces and excessively loud noises are all dangers These dangers are also applicable to hazardous cargo being transported as applicable Each Soldier should take every precaution not to become victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions Given a M1070 Heavy Equipment Transporter HET tractor with functioning Gas Particulate Filter Unit GPFU full protective mission oriented protective posture MOPP gear to include either the M25A1 or M42 protective masks Standards Operate the GPFU with 100 accuracy on the M1070 Tractor after assuming MOPP level 4 posture without injuring personnel or damaging any equipment or surroundings Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit is required to operate in a suspected chemically contaminated area Note None Performance Steps Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls d Implement controls e Supervise 3 240 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG f Evaluate 2 Assume a MOPP level 4 status a Refer
439. uring evaluation Enter the names of the Soldiers you are evaluating one name per column at the top of the form Under STATUS record in pencil the date in the GO block if the Soldier demonstrated task proficiency to Soldier s manual standards Keep this information current by always recording the most recent data on which the Soldier demonstrated task proficiency Record the date in the NO GO block if the Soldier failed to demonstrate proficiency to Soldier s manual standards Soldiers who failed to perform the task should be retrained and reevaluated until they can meet the standards When the standards are met enter the date in the appropriate GO block and erase the previous entry from the NO GO block After evaluation Read down each column GO NO GO to determine the training status of an individual This will give you a quick indication of which tasks a Soldier needs trained on Read across the rows for each task to determine the training status of the Soldiers You can readily see which tasks to focus training on Line through the STATUS column of any Soldier who leaves the unit 21 November 2013 Appendix B 1 This page intentionally left blank STP 55 88M14 SM TG Section I GLOSSARY Acronyms amp Abbreviations AAL ABS AC C2 CD ROM CFR CG CHS CHU CM COE COM COMSEC CONEX COOP COTS CP CROP CS CSSAMO CTIS CTRL CW D DA DA PAM DAP DD DDN DEL DISA DISCOM DOD DOS 21 November
440. urn when permitted 2 Observe responses of other vehicles to your signals 3 Reduce speed to make the turn safely Keep in mind terrain and load if applicable when determining your speed through the turn b Start the turn Rotate the top of the steering wheel in the direction of turn and adjust as desired 5 Stop the vehicle nonemergency a Remove foot from accelerator b Apply engine retarder if equipped and as needed c Apply service brakes as needed to bring vehicle to complete and safe stop 6 Back the vehicle a With vehicle at a complete stop set the parking brake b Place transmission in Neutral N c Post ground guides if available d Check behind vehicle to ensure there are no obstructions or personnel 21 November 2013 3 49 STP 55 88M14 SM TG e Sound horn if tactically permitted f Place transmission in Reverse R g Release parking brake h If ground guide is posted observe and adhere to signals to move vehicle into position i If no ground guide is present check all views through rear view mirrors and slowly steer the vehicle backward into position If necessary repeat steps 6 a through g above to complete the rearward movement j Stop the vehicle 7 Park the vehicle a Place the transmission selector lever in Neutral N b Set the parking brake c Shutdown the engine refer to TM d Emplace chocks blocks as needed e Drain air reservoir if vehicle is no longer n
441. usly covered Navigation will be accomplished using necessary route and mission information local SOP that has been plotted on the map being used by the person s receiving this instruction a Via a road network 1 In most cases the motor transport operator will have a route that has been cleared by reconnaissance in order to conduct movement However this is not always the case 2 Determine your exact starting location and that of your destination 3 Using either of the types of maps previously discussed instruct your driver to begin movement along the route that has been selected 4 Unlike dismounted land navigation mounted navigating requires greater vigilance in determining your progress along the route while monitoring the map Selected points may pass much faster than anticipated 5 Compare your location relative to the following a Your directional orientation b The direction and distances to your destination c Other landmarks and features towns intersections lakes streams and so forth d Any impassible terrain the enemy and danger areas Both the advantages and disadvantages presented by the terrain between you and your objective 6 Use terrain features as checkpoints You will use plotted checkpoints along the route but if there are long distances between points you will want to use terrain features that cross your path that are easily identifiable to check your progress 21 November
442. ust drawbar if necessary c Start truck see vehicle TM and following ground guide hand and arm signals back truck to within 6 inches from end of drawbar d Apply parking brake and place transmission range selector in Neutral N Shut off truck NOTE Rotation locking pin should be in locked UP position to prevent coupler rotation during hook up e Lock rotation locking pin on coupler f Lift up locking gate on coupler g Pull locking lever out and pull lever back at the same time to open coupler jaw NOTE Air tank No 1 must be charged with air for air assist lever to work If it is not charged remove the charging hose from the trailer stowage box and perform steps h through t below If air tank is charged perform step u h Remove cover from emergency air glad hand i Connect charging hose glad hand to emergency air glad hand j Remove cover from charging hose connector k Remove cover from trailer quick disconnect 1 Connect charging hose connector to trailer quick disconnect 21 November 2013 3 97 STP 55 88M14 SM TG m With truck running push trailer air supply valve on dash to charge No 1 air tank n When fully charged three to five minutes release trailer air supply valve on dash and shutoff engine Disconnect charging hose connector from trailer quick disconnect af Remove cover from 12 pin receptacle on trailer and connect 24 volt cable on receptacle ag Remove cover from 12 pin recepta
443. vALVE B OUTLET RAR VALVE F STATIC REEL MANFOLD Figure 3 33 Engine and Pump Assembly AL MODELS LOCATED BEHIND PIPING CONTROL 21 November 2013 3 153 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Pilot Line Water Drains 1 LOCATEO BENEATH TANK FASTENED TO TUBE FROM EMERGENCY VALVE a EMERGENCY Figure 3 34b Pilot Lines Water Drains 2 a Fuel leaks b Damage to lighting fixtures wiring or electrical conduits or lights inoperative c Damage to towing vehicle or semitrailer d Primary or parking brake systems inoperative e Vents plugged inoperative or removed NOTE Pressure vacuum and fusible vents are installed to meet code requirements and to protect the semitrailer from damage A plugged or inoperative vent can cause extensive shell damage if design pressure or vacuum is exceeded The fusible vents are designed to operate at high temperatures If these vents are coated with paint dirt or other foreign material the temperature when relief occurs may be greatly increased WARNING ENSURE THAT GROUNDING CONNECTIONS ARE MADE PROPERLY AND FIRMLY BEFORE ANY FUELING OPERATIONS BEGIN THIS WILL ENSURE THAT GROUNDING CONNECTIONS WILL NOT RELEASE THUS ELIMINATING THE POSSIBILITY OF SPARKS CAUSED BY STATIC ELECTICITY WHICH WILL IGNITE FUEL WARNING WARNING Before and after fuel servicing operations all valves are to be in the closed position Failure to follow this warning could result in excessiv
444. veal classified information 2 If the classified material is an inaccessible internal component of a bulky item of equipment the outside or body of the item can be considered to be sufficient enclosure provided it does not reveal classified information 3 If the classified material is an item or piece of equipment that is not easily packageable and the shell of body is classified it will be concealed with an opaque covering that will hide all classified features 4 Specialized shipping containers including closed cargo transporters can be considered the outer wrapping or cover when used 5 NATO restricted materials do not have to be double wrapped when it is transmitted within the United States The marking NATO CLASSIFIED will not appear on the outermost wrapper c Cover the classified sensitive cargo to prevent accidental exposure or undetected deliberate compromise d Secure load to prevent access to unauthorized personnel throughout custody NOTE If cargo is classified SECRET or TOP SECRET the cargo must have an attached receipt form to be completed by the recipient and returned to the originator e Ensure custody receipt is attached to the load f Establish radio communications link with security team g Ensure adequate armed security is available and ready for movement h If cargo is sensitive and considered dangerous ensure proper placarding is displayed on load carrying vehicle 3 Load cargo onto vehicl
445. ved to below level of flatrack hook bar g Release joystick 21 November 2013 3 211 STP 55 88M14 SM TG h Set the transmission range selector to Reverse R and back truck up to flatrack aligning truck and flatrack as straight as possible with lift hook to middle of hook bar until lift hook contacts hook bar Be sure lift hook tip is positioned below bottom of flatrack hook bar NOTE LHS will only operate when transmission range selector is in Neutral N Set the transmission range selector to Neutral N CAUTION Do not use Reverse R to back up truck while hook arm is attached to flatrack or damage to LHS will occur i Move the joystick to LOAD position to raise lift hook and engage hook bar NOTE LHS will only operate when transmission range selector is in Neutral N j If lift hook fails to engage the flatrack hook bar 1 Release the joystick 2 Set the transmission range selector to Drive D release service brake pedal and move truck forward to clear flatrack Set transmission range selector to N neutral 3 Move the joystick to UNLOAD position until lift hook is below level of hook bar WARNING WARNING When loading or unloading flatracks on uneven ground side slope or downgrades up to 5 degrees it may be necessary to apply truck service brakes to prevent truck rollaway or severe injury or death to personnel could result CAUTIONS If LHS OVER LOAD indicator illuminates but loading operation con
446. vehicle doors using steel plates e If possible place sandbags under the driver and passenger seats of the vehicle f Cover the sandbags with rubber or fiber mats to prolong the life of the sandbags and to reduce risk of injury from sand and fragments g Attach steel plate to the cab floor of the vehicle and cover it with sandbags h Stack sandbags to the top of the steel plating using a wood frame to support them i Attach steel plates to the sides of the beds of troop carrying vehicles to protect troops j Cover the bed of troop carrying vehicles with steel plate and a double interlocking layer of sandbags 3 Configure armored vehicle cab a Ensure all armor kit components doors access panels hatches turret are installed properly as required by mission b Ensure all combat locks if installed are configured as required by SOP for mission c Ensure that all tools for emergency egress combat locks of vehicle are present 4 Report vehicle status to supervisor a Ensure that all required forms such as maintenance dispatch and cargo related forms are readily available for supervisor prior to movement 21 November 2013 3 135 STP 55 88M14 SM TG b Provide vehicle cab configuration status c Provide status of all communications equipment to include vehicle intercom system if installed d Provide status of all night vision devices of both individual and vehicle mounted e Provide status of all weapons and
447. vehicle instrument panel gauges listen and be aware of any unusual vehicle performance while moving 9 Acknowledge hand and arm signals by adjusting vehicle speed interval and position during movement Relay hand and arm signals to the trailing vehicle drivers 10 During halt position the vehicle as directed 11 During halt shutdown the vehicle unless told otherwise for the mission if this method is used a Refer to the vehicle TM for proper shutdown procedures b Chock the vehicle wheels as necessary 12 During halt perform during operation maintenance checks on the vehicle and trailer if so equipped Correct of record any faults noted during movement a Record any uncorrectable faults b Notify the convoy chain of command if the vehicle becomes non mission capable NMC 13 During halt check security and condition of load if loaded a Check tiedown devices for security b Account for all sensitive items prior to halt area departure c Ensure that the load has not shifted during movement d Notify convoy chain of command if the load was damaged during movement 14 Resume convoy movement on signal or order from convoy commander 15 For off road driving operations ensure all cargo is secure to prevent shifting and perform the following steps a Negotiate shallow ditches 1 Stop the vehicle and check the terrain for obstructions 2 Select the proper gear or gear range for this type of terrain 3 Slo
448. vehicle payload Inspect chains including the hooks at least once a month Inspect those that are used for heavy and continuous loading more frequently Give particular attention to the small radius fillets at the neck of the hooks for any deviation from the original inner arc Examine each link and hook for small dents and cracks sharp nicks and cuts worn surfaces and distortions Replace any of those that show any of these weaknesses If several links are stretched or distorted do not use the chain it probably was overloaded or hooked improperly which weakened the entire chain Inspect load binders for structural cracks in the metal Inspect chain and hooks using same criteria sited above if ratchet type ensure mechanism works freely without binding Inspect lever pivot mechanism for excessive signs of wear or stress on pin Do not use if any portion of the load binders possesses any of the above signs of wear or misuse b Web tiedown straps used for general cargo and ammunition tiedown Before each use straps should be inspected for burns tears punctures cuts caustic damage oil or grease contamination and fraying or broken stitches Inspect metal parts for improper operation corrosion cracks or distortion If any of these conditions exist the tiedown should be replaced They should not be used for any mode of transport if they have been damaged No strength testing of straps will be made c Blocking and bracing materials as need
449. vel with or slightly below the angle of the pickup ramps CAUTION CAUTION Ensure that centerline of tractor and centerline of semitrailer are aligned during coupling operation c Position the truck tractor NOTE See truck semitailer alignment graphic Centerline must be aligned 1 Start truck tractor see TM 2 Sound horn if tactically permissible 3 Using ground guide if available align centerline of tractor with centerline of semitrailer d Ensure that semitrailer is picked up with fifth wheel ramps If kingpin comes in too high it will not engage the fifth wheel properly Adjust semitrailer height as needed e Slowly back tractor under semitrailer kingpin plate Stop when kingpin plate is touching guide ramps Semitrailer kingpin should be centered as closely as possible in throat of fifth wheel f Connect air hoses and light cables 1 Remove tether from air hoses 2 Remove air hoses from bracket 3 Remove 12V or 24V intervehicular electrical cable from tool box 4 Connect intervehicular electrical cable to appropriate receptacle 21 November 2013 3 15 STP 55 88M14 SM TG CAUTION CAUTION Ensure the service air hose from the tractor is connected to the service coupling the emergency air hose and to the emergency coupling on the semitrailer WARNING Airbrake shutoff must be open at all times during the normal operation of the tractor and the semitrailer Semitrailer brakes must be fun
450. ver a TCP IP socket to receive position data NOTE In order for TracerLink to function MTS Messenger must be running b Identify the following program controls and indicators 1 Symbols a Mobile Unit Round symbols represent mobile units A square lug on top of the symbol indicates the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicates the unit is turned off b Control Station Square symbols represent control stations A square lug on top of the symbol indicates the unit is turned on and transmitting No lug on top indicates the unit is turned off NOTE A square lug at the bottom of a symbol indicates the vehicle is reporting valid GPS If a unit is powered on but it not reporting valid GPS then the location of the icon on the screen reflects the last known position of the vehicle and may not reflect the current position of the vehicle 2 Right Click Pop Up Menu Simply right click with the mouse on the Map Viewer 3 Zoom the Map To zoom right click on the map to show the popup menu Select Zoom In or Zoom Out Click on the map at the point you wish to become the center of the map The map will zoom with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 4 Change Center Right click the mouse over the map to pop up the menu select Change Center Click on the map and the map will move with the point clicked becoming the new center of the map 5 Pan a Map Move Right click the mouse over the map to pop u
451. ver candidates and ensure all driver candidates are fully qualified to start the driver training by appropriate interview process and selection Issuance of driver s licenses must be given in accordance with AR 600 55 all driver candidates that fail driver training or are not qualified to start training are counseled Special Condition Some iterations of this task should be performed in MOPP4 Special Standards Certified in writing by commander as an instructor Qualified to operate without restrictions on all the vehicles used in training Appointed by commander to train or instruct Special Equipment MOPP4 Cue You have been reassigned as noncommissioned officer in charge NCOIC of an established battalion driver training program Given an established driver training course of instruction instructor and examiner cadre driver candidates driving record documentation for each candidate qualification records for cadre driver training area complete with organic vehicles used for training and complete facilities for classroom instruction and ranges Note None Performance Steps 3 350 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 1 Verify all driver training cadre are fully qualified and certified by the commander to train or instruct a All instructors and assistant instructors must be qualified and licensed to operate vehicles equipment used in training b All instructors and assistant instructors are appointed in writing by com
452. volved in the maintenance inspection process b Squad leaders report any needed urgent repairs c Squad leaders check with maintenance section for any replacement parts d Squad leaders mentor their subordinates in correct inspection procedure and criteria e Squad leaders and their subordinates adhere to all safety and environmental restrictions according to unit standing operating procedure SOP regarding no smoking areas oil and lubricant disposal and refueling f Squad leaders and vehicle drivers adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements covered in the applicable vehicle TMs within the maintenance inspection tables g Squad leaders check all vehicle operator inspection worksheets for proper completion 3 Conduct random vehicle inspections to ensure operators are performing proper maintenance checks a Check operator maintenance worksheet for entries and verify upon check of vehicle b Check to ensure that all inspections are performed according to intervals in the TM c Inform squad leader of any discrepancies found and direct corrections to be made 4 Coordinate with maintenance section for necessary maintenance support beyond operator capability a Provide maintenance section with status of vehicles needing repairs b Schedule appropriate time for vehicle repairs according to maintenance section availability c Ensure vehicle s and operator s are available to report at allotted time to maintenance section d Ensur
453. wheel assembly into position onto hub WARNING WARNING Do not allow vehicle weight to rest on lug studs without ensuring lug nuts are fully tightened Failure to comply may snap one or more lug studs and cause vehicle to collapse which can cause injury or death to personel and or damaging wheel hub or wheel b Secure all lug nuts hand tight 21 November 2013 3 41 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Fully tighten lug nuts in a crisscross pattern If necessary lower vehicle until tire touches the ground to prevent tire from turning d Lower the vehicle or trailer to the ground e Recheck tightness of all lug nuts f If CTIS equipped ensure all lines and fittings are re connected Exercise the CTIS to ensure there are no leaks g If CTIS equipped notify organizational maintenance as soon as possible to ensure all CTIS lines and fittings are reinstalled properly and tested h Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding this procedure 4 Stow disabled tire wheel assembly a Using assistance move tire wheel into position to be lifted b Attach davit lifting device to the rim of the wheel and lift into position on the vehicle or trailer c If lifting device is not available as in the case with some trailers ensure assistance is obtained before attempting to lift tire wheel into stowage location d Secure with mounting brackets hardware e Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the TM regarding
454. wly steer the tractor toward the ditch so that one wheel on the axle will leave the ditch as the other wheel on the same axle enters it 21 November 2013 3 143 STP 55 88M14 SM TG 4 Closely observe for any side movement of trailer or semitrailer to determine any steering corrections while entering ditch If loaded vehicle more top heavy is more likely to slide sideways so use extra caution to prevent vehicle rollover b Negotiate deep ditches 1 Stop the vehicle and check terrain for obstructions 2 If equipped with CTIS select proper mode for terrain monitor panel lights to verify system settings to inflate or deflate tires and adhere to vehicle speed restrictions 3 Place the transfer shift lever into all wheel drive or four wheel drive and into lowest gear or gear range 4 Approach the ditch at an angle and accelerate the vehicle enough to keep it rolling as it goes up the other side c Negotiate though gullies and ravines 1 Repeat steps 13b 1 3 2 Ease the front wheels over the edge and into the ravine 3 Steer a straight course so that both front wheels strike the bottom at the same time 4 Accelerate enough so that the vehicle can climb up the opposite bank d Negotiate though wooded terrain 1 Repeat steps 13b 1 3 2 Maneuver around obstructions watching for stumps and other obstructions e Negotiate rocky terrain 1 Repeat steps 13b 1 3 2 Drive slowly choosing route while advancing
455. y corrective action such as investigating accidents and unusual incidents and changing loads 27 Who is the trail officer 28 Is there a truck unloading plan Who is responsible Do they have the necessary equipment 29 Is there a plan for feeding personnel 30 Have times been established for loading trucks 31 Has time been established for formation of convoy f Conduct convoy briefing NOTE NOTES The convoy commander s briefing is given after all other movement preparations have been completed and verified by all responsible parties and the convoy is prepared to move Gather applicable information from the commander s OPORD and local SOP to complete your convoy briefing Provide as much applicable information as possible that may affect the convoy movement Apply the information in the following format 1 Situation a Enemy forces b Friendly forces c Support units 2 Mission a Type of cargo to include hazardous materials precautions and guidelines b Origin 21 November 2013 3 313 STP 55 88M14 SM TG c Destination 3 Execution a General organization b Time schedule c Convoy speed d Catch up speed Vehicle distance f Emergency measures for accidents breakdowns and separation from the convoy g Actions of convoy and security personnel if attacked h Medical support 4 Administration and logistics a Personnel control b Billeting c Messing d Refueli
456. y material colored markers 1 50 000 scale military map protractor guidance from commander and information from operations order OPORD Standards You will completely legibly and accurately construct a map overlay and include all relevant information required NOTE Figure 3 41 depicts a map graphic Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Given all necessary information to complete the overlay to include a clear sheet of overlay material colored markers 1 50 000 scale military map protractor guidance from commander and information from operations order OPORD You must properly complete the Map overlay with all the relevant information Note None Performance Steps 21 November 2013 3 335 STP 55 88M14 SM TG SECURITY CLASSIFICATION ANNEX COOPERATIONS OVERLAYI TO OPERATION BILAP RE FE RENZE ide E SEES oF SECURITY CLASS FHC ATION Figure 3 42 Map Graphic 1 Place the title in the upper left margin below the security classification 2 Center the security classification at the top and bottom of the overlay 3 Place the map reference in the upper left margin immediately below the title 4 Plot detail information 5 Place at least two overlay and map reference points double crosshair reference marks on map grid lines on opposite corners of the overlay 6 Prepare the overlay to the scale of the maps units will use 7 Make the overlay consistent with th
457. y may result in death or serious injury to personnel or damage to equipment Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced vehicle or equipment technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION DO NOT overload semitrailer Ensure that the GVW of the payload vehicle does not exceed the semitrailer s load capacity Failure to comply may result in equipment damage Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced vehicle or equipment technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given a mission ready coupled tractor semitrailer combination M915 M872 vehicle tiedown devices payload vehicle tracked or wheeled Soldiers performing duties as vehicle driver and assistant crew from payload vehicle route height and width restriction data payload vehicle characteristic information level ground loading dock work gloves Coupled tractor semitrailer has been parked against a loading dock for loading Standards Supervise Soldiers loading a tracked or wheeled vehicle onto from the semitrailer Vehicle is to be positioned according to both the semitrailer and payload vehicle center of gravity with 100 accuracy Payload vehicle is to be secured using serviceable tiedown devices positioned to provide secure transport of payload vehicle without injury to personnel or damage to any equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment Non
458. y mounted loaded as directed and are ready for test firing All individual baggage and vehicle load cargo is to be loaded and secured as applicable If a cargo carrying vehicle with load operator possesses all completed load documentation in the equipment records folder as appropriate and load is positioned and secured Special Condition None 21 November 2013 3 133 STP 55 88M14 SM TG Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a mission to conduct a tactical convoy movement You are designated as a driver within this convoy Note If a vehicle that is unarmored is used in the performance of this task the use of vehicle hardening materials will always be based on availability of such materials If the vehicle is armored or has an armor kit ensure that all components required for mission are readily available for the Soldier and the required assistance and material handling equipment is used to install remove adjust such items If armor kit does not require any installation ensure that Soldier is provided with guidance on the proper configuration of combat locks if installed and other adjustments to be made for mission preparations Performance Steps 1 Perform all pre departure operational and maintenance checks a Complete all before operational preventive maintenance checks on vehicle and any subsystem such as communications equipment weapons mounted night vision devices in accordance with TM
459. y precaution not to become a victim of these dangers by following regulatory guidance and risk management rules WARNING Adhere to all WARNING statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task CAUTION Adhere to all CAUTION statements in the referenced technical manuals for the procedures identified for this task Conditions In an operational environment given the responsibility as serial march unit commander a briefing by the convoy commander enough vehicles to warrant a serial march unit maps material to be transported and personnel as vehicle drivers Standards Ensure that all pre departure checks are successfully completed for your vehicles enforce all safe driving measures during movement ensure that your vehicle operators conduct all at halt checks duties and that all drivers complete the required checks duties at convoy destination prior to release with 100 accuracy All procedures are to be performed without injury to personnel or damage to vehicles or equipment Special Condition None Special Standards None Special Equipment None Cue Your unit has a mission to conduct a convoy movement Note None Performance Steps 1 Perform a composite risk assessment a Identify hazards b Assess hazards to determine risk c Develop controls 3 230 21 November 2013 STP 55 88M14 SM TG d Implement controls e Supervise f Evaluate 2 Perform pre departure chec
460. yload WARNING WARNING Load semitrailer on as level ground as possible In adverse conditions loading can be done on 21 November 2013 3 257 STP 55 88M14 SM TG grades up to 10 percent with a maximum offset angle of 10 degrees between tractor and semitrailer Avoid exceeding these limitations to prevent payload from rolling on semitrailer and causing serious injury to personnel and damage to equipment a Payload should be approximately 15 feet 4 6m on level ground when positioned b Visually check tractor semitrailer offset angle by having spotter check relationship between steering wedge bolt and weld circle at bottom rear of pickup plate If inside edge of bolt aligns with outside edge of weld circle offset angle is 10 degrees Make any required adjustments WARNING WARNING USING THE M1070 TRACTOR SEMITRAILER WILL NOT BACK LIKE A NORMAL SEMITRAILER BECAUSE OF SEMITRAILER STEERING SYSTEM THE OPERATOR MUST BACK TRACTOR SEMITRAILER BY TURNING TRACTOR STEERING WHEEL IN THE OPPOSITE DIRECTION OF WHAT WOULD BE USED FOR BACKING WITH A NORMAL SEMITRAILER OR INJURY TO PERSONNEL AND DAMAGE TO EQUIPMENT MAY RESULT c Apply tractor parking brakes 4 Assist in the preparation of the semitrailer to receive payload a Refer to TM 9 2330 381 13 b Adhere to all WARNING and CAUTION statements in the semitrailer TM applicable to this operation NOTE Due to semitrailers being outfitted with various chains 1 2 inc

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Samsung VC-PN620 User Manual  Agitador Magnético  Manual Série G 108 Color CK  A Pre-processor for Numerical Analysis of Cross  GWY-610 (Ethernet Gateway) USER`S MANUAL  Emissions System Service  BM15/MJ15 Insulation Testers - Technical Diagnostic Services    - Vacuubrand.com  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file